Academic Catalog
LYCOMING COLLEGE
The Mission
The mission of Lycoming College is to
provide a distinguished baccalaureate
education in the liberal arts. This is achieved
within a coeducational, supportive, residential
setting through programs that develop
communication and critical thinking skills;
foster self-awareness while increasing
receptivity to new concepts and perspectives;
explore literary and scientific traditions;
cultivate an aesthetic sensibility; elicit social
responsibility; promote racial inclusiveness,
gender equality, and an appreciation of
cultural diversity; and produce leadership for
the institutions of society. Each student is
encouraged to develop and strengthen virtues
and traits of character that enable, ennoble,
and emancipate the human spirit while
deepening commitment to those values that
undergird civilization.
Fully accredited. Lycoming is a member of
the Middle States Association of Colleges and
Schools, and the University Senate of The
United Methodist Church. It is a member of
the Association of American Colleges and
Universities, the Pennsylvania Association of
Colleges and Universities, the Commission for
Independent Colleges and Universities, the
National Commission on Accrediting and the
National Association of Schools and Colleges
of The United Methodist Church.
Also, the Department of Nursing is accred-
ited by the National League for Nursing. The
Department of Chemistry is approved by the
American Chemical Society to certify upon
graduation those students who meet or exceed
the requirements established by the Society
for membership.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
CONTENTS
Contents
Academic Calendar, 1998-1999 2
Welcome to Lycoming 4
The Campus 6
Admission to Lycoming 10
Financial Matters 13
Student Affairs 20
Academic Policies And Regulations 23
The Academic Program 29
The Curriculum 49
The Board of Trustees 165
Administrative Staff/Faculty 166
The Alumni Association 181
Index 183
Communication With
Lycoming College Inside Back Cover
The general regulations and policies stated in this
catalog are in effect for the 1998-99 academic year.
Freshmen beginning their first terms at Lycoming College
in the fall of 1 998 or the spring of 1 999 are thereafter
governed by the policies stated in this catalog.
If changes are made in subsequent editions of the
catalog to either general requirements or major require-
ments, students have the option of following their original
program or a subsequent catalog version, but the College
always reserves the right to determine which requirements
apply.
If a student interrupts his or her education but returns
to the College after no more than one academic year has
passed, he/she will retain the same requirements in effect
at the initial date of entrance. A student who withdraws
from the College for more than one year will, upon return,
be required to complete the requirements currently
imposed upon other students of the same academic level.
A student who transfers to the College with advanced
standing will be subject to the requirements imposed upon
other students at the College who have attained the same
academic level. Post-baccalaureate students will be
subject to the requirements stated on page 30.
Lycoming College reserves the right to amend or
change the policies and procedures stated in this catalog
without prior notice to those who may be affected by
them. The provisions of this publication are not to be
regarded as an irrevocable contract between the applicant
and/or the student and Lycoming College.
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ACADEMIC CALENDAR
•
ACADEMIC Calendar i998 - 1999
Fall Semester
Spring Semester
Bills are due
August 10
December 18
Residence halls open for freshmen
August 28 at 9 a.m.
January 10 at 8 a.m.
Residence halls open for upperclassmen
August 29 at 10 a.m.
January 10 at 8 a.m.
Classes begin first period
August 31
January 11
Processing of drop/add begins
August 31
January 11
Re-registration fee of $25 applies
after this date
September 4
January 15
Last day for drop/add
September 4
January 15
Last day to elect audit and pass/fail grades
September 4
January 15
Last day for submission of final grades for
courses for which Incomplete grades were
recorded in Spring, May, and Summer terms
October 9
Last day for submission of final grades
for courses for which Incomplete
grades were recorded in Fall semester
February 19
Mid-semester deficiency reports due
in Registrar's Office at noon
October 19
February 26
Residence halls close at 6 p.m. for
spring recess
February 26
Residence halls open at 10 a.m.
March 7
Classes resume first period after
spring recess
March 8
Enrollment deposit deadline
March 9
LYCOMING COLLEGE
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ACADEMIC CALENDAR
•
Fall Semester
Spring Semester
Last day to withdraw from courses
October 30
March 19
Last days to withdraw from
half semester courses.
1 st 7 weeks
2nd 7 weeks
September 30
November 18
February 10
April 7
Residence halls close at 9:00 p.m. for
Thanksgiving recess
November 24
Residence halls open at 10 a.m.
November 29
Classes resume first period after
Thanksgiving
November 30
Final examinations begin
December 14
April 26
Semester ends at 5:00 p.m.
December 18
April 30
Residence halls close at 6:00 p.m.
December 18
April 30
SP
May Term
ECIAL SESSIC
Summer
Session #1
)NS
Summer
Session #2
Residence halls open noon - 2:30 p.m.
May 9
June 6
July 11
Classes begin
May 10
June?
July 12
Last day for drop/add
May 11
June 9
July 14
Last day to elect audit and pass/fail grades
May 11
June 9
July 14
Last day to withdraw from courses
May 26
June 28
August 2
Term ends
June 4
July 9
August 13
Residence halls close at 4:00 p.m.
June 4
July 9
August 13
Special dates to remember:
Freshman Seminar August 28, 29, 30
New Student Convocation August 28
Labor Day (classes in session). . . September 7
Science Saturday September 26
Family Weekend October 2,3,4
Homecoming Weekend October 9, 10,1 1
Long Weekend (no classes). . October 1 6, 1 7, 1 8
Admissions Open House October 24
Institute for Management Studies
Open House October 3 1
Admissions Open House November 14
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG ■
Thanksgiving Recess Nov. 25 - 29
Admissions Open House January 23
Admissions Open House February 13
Spring Recess February 27 - March 7
Good Friday (no classes) April 2
Honors Convocation April 18
Accepted Students Day April 1 1
Baccalaureate May 8
Commencement May 9
Memorial Day (no classes) May 3 1
Independence Day (no classes) July 4
■ LYCOMING COLLEGE
WELCOME TO LYCOMING
Welcome To Lycoming College
Lycoming College is a small liberal arts
college dedicated to providing the type of
learning that can be used for a lifetime in a
supportive, residential environment that
fosters individual growth and close interper-
sonal relationships.
U.S. News and World Report has recog-
nized Lycoming as one of the top ten regional
colleges in the United States. It is something
that Lycoming alumni have quiedy known for
years. The reasons are simple.
All of Lycoming's resources and faculty
are dedicated to the undergraduate education
of just 1500 students. Classes are small and
all faculty members teach. With a 13 to 1
ratio of students to faculty, classes of five or
ten students are not uncommon, while even
large introductory courses average about 30
students. This means abundant opportunities
for individual attention by a faculty truly
committed to teaching. The average gradua-
tion rate for first time freshmen is 59%.
Lycoming students are superbly prepared
to meet the challenges of life through an
academic program that includes both breadth
of study in the humanities, social sciences and
natural sciences and depth of study in at least
one area of concentration.
Those areas of concentration include
bachelor of arts programs in 33 major fields, a
bachelor of science in two major fields, and a
bachelor of science degree in nursing.
Those who intend to continue in medicine,
dentistry, law, the ministry or teaching will
find excellent preprofessional preparation.
Through a number of cooperative programs
with other colleges and universities,
Lycoming students can study engineering,
forestry, environment, podiatric medicine,
optometry, and medical technology — while
LYCOMING COLLEGE
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
WELCOME TO LYCOMING
•
Still enjoying the benefits of a small college
experience. They can also study at
Westminster College in Oxford, England;
Anglia Polytechnic University in Cambridge,
England; Regent's College in London,
England; or spend a semester in Washington,
D.C., or New York City through a number of
other cooperative programs.
One of Lycoming's most popular and
successful ways of blending career planning
with a liberal arts education is through its
internship program. Close to one-third of
Lycoming students gain real job experience as
part of a semester course load. The
Williamsport area is particularly rich in
internship opportunities in business, commu-
nication, government, health and social
services. The close relationship between the
College and the community has given
Lycoming students a chance to roll up their
sleeves and gain resume-enhancing experience
rather than mere observation.
Most students complete their program of
study in four years, usually by taking four
courses each fall and spring semester. How-
ever, students may take one course during
Lycoming's May Term and from one to two
courses in each Summer Term.
Perhaps one of the most important qualities
of Lycoming is its feeling of community.
Lycoming is a truly residential college where
all students, with the exception of close
commuters, live on campus in one of the
College's residence halls.
The quality of campus life is enriched by a
variety of extracurricular activities in which
Lycoming students gain valuable leadership
training.
Students produce a weekly newspaper, run
the campus radio station, edit a yearbook,
mount theatre productions, participate in a
nationally acclaimed choir and concert band,
as well as organize and manage their own
social fraternities and sororities, special
interest clubs and campus-wide social events.
Student athletes can try out for 19 different
varsity sports (10 for men, 9 for women) or
participate in the College's strong intramural
program.
All students are admitted free to the
Lycoming College Artist Series which has
brought The New York City Opera National
Company; such Broadway musicals as Annie,
Into the Woods and Big River, and other
artists, ranging from the Tokyo String Quartet
to the Pilobolus Dance Theater. Student-run
programs have brought in Gin Blossoms,
Violent Femmes, Howie Mandel, Brian
Adams, and Rythm Syndicate.
Lycoming's campus lies near the historic
downtown of Williamsport, a city best known
as the birthplace of Little League Baseball and
the site of its annual international champion-
ship. The greater metro area has a population
of approximately 75,000.
The rolling hills and forestlands of
northcentral Pennsylvania provide some of the
state's best scenery, as well as hiking,
camping, kayaking, and other outdoor
recreation. Yet Lycoming is less than a four-
hour drive from New York City, Philadelphia,
Washington, D.C., Baltimore and Pittsburgh.
The College enjoys a relationship with the
United Methodist Church and supports its
tradition of providing an education to persons
of all faiths. The College is firmly committed
to a policy of cultural diversity and expects its
students to work together in an atmosphere of
respect and tolerance.
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
HISTORY •THE CAMPUS
History
The history of Lycoming College has been
one of continual evolution. The institution has
been, at one time or another, an elementary and
secondary school, a seminary, a junior college
and at present a four-year liberal arts college —
going through three name changes in the
process. Sold by the Presbyterians to the
Methodists (who bought it as a source of
revenue), it is today an independent non-
profit, private college, affiliated with the
United Methodist Church.
Its beginning dates back to 1812 — making
Lycoming one of the 50 oldest colleges in
America — when it was founded as the
Williamsport Academy, that city's first
elementary and secondary school. The school
was administered by a Board of Trustees
made up primarily of staunch Presbyterians.
By 1848, Williamsport had its own public
school system well in place, and the private
school was becoming a financial burden. A
visionary circuit preacher, Rev. Benjamin H.
Crever, persuaded the Methodists to buy the
school. They named the institution Dickinson
Seminary and offered college preparatory
courses. Rev. Crever is considered the
school's true founder.
The seminary operated as a private
boarding school until 1929 when a college
curriculum was added and it became the
Williamsport Dickinson Junior College, the
first junior college in Pennsylvania.
In 1947, the junior college became a four-
year degree-granting college of liberal arts and
sciences. It adopted the name Lycoming, derived
from the Indian word "lacomic," meaning
"Great Stream," a name that enjoys local
popularity as the name of the county, a
township and a creek.
In its evolutionary tradition, Lycoming
College continues to expand its programs and
improve its academic excellence with each
decade, seeking to provide a truly distin-
guished baccalaureate education to every
student entering its doors.
THE Campus
Nineteen buildings sit on Lycoming's 35-
acre campus. Most buildings have been
constructed since 1950. All are easy to reach
from anywhere on campus. A 12-acre athletic
field and football stadium lie a few blocks
north of the main campus.
Modern buildings include the eight
residence halls, which contain clean and
comfortable double rooms; the student union;
and the physical education/recreation center.
Up-to-date facilities include the library, the
theatre, the planetarium, the computer center,
an electronic music studio, a photography
laboratory, and an art gallery. The computer
center opened in 1969; the art gallery and the
physical education center opened in 1980. An
arts center was renovated and opened in 1983.
The Heim Biology and Chemistry Building
opened in 1990.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
THE CAMPUS
•
Residence Halls
Asbury Hall (1962) — Named in honor of
Bishop Francis Asbury, the father of The United
Methodist Church in America, who made the
circuit through the upper Susque-hanna District
in 1812, the year Lycoming (then the
Williamsport Academy) opened its doors.
Asbury Hall houses freshman students in a co-
educational environment. The Telecommuni-
cations Office is located in the basement.
Crever Hall (1962) — Honors Lycoming's
founder and first financial agent, the Rev.
Benjamin H. Crever, who helped persuade the
Baltimore Conference to purchase the school
from the Williamsport Town Council in 1848.
East Hall (1962) — Houses five chapters of
Lycoming's fraternities and sororities. The
self-contained units contain student rooms and
a chapter room.
Forrest Hall (1968) — Honors Dr. and Mrs.
Fletcher Bliss Forrest and Anna Forrest
Burfeindt '30, the parents and sister of
Katherine Forrest Mathers '28, whose
generosity established the memorial.
Rich Hall (1948) — Honors the Rich family
of Woolrich, Pennsylvania. It houses health
and counseling services, dining services
office, security, residence life, and buildings
and grounds. Rich is an all female hall.
Skeath Hall (1965) — The largest residence
hall honors the late J. Milton Skeath, professor
of psychology and four-time Dean of the
College from 1921 to 1967. It houses
freshmen in a co-educational environment.
Wesley Hall (1956) — Honors John Wesley,
the founder of Methodism. This building
houses a number of Greek organizations, as
well as independent students.
Williams Hall (1965) — Honors Mary Ellen
Whitehead Williams, mother of Joseph A.
Williams, of St. Marys, Pennsylvania, whose
bequest established the memorial.
Academic Buildings
Academic Center (1968) — The most architec-
turally impressive complex on campus, the
Center is composed of four buildings: the
John G. Snowden Memorial Library, Wendle
Hall, the Arena Theatre and Laboratories, and
the faculty office building.
John G. Snowden Memorial Library
(1968) — The library is named after the late
state senator John G. Snowden. An active
instruction program acquaints students with
academic library strategies and supports their
specific research in each discipline studied.
Students become familiar with traditional
methods of research as well as new informa-
tion technologies utilizing computerized CD-
ROM and on-line searching, and the Internet.
The collection includes more than 160,000
volumes, approximately 1000 periodical titles,
and a strong reference section suitable to an
undergraduate education. The Snowden
Memorial Library also serves as a partial
depository for U.S. government publications
and houses the archives of the Central
Pennsylvania Conference of the United
Methodist Church and the College archives.
Art Gallery (1980) — Located in the north-
west comer of the first floor of the John G.
Snowden Memorial Library, the gallery
contains exhibits year-round, including shows
of student work.
Office of Communications Technology/
Computer Center (1969) — Lycoming
College provides at least one computer
network access point in each room on campus.
This is the completion of an ambitious three
year undertaking to enrich the educational
environment. Students have access to a
variety of on campus resources and world
wide resources through the network.
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE CAMPUS
The College maintains three public use
computer labs, two labs populated with IBM
compatible computers, and one lab populated
by Macintosh computers. The IBM based labs
use the Windows operating system. These
labs utilize several popular software packages,
including WordPerfect, Excel, Freelance and
BMDP. The Macintosh lab uses the System 7
operating system. WordPerfect, PageMaker,
Photoshop, Quark and Macromedia Director
are among the applications available in the
Macintosh lab. Laser printing is available in
both labs, with scanning and color printing
available in the Macintosh lab.
Lycoming College maintains a site on
the World Wide Web. Our URL is
http://www.lycoming.edu Any student who is
enrolled at Lycoming may receive a free
E-mail account as well as unlimited access to
the Internet and World Wide Web by filling
out an application and attending an introduc-
tory workshop. Most academic departments
maintain home pages and resources under
the Lycoming College home pages. Many
faculty post departmental information, syllabi,
information about majors and a variety of
other resources under their departmental home
pages. A growing number of faculty require
students to have E-mail accounts so that they
may communicate during off hours.
Any student living in a residence hall may
apply to join the Residential Networking
Program, ResNet. Students need properly
configured computers to give them access to
E-mail and the World Wide Web from their
rooms. The college has arranged through a
local service provider to offer access to off-
campus students for E-mail and the World
Wide Web at reduced rates
The College runs its administrative comput-
ing system from a UNIX based platform
featuring a Hewlett Packard 8270. An IBM
RS6000 running AIX provides access to a
variety of different software packages to
students in the Mathematical Sciences.
ResNet (1995) - Any student who has a
computer is encouraged to bring it to campus.
To join the Residential Networking Program,
ResNet, a student must have a computer that
meets a minimal set of standards and he/she
must compete the Residential Networking
Access Account Application, contracting for
the complete set of Internet Services. The
access account fee is $15.00 per month.
Applications are available in the Residence
Life Office, the Telecommunications Office, or
in the Office of Communications Technology.
Video Conference Facility (1995) - The
College maintains a specially equipped video-
conference facility that provides access to
courses, lectures and resources that would
otherwise be unavailable. Lycoming is part of
a consortium of schools that uses this tech-
nology to enhance educational opportunities.
Computer Graphics Lab (1993) — This
computer lab features state-of-the-art Macintosh
graphic stations equipped with animation,
photographic imaging, and paint and draw
programs for both fine arts and commercial
design students, along with desktop publishing
and a number of other programs for general
use. The programs are updated annually.
Nursing Skills Laboratory (1983) —
Located in the lower level of the Academic
Center, it is a replica of a modem hospital ward,
complete with 10 simulated work stations, a
nurses' station, an intensive care unit and all
the medical equipment used by nurses.
Wendle Hall (1968) — Named after the
George Wendle family, a College benefactor,
this building contains 21 classrooms, the
psychology laboratories, three computer lab-
oratories with 50 IBM terminals available for
use, and spacious Pennington Lounge, an
informal meeting place for students and faculty.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
THE CAMPUS
•
Arena Theatre and Laboratories (1968) —
The 204-seat thrust-stage theatre is one of the
finest in the region. It includes projection
facilities, scene and costume shops, a make-up
room, and a multiple-use area known as the
Down Stage, where one-act experimental
plays are performed. The language, business,
mathematics, and physics laboratories are
situated on the upper floors. The Detwiler
Planetarium is located on the ground floor.
Faculty Office Building (1968) — Contains
faculty offices, seminar rooms, and a 735-seat
lecture hall.
Fine Arts Center (1923, renovated 1983) —
Contains studios, sculpture foundry, wood-
shop, printmaking shop, classrooms, lecture
hall, offices.
Academic Resource Center — Located on
the top floor of the Fine Arts Center, it is
operated by a professional staff and peer tutors
during the academic year. The Center offers
workshops, tutoring, and counseling.
Photography Laboratory (1984) — Located
in the lower level of the Fine Arts Center, it is
fully equipped for both black and white and
color photography.
Communication Center (1987) — The focal
point of the facility is a fully equipped
broadcast quality television studio and control
room. The building also houses two editing
rooms, a classroom, faculty offices, the FM
radio station and the student newspaper office.
Heim Biology and Chemistry Building
(1990) — The $10 million Heim Building is
one of the finest undergraduate science facilities
in the East. The three-level structure totals
more than 63,000 square feet and contains
state-of-the-art biology and chemistry labora-
tories, lecture halls, seminar rooms, a science
reading area and a greenhouse as well as
classrooms and faculty offices.
Clarke Building & Chapel (1939) —
Lycoming's landmark honors Martha
B. Clarke, a benefactor. The building contains
Clarke Chapel, St. John Neumann Chapel, the
United Campus Ministry Center, a recital hall,
music classrooms, practice studios, an elec-
tronic music studio and faculty offices.
Administration Buildings
Drum House — Built in 1857 the Admissions
House is the oldest building on the campus. It
was first occupied by a Presbyterian parson.
The Admissions House was bought by the
College in 1931, along with twenty-eight
other dwellings, and in 1940 became the
President's home. John W. Long occupied it
for the remainder of his tenure and D. Frederick
Wertz lived in the house from 1955 until 1965
when the College made the property at 325
Grampian Boulevard the President's home.
The building was then converted for use by
the Fine Arts Department. In 1983, when a
new Fine Arts facility was completed, the
department was relocated and the house was
vacant until 1 987 when it was restored by
college craftsmen to its original Federalist
design under the supervision of Carol Baker
'60, who kindly volunteered her services
during the year-long reconstruction. The
Admissions House was a gift of the W. F. Rich
family.
John W. Long Hall (1951) — Named after
President Long (1921-1955), it houses the
administrative offices, including those of the
President, Dean, Treasurer, Dean of Student
Affairs, Registrar, Alumni and Parent Pro-
grams, College Relations. Institutional
Advancement, Publications, and Financial
Aid. It includes a reception area and the
printing and bulk mail office.
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ADMISSION TO LYCOMING
Recreation Facilities
Physical Education and Recreation Center
(1980) — Includes the George R. Lamade
Gymnasium, which contains basketball and
other courts; a six-lane swimming pool; all-
purpose room; sauna and steam room; weight
room; offices; classrooms, and the Alumni
Lounge.
Wertz Student Center (1959) — Named
after D. Frederick Wertz, President (1955-
1968), it contains the main and private dining
rooms, Burchfield Lounge, a recreation area,
game rooms. Jack's Comer, bookstore, post
office, student activities office. Career Develop-
ment Center, and student organization offices.
Handicapped Accessibility
Most facilities at Lycoming College are
accessible to those with limited mobility. In
addition, the College will make special
accommodations whenever necessary to meet
the needs of any of its students.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
Admission
To Lycoming
Lycoming College welcomes applications
from prospective students regardless of age,
sex, race, religion, financial resources, color,
national or ethnic background.
Admission Decision Criteria
Admission to Lycoming College is
competitive. Applicants are evaluated on the
basis of their academic preparation, talents,
and interests, as well as the College's capacity
to help them achieve their educational
objectives and career goals.
Successful candidates for admission have
typically completed a college preparatory
program in high school which includes four
years of English, three years of math, two
years of foreign language, two years of natural
or physical science, three years of social
science, and two years of academic electives.
In addition, successful admission candi-
dates generally place in the top two-fifths of
their high school graduating class, and have
better than average SAT or ACT scores.
From time to time supplemental materials, as
well as a personal interview, may be required
prior to the determination of admissibility.
Admission Application
Filing Period
Applications for the fall semester will be
accepted from June 1st of the preceding year
through April 1st of the year in which studies
are to begin. Applications for the spring
semester are accepted from the preceding May
1st through December 1st.
Applications, when complete, are reviewed
and evaluated on a rolling basis. Generally,
applicants are notified in writing regarding the
outcome of their applications within three
weeks following the receipt of all required
materials.
o
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ADMISSION TO LYCOMING
Freshman Applicants
Freshman applicants must complete the
following steps:
1 ) Submit the completed Lycoming College
Admission Application.
2) Submit the non-refundable $25
application fee.
3) Provide official transcripts of all high
school and post-secondary school studies
(whether or not completed).
4) Submit official results of the Scholastic
Aptitude Test (SAT I) or the American
College Test (ACT).
5 ) Submit two personal letters of recommendation.
Transfer Applicants
Lycoming College considers applications
from students who have attended other post-
secondary educational institutions. These
applicants must have earned a cumulative
grade point average of at least 2.00 (on a 4
point scale) in transferable courses at the post-
secondary institution(s) attended.
Credit will be granted only for courses
which have a grade of "C-" or higher.
Courses with a non-grade such as "P" or "S"
will not transfer. Lycoming College will
determine which courses are appropriate for
transfer and is under no obligation to accept
any course. Final determination of transfer
credit will be made by the Lycoming College
Registrar based on official transcripts only.
Transfer courses will be shown on the
Lycoming transcript with the symbol "T."
Transfer applicants must complete each of
the following steps:
1 ) Complete and return application with the
$25 application fee.
2) Provide official transcripts and course
descriptions or catalogs from each
post-secondary school attended. Students
who have accumulated less than 24
semester hours or 36 credit hours must also
submit high school transcripts.
3) Submit the Lycoming Transfer Form
(it will be sent to you upon application).
4) Submit two letters of recommendation.
Applicants may transfer up to 64 semester
credits at the Lycoming College 100 and 200
level and up to 32 semester credits at the
Lycoming College 300 and 400 level for a
total of 96 credits. Students must complete the
final 32 credits of the degree program at
Lycoming College. At least 16 credits in the
major area must be taken at Lycoming College.
Challenge examinations may not be used to
fulfill this requirement.
Additional information regarding the
transfer of college credit appears on page 26.
International Applicants
Prospective students who are neither
citizens nor permanent residents of the United
States are welcome to apply for admission.
International applicants must complete
each of the following steps:
1) Submit the completed Lycoming College
Admission Application.
2) Provide certified true copies of all
secondary (and when applicable, post-
secondary) transcripts, mark sheets, diplo-
mas, and certificates in the original lan-
guages, as well as in English (when the
originals are not in English). Transla-
tions of non-English materials must be
certified as true and correct.
3) Submit two letters of recommendation.
4) Provide proof of the ability to read, write,
and speak English at the college level as
evidenced by a TOEFL score of at least
500, or comparable evidence of English
language fluency.
5) International students who are currently
studying in the United States must be
"in-status" with the United States De-
partment of Justice, Immigration and
Naturalization Service. They must also
be eligible to transfer to Lycoming College.
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ADMISSION TO LYCOMING
Please note that the minimum amount
required for each academic year of study
(September through April) at Lycoming
College is U.S. $21,000. Summer living
expenses (May through August) average
an additional U.S. $4,500, and are not
included in $21,000 amount.
Note To All Students:
1 ) If there is additional information that
would be helpful to the Admissions Com-
mittee in reviewing your application, please
indicate it on a separate piece of paper.
2) If you are 24 or older, the requirement for
the SAT or ACT assessment may be waived.
Readmission to the College
All students who leave the College for one
or more semesters must apply for readmission
through the Office of the Registrar. Students
will be notified by mail when readmission has
been granted. They must then pay a deposit of
$ 1 00 confirming their intention to re-matricu-
late in order to receive registration materials.
Students seeking residence must submit an
additional $100 Room Reservation Deposit as
well as contact the Office of Residence Life to
make arrangements to reserve a room. These
deposits are non-refundable. Students who do
not attend Lycoming College the term for which
readmittance is granted will be required to
complete another readmission application when
they desire to return. Students who return to
the College after no more than one academic
year has passed may retain the same require-
ments in effect at the initial date of entrance.
After one year, students will be required to
complete the requirements currently imposed
upon other students of the same academic level.
Confirmation of Intent
to Enroll at Lycoming
Admitted applicants are asked to confirm
their intent to enroll for the fall semester no
later than the preceding May 1 st, or by Decem-
ber 1 st for the following spring semester by
submitting the appropriate deposit. Nonresi-
dent, commuting students are required to submit
a $100 Confirmation Deposit. Resident
students are required to submit the $100
Confirmation Deposit, as well as a $100 Room
Reservation Deposit. Admitted international
applicants are required to submit all applicable
deposits prior to the issuance of the 1-20 form.
Deposits are non-refundable after May 1st
for the following fall semester, and December
1 st for the following spring semester.
Student Orientation
Incoming freshmen are required to attend one
of three summer orientation sessions with at
least one parent before they enroll in the fall.
Upperclass transfer students are invited to a
separate session. The purpose of the program
is to acquaint the new students and their parents
more fully with the College so that they can
begin their Lycoming experience under the most
favorable circumstances. Students will take
placement tests, meet their academic advisor,
and preregister for fall classes. Information on
orientation is mailed to new students after they
confirm their intention to enroll.
Withdrawal of Admission Offers
Lycoming College reserves the right to
withdraw offers of admission when:
1 ) information requested as part of the
admission application process is not
provided by applicants,
2) misrepresentation of fact to the College by
applicants occurs during the application
process,
3) the conduct of applicants is not in keeping
with the ethical or moral standards as set
forth in the Lycoming College Catalog or
the Lycoming College Student Handbook.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
FINANCIAL MATTERS
Admissions Office
Location and Hours
Prospective students and their families are
encouraged to visit the campus for a student-
conducted tour and an interview with an
admissions counselor, who will provide
additional information about the College and
answer questions.
The Office of Admissions is located on
Washington Boulevard and College Place. For
an appointment, telephone 1-800-345-3920 or
(717)321-4026, or write Office of Admissions,
Lycoming College, Williamsport, PA 17701.
Office hours are:
Weekdays
September through April: 8:00 a.m. to 4:30
p.m.
May through August: 8:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m.
Saturdays
September through April: 9:00 a.m. to 12:00
noon
May through August: appointments by
request.
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
Financial Matters
Expenses for the
Academic Year 1998-99
The following expenses are effective for the
regular fall and spring semesters. The College
reserves the right to adjust fees at any time. The
fees for each semester are payable approxi-
mately two weeks prior to the start of classes for
the semester as indicated on the semester bill.
Fees Per Semester Per Year
Tuition $8,365 $16,730
Room Rent $1,200 $2,500
Board $1,135 $2,270
Total $10,750 $21,500
One-Time Student Fees
Application Fee $25
Confirmation Deposit $100
Contingency Deposit $100
Room Reservation Deposit $100
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
FINANCIAL MATTERS
Part-Time Students Fees
Application Fee $25
Each Unit Course $2,092.00
Additional Charges
Non-refundable Enrollment Deposit for
Returning Students $100
Activity Fee $80
Applied Music Fee (half-hour
per week per semester) $190
Cap and Gown Rental prevailing cost
Laboratory Fee per Unit Course. . $10 to $100
Reregistration Fee $25
Parking Permit (for the academic year) $20
Practice Teaching Fee
(payable in junior year) $400
School Nurse Fee $400
R.O.T.C. Uniform Deposit
(payable at Bucknell University) $75
Transcript Fee $3*
Placement Retest Fee $25
Single Room Charge. . . . additional charge of
$500 per semester.
The tuition covers the regular course load
of twelve to sixteen credits each semester.
Resident students must board at the College
unless, for extraordinary reasons, authorization
is extended for other eating arrangements. If a
double room is used as a single room, there is
an additional charge of $500 per semester. The
estimated cost for books and supplies is up to
$800 per year, depending on the course of
study. Special session (May Term and Summer
Session) charges for tuition, room, and board
are established during the fall semester.
^$3 for first copy; $1 for each additional copy
request at the same time. No charge for
currently enrolled fidl-time students. No
transcripts will be issued for a student or
alumnus whose financial obligation to the
college has not been satisfied.
Entry Fees and Deposits
Application Fee — All students applying for
admission must submit a $25 application fee.
This charge defrays the cost of processing the
application and is nonrefundable.
Confirmation Deposit — After students have
been notified of their admission to Lycoming,
they are required to make a $100 Confirma-
tion Deposit to confirm their intention to
matriculate. Students seeking residence must
submit an additional $100 Room Reservation
Deposit. All deposits are applied to the general
charges for the first semester of attendance.
After May 1 , deposits are nonrefundable.
Contingency Deposit — A one-time deposit
of $100 is required of all full-time students as
a guarantee for payment of damage to or loss
of College property, for library and parking
fines, or similar penalties imposed by the
College. The balance of this deposit is
refunded after all debts to the College have
been paid, either upon graduation or upon
written request submitted to the Registrar two
weeks prior to voluntary permanent termina-
tion of enrollment. (See page 26.)
Enrollment Deposit — A non-refundable
enrollment deposit of $100 is required of all
current full and part-time degree-seeking
students each spring in order to pre-register
for the subsequent fall semester courses and/or
to participate in the annual room selection
process. This deposit is applied against the fall
semester bill.
Partial Payments
For the convenience of those who find it
impossible to follow the regular schedule of
payments, arrangements may be made with
the College Bursar for the monthly payment of
College fees through various educational plans.
Additional information may be obtained from
the Treasurer's Office or Admissions Office.
Lycoming College Withdrawal
Refund Policy
The College has adopted for all students
the refund policies prescribed by the U. S.
Department of Education for those receiving
Federal financial aid. If a student withdraws
from the College on or before the first day of
LYCOMING COLLEGE
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
RNANCIAL MATTERS
classes, all money paid by or on behalf of the
student, with the exception of the enrollment
deposit, will be refunded. If the student is a
recipient of financial aid, all financial aid
programs will be refunded as well.
Students wishing to withdraw from the
College during the semester should meet with
the Associate Dean of the College or the
Assistant Dean for Freshmen to ensure that
student financial and academic records are
properly closed. The effective date of calculat-
ing refunds shall be the date the notification of
withdrawal is given to the Dean or the date of
last class attended, whichever is later.
Students withdrawing, or dropping during
their first semester of attendance at Lycoming
will receive a prorated refund for tuition, fees,
room and board, less an administrative fee of
$100 and any unpaid charges, according to the
following schedule:
Refund Charge
During Week 1 90% 10%
During Weeks 2 and 3 80% 20%
During Week 4 70% 30%
During Weeks 5 and 6 60% 40%
During Week 7 50% 50%
During Weeks 8 and 9 40% 60%
After 9th Week 0% 100%
All other students will receive a refund of
tuition, fees, room and board, less an admin-
istrative fee of $100, according to the follow-
ing schedule:
Refund Charge
On the First Day of Class 1 00% 0%
Remainder of Week 1 and 2 90% 10%
During Weeks 3 and 4 50% 50%
During Weeks 5 through 8 25% 75%
After 8th Week 0% 100%
Comparative schedules apply to the May and
Summer terms.
The U. S. Department of Education
requires that, for any student receiving federal
financial aid, the federal programs be refunded
IN FULL in a prescribed order prior to any
refund being issued to the student. State
Grant programs have varying regulations
concerning refunds, but most will require at
least a partial refund of the State Grant. If the
student has received a Lycoming Grant, a pro-
rated portion of the student's refund also will
be repaid to the Lycoming Grant program.
This will reduce, or in many cases eliminate,
the amount of the refund the student otherwise
would receive. Detailed examples are
available from the Financial Aid Office.
Full-time students who, after reducing their
course loads, continue to be enrolled for 1 2 to
16 semester hours are not eligible for a refund
of tuition for an individual course. Students
who register for extra hours in excess of 1 6
hours per semester and who later reduce their
loads will be refunded the fee charged for
overloads according to the above schedules.
Students who enroll full-time and subse-
quently assume part-time status by reducing
their loads below 12 hours, and part-time
students who drop individual courses, will be
refunded according to the above schedules for
the semester hours dropped. The assumption
of part-time status normally involves a
substantial reduction of financial aid since
most financial aid programs do not extend
eligibility to part-time students.
The calculated refund will be reduced by
unpaid charges. Any balance remaining will
be billed to the student. Unpaid student
account balances will be charged interest at
the rate of 1 % per month on the month-end
balance until account is paid in full. Should
legal collection become necessary, all costs of
collection will be added to the balance due.
Non-Payment of Fees Penalty
Students will not be registered for courses in
a new semester if their accounts for previous
attendance have not been setded. Diplomas,
transcripts, and certifications of withdrawals
in good standing are issued only when a satis-
factory settlement of all financial obligations
has been made in the Business Office. Final
grades may also be held in some cases. Unpaid
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
FINANCIAL MATTERS
•
Student accounts will be charged interest at the
rate of 1 % per month on the month-end
balance until accounts are paid in full. Should
legal collection become necessary, all costs of
collection will be added to the balance due.
FINANCIAL AID
NOTE: A more detailed explanation of
Lycoming College financial aid programs,
policies and procedures is contained in the
student consumer's guide available through
the Office of Financial Aid.
Lycoming College is committed to helping
students and families meet college costs. While
some assistance is available to students regard-
less of need (merit scholarships), the primary
purpose of the College's financial aid program
is to help qualified students of limited
financial resources attend Lycoming College.
Scholarships may be awarded on the basis of
merit and/or need, while grants are provided
solely on the basis of financial need. Long-
term educational loans with favorable interest
rates and repayment terms are available, as are
part-time employment opportunities.
It is important to submit financial aid
applications after January 1st, as appropriate
income information becomes available, but
before April 1 . Although applications may be
filed later, applicants can only receive
consideration for remaining available funds
and normally will not receive full funding of
his or her eligibility.
To be considered for financial aid, students
and families must complete the following
steps for each year the student seeks assistance:
1 . Fully complete and submit the Lycoming
Financial Aid Application (LFAA).
Return the completed application to the
Financial Aid Office.
2. The College may request signed and dated
copies of student and parent(s) Federal
income tax returns (1040, 1040 A, 1040ez,
1040PC, TeleFile), including W-2 forms, be
sent to the Financial Aid Office. The tax
returns required are for the year preceding
the academic year in which the student
seeks assistance.
3. Fully complete and submit the Free Applica-
tion For Federal Student Aid (FAFSA).
Returning students should submit the
Renewal FAFSA.
4. PA residents can apply for state grant
assistance using the FAFSA as well. Non-
PA residents should contact the State Grant
Agency in their home state to see if
additional forms must be filed.
Basic eligibility requirements for all
federal programs are listed on the FAFSA
application. Students are responsible for
understanding the basic eligibility requirements.
Financial Aid Satisfactory
Progress Policy
To remain eligible for federal, state, and
institutional financial aid, all students must
maintain financial aid satisfactory progress as
defined below. The financial aid satisfactory
progress policy is separate and distinct from
the College's academic progress policy.
Students retain eligibility for financial aid
for ten (10) semesters of full-time study.
However, it is the College's practice to limit
institutional grants/scholarships to eight (8)
semesters of full-time study. Should students
attend beyond eight semesters of full-time
study, they may still be eligible for federal
and/or state aid for the 9th or 10th semester.
In some instances a student may appeal
academic suspension and be permitted to
continue enrollment even though the student
has fallen behind in credit hours or cumulative
GPA (see Academic Levels and Academic
Standing sections on page 27). A student who
is granted an academic appeal may continue to
receive financial assistance only if the student
meets the minimum qualitative (GPA) and
quantitative (credits completed) requirements
listed below.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
RNANCIAL MATTERS
•
End of Sem. Min. Cum. GPA Min. Cr. Comp.
1
1.50
10
2
1.60
20
3
1.70
34
4
2.00
48
5
2.00
61
6
2.00
74
7
2.00
88
8
2.00
102
9
2.00
115
10
2.00
128
Students who fail to successfully complete
the minimum number of credits and/or who fail
to meet the minimum cumulative GPA require-
ment will be placed on financial aid probation.
This allows one additional semester of course
work to bring the academic record up to min-
imum standards. Failure to meet the stated min-
imum after the probation period will result in
a suspension of all (federal, state, and institu-
tional) financial aid until the standards are met.
Financial aid satisfactory progress is mea-
sured annually and cumulatively by the Office
of Financial Aid. Official notification of
probation or suspension is made by the Office
of Financial Aid. Students wishing to appeal
his or her suspension of aid, and who have
legitimate reason for doing so (e.g. illness), must
put their request in writing to the Director of
Financial Aid at least two weeks prior to the
start of the semester for which the exception is
sought. Students placed on Financial Aid Pro-
bation for a period of two (2) consecutive sem-
esters, and who have therefore been granted an
appeal after the first probation semester, are pro-
hibited from future appeals. If the student fails
to attain the minimum standards after the second
semester of probation, eligibility for financial
assistance will be cancelled automatically.
Acceptance of an appeal is only valid for
determining eligibility for financial assistance
and has absolutely no bearing on any determi-
nation made by the Registrar and/or the
Committee on Academic Standards.
College Scholarships & Grants
NOTE: Lycoming Scholarships and Grants are
awarded to eligible students who are full-time
and degree-seeking. Students already possess-
ing a bachelor's degree are ineligible for
scholarships, grants and institutional loans.
Refer to the student Financial Aid Guide and/or
the Financial Aid Update for a more detailed
explanation of eligibility requirements for all
Lycoming programs.
Lycoming Grants may be awarded to
students to help meet their documented
financial need. Renewal requires continued
financial need as determined by Federal
Methodology and/ or the financial aid director.
Students should expect the Grant award to
remain constant for each semester they are
enrolled.
Ministerial Grants are awarded to dependent
children of United Methodist ministers and
ordained ministers of other denominations.
This grant amounts to 33% of tuition for
children of United Methodist ministers in the
Central Pennsylvania Conference and 25% of
tuifion for all others. Students meeting the
criteria for this grant and any other Lycoming
Scholarship(s) will be awarded the
scholarship(s)/grant that provides the highest
dollar amount; both will not be awarded.
Pre-Ministerial Student Grants of up to 25%
tuition are awarded to students preparing for
the Christian ministry. Students must complete
a pre-ministerial grant application available
through the financial aid office. Students
meeting the criteria for this grant and any other
Lycoming Scholarship(s) will be awarded the
scholarship(s)/grant that provides the highest
dollar amount; both will not be awarded.
Federal Grants
Pell Grants are made available by the federal
government. Eligibility is based upon a
federal formula.
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
FINANCIAL MATTERS
Supplemental Educational Opportunity
Grants may be awarded to students with
except-ional financial need. Priority must be
given to Pell Grant recipients. Funds are
provided by the federal government. Funds
are limited.
State Grants
Pennsylvania Higher Education Assistance
Agency (PHEAA) Grants are available for
PA residents meeting domicile and financial
requirements of the program. Eligibility is
determined by PHEAA. These grants are
available for a maximum of 8 semesters. Non-
PA residents should contact the State Grant
Agency in their home state for availability of
funds to students attending out-of-state colleges.
Loan Programs
Federal Subsidized Stafford/Keystone Loan
allows eligible Freshmen to borrow a maximum
of $2,625 annually. Eligible Sophomores may
borrow up to a maximum of $3,500 annually.
Eligible juniors and seniors may borrow up to
a maximum of $5,500 annually. The federal
gov-emment pays the interest while the
student is enrolled on at least a half-time basis.
The student begins to repay the loan (interest
and principal) 6 months after leaving school.
The interest rate for new borrowers is variable
based on the 91 -DAY T-BILL plus 3.1%,
capped at 8.25%. The rate is adjusted every
July 1 . Loan amounts are pro-rated for less
than full-time students. Eligibility is based on
financial need.
Federal Unsubsidized Stafford/Keystone
Loan provides an opportunity for students to
borrow under the Stafford Program who do not
qualify for the maximum amount of subsidized
Stafford loan. Maximum grade level amount
minus subsidized eligibility equals unsub-
sidized eligibility. Interest must be paid by the
borrower on a quarterly basis while enrolled
(check with your lender to see if interest
payments may be deferred). Other aspects of
the loan are similar to those under the
Subsidized program. Independent students
may be eligible for higher loan limits;
contact the Financial Aid Office for more
information.
Federal Perkins Loan (formerly the National
Direct Student Loan) may be offered to
students with exceptional need. Borrowers
must repay the loan, plus 5% per annum
simple interest on the unpaid balance, over a
period beginning nine months after the date
on which the borrower ceases to be enrolled at
least half-time. Funds are limited.
PLUS Loan is a loan parents may take out on
behalf of their dependent student. The
amount a parent may borrow for one year is
equal to the cost of education for one year
minus any fin-ancial aid the student is eligible
for in that year. The interest rate is variable but
is capped at 9%. The interest rate is determined
every July 1 and is equal to the bond equivalent
rate of 52-week T-Bill plus 3. 1 %. An applica-
tion is available at your bank or other lending
institution.
Employment Opportunities
Federal College Work-Study Program
Awards provide work opportunities on campus
for qualified students. Students receive pay-
checks for work performed in the previous pay
period. Based on documented need and awarded
by the Financial Aid Office. Funding is
limited. The student assumes full responsibiUty
in locat-ing a job. Returning students who wish
to work the following year must have their name
sub mitted to the Financial Aid Office by their
supervisor before the end of the Spring semester.
Students also have the opportunity to seek
work-study employment off-campus in the
Community Service program. Interested
students can get additional information in the
Financial Aid Office.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
FINANCIAL MATTERS
Lycoming Campus Employment Program
is similar to Federal Work-Study except that
students are paid with institutional funds only
and is not based on financial need. A limited
number of jobs are available. Funding is limited.
Presidential Fellowships in Music are
available for selected students. Auditions and
interviews are conducted annually by the
Music department. A tuition stipend of $250
is awarded for each semester the student
serves as a Fellow. Recipients are expected to
fulfill responsibilities assigned each semester
by the Department with the primary responsi-
bility being musical performance. Renewable
upon Departmental recommendation.
Faculty Scholar Fellowships of $1,500 may
be available to students receiving the $12,500
Faculty Scholar Award. Fellowship recipients
are expected to work approximately 10 to 12
hours per week for the department sponsoring
the fellowship. Renewable upon Departmen-
tal recommendation; students must also
maintain a 3.00 cumulative G.P.A.
Other Job Opportunities are frequently
available with local business firms or persons.
Contact the Career Development Office of the
College for information on these opportunities.
Other Aid Sources
Veterans and Dependents Benefits are
available for qualified veterans and children of
deceased or disabled veterans. Contact the
Veteran's Officer in the Registrar's Office.
Reserved Officers Training Corps (ROTC)
Stipends and Scholarships are available for
qualified students. Contact the Financial Aid
Office for more information.
Tuition Exchange Grants may be available.
Lycoming College is a member of both the
Tuition Exchange Program and the CICU
Tuition Exchange Program. These programs are
for dependent students of employees at partici-
pating institutions of higher education. Students
should contact the Tuition Exchange officer at
their sponsor institution for information regard-
ing sponsorship. Students are expected to apply
for all federal and state grants. If the student
receives a federal or state grant, those amounts
may be applied toward room and board charges
if the student resides in the dorms. If the student
commutes, the grant amount is equal to tuition
less federal and state grants.
United Methodist Scholarships may be
available to full-time degree-seeking appli-
cants who have a cumulative GPA of 3.00 or
better, are active in Christian activities, and who
are active, full members of a United Methodist
church. Demonstrated financial need is also
required. Normally, seven $500 scholarships
are awarded each year. Annual application is
required. Recipients are selected by the
Director of Financial Aid and will be awarded
to the neediest students. The funds are
provided by the United Methodist Church.
Applications are available in the Financial Aid
Office. Renewal requires a cumulative GPA
of at least 3.00.
United Methodist Student Loans are
available on a very limited basis to students
who are members of the United Methodist
Church. The maximum amount which may be
borrowed for an academic year is $1,500
subject to the availability of the funds. Contact
The Board of Higher Education and Ministry,
P.O. Box 871, Nashville, TN 37202 for more
information.
Non-college Aid Opportunities are often
available through family employers or labor
unions, business firms, fraternal and religious
organizations, and secondary schools. Your
parents should contact their employer or
organizations of which they are members for
information on financial aid resources.
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
STUDENT AFFAIRS
Student Affairs
The Division of Student Affairs coordi-
nates a variety of programs, services, and
activities designed to enhance students'
personal, social, and educational growth and
development. This is accomplished through a
composite of programs, offices, and staff
including:
• Career Development Center
• Campus Ministry
• Commuter Student Affairs
• Counseling Services
• Greek life
• Health Services
• International student advising
• Intramural sports, recreation,
and leisure time activity
• Judicial affairs
• Residence Life
• Safety and Security
• Student activities and leadership
development
The Student Affairs staff view students as
collaborators in the educational process and,
therefore, expect that students will take
responsibility for managing our educational
community.
Career Development Center
The Career Development Center provides
services which are designed to help students
LYCOMING COLLEGE
identify their abilities and interests, set
realistic goals, and plan academic programs to
meet these goals. Counseling for Lycoming
students begins in the freshman year.
Individual and group counseling focus on
teaching students how they can learn about
different career fields and present themselves
to potential employers in a positive and
effective manner. Helping students make
appropriate and meaningful connections
between college and career is a goal of the
Career Development Center.
Counseling Services
Counseling Services assist students to ensure
that their college experience is prosperous and
rewarding. Professional, confidential services
are provided free of charge to Lycoming
students. Counseling Services are designed to
facilitate one's self-understanding as well as to
provide support for students' adjustment and
transition to college life. Counseling Services
also provide advocacy to students with learning
differences and conducts outreach programs for
the entire college community.
Health Services
Lycoming College Health Services focuses
on the holistic care of the individual, health
maintenance, and wellness through health
education and prevention of illness. Educa-
tional materials and instructional programs are
available through the Student Health Services.
Routine medical care is provided without
charge on a daily basis Monday-Friday
8:00 a.m. -4:30 p.m. during the fall and spring
semesters. The office is staffed by a full-time
registered nurse with a physician available on a
daily basis.
Health Services' policies reflect the
recommendations of the American College
Health Association (ACHA), the Pennsylvania
Department of Health, and the Centers for
Disease Control (CDC).
^^
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
STUDENT AFFAIRS
Community Service
Community Service is a learning opportunity
for students accomplished in conjunction with
various agencies in the Williamsport area or
college departments. This activity allows
students to expand their knowledge relative to
specific individuals and certain communities
including but not limited to their history,
culture, and needs. The outcome of such
service promotes students personal and social
development as well as giving them an en-
hanced perspective concerning civic
responsibility and social justice.
The Community Service Center, located in
Clarke Chapel, coordinates many service
opportunities available to students, faculty, and
staff in the greater Williamsport aiea. A
number of the community service projects
including Big Brothers/Big Sisters, Habitat for
Humanity, the Literacy Project, a school
tutoring program, Kiwanis Kids Kamp, Adopt-
A-Highway, Bloodmobile, Shephard of the
Streets, and the CROP Walk for World Hunger.
Residence Life
As a residential college, Lycoming offers
students the opportunity to integrate academic
and residential experiences. The Residence
Life Office is committed to providing a living/
learning environment to help each resident
grow as a person and as a student. Lycoming
College requires all students to live in college
housing and participate in the college board
plan each of their four years. Married students,
students residing with their parents within a 40
mile radius, students living with their depen-
dents, and students 23 years or older may
request to be exempted from this policy. Such
requests should be submitted in writing to the
Dean of Student Affairs at least three weeks
prior to the beginning of the semester for
which students are requesting permission to
live off campus.
Residence halls put students at the heart of
College activity — offering greater opportuni-
ties for participation. Through programs,
leadership opportunities, and peer interactions,
residents gain a sense of belonging to the
campus community, acquire new knowledge
and skills, have easy access to College services,
make informed choices, and assume responsi-
bility for themselves and their community.
The residence halls are staffed with upperclass
students who serve as Resident Advisors (RAs)
selected on the basis of leadership skills. RAs
provide information, refer students to campus
and local resources, help enforce College and
community standards, use helping skills for
students in need, and facilitate educational and
social programs. Most importantly, RAs assist
residents in the develop-ment and maintenance
of strong, positive residence hall communities.
The Residence Life Council also encourages
student participation and involvement in such
areas as policy formulation, facility improve-
ment, and general resident concerns. With the
guidance and support of Residence Life staff,
each resident is expected to become involved in
promoting a positive learning environment in
their community.
Several different living options are avail-
able for students in our eight residence halls.
Asbury and Skeath Halls house all freshmen
students in a co-educational environment
encouraging students to develop class identity
and unity. The six upperclass halls offer
opportunities for co-educational housing, an
all female hall, fraternity and sorority chapter
housing, intensive study areas, a substance free
area, and smoking environments. Additional
information is sent to students following their
acceptance by the College.
Athletics
Athletics are an important part of the
Lycoming experience. As a member of the
NCAA, Lycoming sponsors seventeen
intercollegiate sports for both men and women
student-athletes.
Men can choose from football, soccer, cross
country, wrestling, golf, basketball, lacrosse,
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
STUDENT AFFAIRS
•
swimming, tennis, and track and field. Women
can compete in soccer, cross country, lacrosse,
volleyball, basketball, swimming, softball,
tennis, and track and field.
Lycoming is a member of the Middle
Atlantic Conference, which is a Division III
athletic conference. As a Division III school,
Lycoming does not offer athletic scholarships.
In addition, the College offers a very active
intramural and recreation program that is open
to all students. This program includes, among
others, basketball, softball, water polo, beach
volleyball, and flag football.
Student Programs
The Office of Student Programs offers
assistance and resources for all campus
activities and student organizations. Through
the efforts of the student administered Campus
Activities Board (CAB), extra and co-
curricular programming is offered to the entire
college community. CAB programming is
designed to enhance the overall educational
experience of students through the exposure to
social, cultural, and recreational programs.
Members of the staff in Student Activities also
direct leadership training programs for the
student government, the Interfratemity and
Panhellenic Councils, the International
Student Organization, the Arrow Yearbook,
and all registered student organizations.
Religious Life
The United Campus Ministry, staffed by a
Protestant minister and a Roman Catholic lay
minister, provides a wide range of activities in
support of the spiritual development and
religious life of students. Ecumenical and
inclusive in nature. Campus Ministry at
Lycoming provides worship services, service
projects, social occasions, retreats, study
opportunities, and personal counseling.
The chaplains are an integral part of campus
life and are available to students who may
need support, counsel, or direction.
Safety and Security
The Department of Safety & Security
strives to maintain an environment that is free
of unnecessary hazards and disruptions. This
responsibility includes the enforcement of
Lycoming College rules, regulations, and
policies. Security personnel are scheduled on
an around-the-clock basis. An emergency
telephone line is always monitored. Twenty-
four hour a day telephone extensions are used
to handle general security concerns.
The department solicits the cooperation of
the entire college community in reporting
unsafe conditions and suspicious activity on
the Lycoming College campus.
Other services provided by the department
are: First aid and ambulatory medical tran-
sportation, emergency maintenance referral,
an escort service, guest and parking registra-
tion, and the dissemination of telephone
numbers and general information to the public
when the College switchboard is closed.
Standards of Conduct
Lycoming College is committed to the
creation and maintenance of a living-learning
environment which fosters the intellectual,
personal, social and ethical development of its
students. Respect for the rights of others and
self-discipline are essential to the fulfillment
of these goals. Students are expected to
adhere to the policies contained in the Student
Handbook and other College publications.
These policies, rules and regulations are part
of the contractual agreement students enter
into when they register at Lycoming College.
Students who demonstrate an unwilling-
ness to abide by these policies will be subject
to disciplinary action which may include
suspension or expulsion from the College.
Students are encouraged to review the Student
Handbook and Residence Hall Agreement in
order to familiarize themselves with the
policies governing student conduct.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^»
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS
Academic Policies
And Regulations
Students are expected to familiarize
themselves with the academic policies
contained in this Catalog. Failure to do so
does not excuse students from the require-
ments and regulations described herein.
THE UNIT
COURSE SYSTEM
Instruction at Lycoming College is orga-
nized, with few exceptions, on a departmental
basis. Most courses are unit courses, meaning
that each course taken is considered to be
equivalent to four semester hours of credit.
Exceptions occur in applied music and theatre
practicum courses, which are offered for either
one-half or one semester hour of credit, and in
departments that have elected to offer certain
courses for the equivalent of one, two or three
semester hours of credit. Furthermore,
independent studies and internships carrying
two semester hours of credit may be designed.
The normal student course load is four unit
courses during the fall and spring semesters.
Students who elect to attend the special sessions
may enroll in one course during the May term
and one or two courses in each of the summer
terms. A student is considered full time when
enrolled for a minimum of three unit courses
during the fall or spring semesters, one unit
course for the May term, and two unit courses
for each of the summer terms.
Students may enroll in five unit courses
during the fall and spring semesters if they
are Lycoming scholars or were admitted to
the Dean's List at the end of the previous
semester. Exceptions may be granted by the
Dean of the College. Overloads are not
permitted during the May and summer terms.
ALTERNATIVE
CREDIT SOURCES
Transfer Credit
Matriculated students who wish to study at
other campuses must obtain prior written
approval to do so from their advisor, the chair
of the department in which the credit will be
awarded, and the Lycoming College Registrar.
Course work counting toward a major or minor
must also be approved in advance by the chair-
person of the department in which the major or
minor is offered. Once a course is approved,
the credit and grades for the course will be
transferred to Lycoming and calculated in the
student's grade point average as if the courses
were taken here. This means that "D" and "F"
grades will be transferred as well as all other
grades. Students are expected to complete their
last eight unit courses, and 16 semester hours
in their major at Lycoming. Requests for
waivers of this regulation must be sent to the
Committee on Academic Standards. Final
determination of transfer credit will be made by
the Registrar based on official transcripts only.
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^»
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS
Credit By Examination
Students may earn credit or advanced
placement through the standardized examina-
tions listed below. A maximum of 50 percent
of the course requirements for the Baccalaure-
ate degree may be earned through these exam-
inations. The appropriate academic department
will determine which tests they will accept
and the course equivalencies. A list of
approved examinations is available in the
Office of the Registrar. Although these exam-
inations may be taken after matriculation, new
students who are competent in a given area are
encouraged to take the examination of their
choice before entering Lycoming so that the
college will have the test scores available for
registration advising for the first semester of
enrollment. Students applying to the college
for the first time should inform the Admis-
sions Office that they have completed these
tests and provide the official scores as part of
their application packet. Continuing students
must send official test scores to the Office of
the Registrar and inform their academic
advisors when examinations have been taken.
The College Entrance Examination Board
Advanced Placement (CEEB AP) - A score
of three or above is required for credit or
advanced placement.
The International Baccalaureate - Students
who have completed the full diploma and
have scores of five or above will be granted
32 credit hours, specific courses will be based
on the examinations taken. Students who
have completed the certificate will be granted
credit based on the examinations taken.
Subsidiary examinations will not be considered.
The American College Testing Proficiency
Examination Program (ACT PEP) - A score
equivalent to a grade of "B" or above is required.
College Level Examination Program
(CLEP) - A score at the 75th percentile or
above on the General Examinations and a
score equivalent to a grade of "B" or above on
the Subject Examinations is required.
Defense Activity for Non-Traditional
Education Support (DANTES) - A score
equivalent to a grade of "B" or above is required.
STUDENT RECORDS
The policy regarding student educational
records is designed to protect the privacy of
students against unwarranted intrusions and is
consistent with Section 43B of the General
Education Provision Act (commonly known as
the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act
of 1974, as amended). The details of the College
policy on student records and the procedures
for gaining access to student records are
contained in the current issue of the Student
Handbook, which is available in the library and
the Office of the Dean of Student Affairs.
REGISTRATION
During the registration period, students select
their courses for the next semester and register
their course selections in the Office of the
Registrar. Course selection is made in consult-
ation with the student's faculty advisor in order
to insure that the course schedule is consistent
with College requirements and student goals.
After the registration period, any change in the
student's course schedule must be approved by
both the faculty advisor and Office of the
Registrar. Students may not receive credit for
courses in which they are not formally registered.
During the first five days of classes, students
may drop any course without any record of
such enrollment appearing on their permanent
record, and they may add any course that is
not closed. The permanent record will reflect
the student's registration as of the conclusion
of the drop/add period. Students wishing to
withdraw from a course between the fifth day
and the 9th week of classes must secure a
withdrawal form from the Office of the
Registrar. Withdrawal grades are not
computed in the grade point average. Stu-
LYCOMING COLLEGE
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS
dents may not withdraw from courses after the
9th week of a semester and the comparable
period during the May and summer terms.
Students who stop attending a course (or
courses) but do not withdraw will receive a
grade(s) of "F."
In zero-credit and two-credit ( 1/2 unit)
courses meeting only during the last half of any
semester, smdents may drop/add for a period of
five days, effective with the mid-term date
shown on the academic calendar. Withdrawal
from zero-credit and half-semester courses with
a withdrawal grade may occur within 4 1/2
weeks of the beginning of the course. It is
understood that the period of time at the
beginning of the semester will be identical, for
example, a period of five days as indicated
above.
Cross Registration
A special opportunity exists in the
Williamsport area for students to take courses
at the Pennsylvania College of Technology.
Students may enroll for less than a full-time
course load at Penn College while remaining
enrolled in courses at Lycoming.
NON-DEGREE STUDENTS
Students who do not wish to pursue a degree at
Lycoming College may, if space permits, register
for credit or audit courses on either a part-time
or full-time basis. Students who register for one
or two courses are considered to be enrolled part-
time; students who register for three or four
courses are considered to be enrolled full-time.
Anyone wishing to register as a non-degree
student must fill out an application form in the
Admissions Office, pay a one-time application
fee and pay the tuition rate in effect at the time
of each enrollment. After a non-degree student
has attempted four unit courses, the student
must either matriculate or obtain permission
from the Dean of the College to continue study
on a non-degree basis.
All non-degree students are subject to the
general laws and regulations of the College as
stated in the College Catalog and the Student
Handbook. The College reserves the right to
deny permission to register individuals who do
not meet the standards of the College.
Students who wish to change from a non-
degree to a degree status must apply for
admission as a degree candidate and satisfy all
conditions for admission and registration in
effect at that time.
AUDITORS
Any person may audit courses at Lycoming
at one-fourth tuition per course. Members of
the Lycoming College Scholar Program may
audit a fifth course per semester at no additional
charge. Laboratory and other special fees must
be paid in full. Examinations, papers, and other
evaluation devices are not required of auditors,
but individual arrangements may be made to
complete such exercises with consent of the
instructor. The option to audit a course must be
declared by the end of the drop/add period.
Forms are available in the Registrar's Office
ATTENDANCE
The academic program at Lycoming is based
upon the assumption that there is value in class
attendance for all students. Individual instruc-
tors have the prerogative of establishing
reasonable absence regulations in any course.
The student is responsible for learning and
observing these regulations.
WITHDRAWAL FROM
THE COLLEGE
A student who wishes to withdraw from the
College during the semester should contact the
Office of the Associate Dean of the College or
the Assistant Dean for Freshmen. College
personnel will explain the procedure to ensure
that the student's financial and academic
records are properly closed.
A student who decides to discontinue study
at the College as of the conclusion of the
current semester must provide the Registrar
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
a
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS
with written notification of such plans in order
to receive a refund of the contingency deposit.
See page 14 for details.
GRADING SYSTEM
The evaluation of student performance in
credit courses is indicated by the use of
traditional letter symbols. These symbols and
their definitions are as follows:
A EXCELLENT - Signifies superior achieve-
ment through mastery of content or skills and
demonstration of creative and independent
thinking.
B GOOD - Signifies better-than-average
achievement wherein the student reveals
insight and understanding.
C SATISFACTORY - Signifies satisfactory
achievement wherein the student's work has
been of average quality and quantity. The
student has demonstrated basic competence in
the subject area and may enroll in additional
course work.
D PASSING - Signifies unsatisfactory
achievement wherein the student met only the
minimum requirements for passing the course
and should not continue in the subject area
without departmental advice.
F FAILING — Signifies that the student has
not met the minimum requirements for
passing the course.
I INCOMPLETE WORK — Assigned in
accordance with the restrictions of established
academic policy.
R A REPEATED COURSE — Students shall
have the option of repeating courses for which
they already have received a passing grade in
addition to those which they have failed. Credit
is received only once for the course. The most
recent course grade will count toward the GPA
P PASSING WORK, NO GRADE
ASSIGNED — Converted from traditional
grade of A through D-.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
Quality Points
Earned for Each
Grade
Semester Hour
A
4.00
A-
3.67
B+
3.33
B
3.00
B-
2.67
C+
2.33
c
2.00
c-
1.67
D+
1.33
D
1.00
D-
0.67
F
0.00
X AUDIT — Work as an auditor for which
no credit is earned.
W WITHDRAWAL — Signifies withdrawal
from the course from the sixth day through the
ninth week of the semester.
Pluses and
minuses may be
awarded (except
for A+, F+, or F- )
at the discretion
of the instructor.
The cumula-
tive grade point
average (GPA) is
calculated by
multiplying quality
points by credits
and dividing the
total quality
points by the total
credits. A quality
point is the unit of measurement of the quality
of work done by the student. The cumulative
GPA is not determined by averaging semester
GPA's.
The grade point average for the major is
calculated in the same way as the cumulative
grade point average. A minimum of 2.00 is
required for the cumulative grade point
average in the major to meet the requirements
for graduation.
Pass/Fail
Use of the pass/fail grading option is
limited as follows (this does not apply to
ENGL 105):
• Students may enroll on a P/F basis in no
more that one unit course per semester and in
no more than four unit courses during their
undergraduate careers.
• P/F courses completed after declaration of a
major may not be used to satisfy a require-
ment of that major, including courses required
by the major department which are offered
by other departments. (Instructor-designated
courses are excepted from this limitation.)
^»
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS
• Courses for which a grade of P is recorded
may not be used toward fulfillment of any
distribution or "W" course requirement.
• Students may not enroll in ENGL 106 on a
P/F basis.
• A course selected on a P/F basis from which
a student subsequently withdraws will not
count toward the four-course limit.
• Instructor-designated courses may be
offered during the May term with the
approval of the Dean of the College. Such
courses are not counted toward the four-
course limit.
• P grades are not computed in the grade
point average.
• Students electing the P/F option may designate
a minimum acceptance letter grade from A to
B-. If the student earns the designated grade
or better, the grade will be recorded in the
permanent record and computed in the grade
point average. If a student selects P/F (with
no designated minimum acceptance grade)
and earns a grade of A to D-, a P will be
recorded in the permanent record but not
computed in the grade point average. In all
cases, if a student earns a grade of F, this
grade will be recorded in the permanent
record and computed in the student's grade
point average.
• Students must declare the P/F option before
the drop/add deadline.
• Instructors are not notified which of their
students are enrolled on an P/F basis.
• Students electing the P/F option are
expected to perform the same work as those
enrolled on a regular basis.
Incomplete Grades
Incomplete grades may be given if, for
absolutely unavoidable reasf the distribution principle is to insure that
the student achieves breadth in learning
through the study of the major dimensions of
human inquiry: the humanities, the social
sciences, and the natural sciences. The
objective of the concentration principle is to
provide depth of learning through completion
of a program of study in a given discipline or
subject area known as the major. The effect
of both principles is to impart knowledge,
inspire inquiry, and encourage creative thought.
Requirements For Graduation
Every B.A. degree candidate is expected to
meet the following requirements in order to
qualify for graduation:
• Complete the distribution program.
• Complete the Writing Across the
Curriculum Program requirements.
• Earn one year of credit in Physical Activities,
Wellness, and Community Service.
Athletic training courses or Military Science
^»
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
1 1 , 02 K 03 1 , or 04 1 may satisfy this
requirement.
• Complete a major consisting of at least eight
courses. Students must pass every course
required for the major and have a minimum
major grade point average of 2.00.
• Pass a minimum of 32 units (128 semester
hours) with a minimum cumulative grade
point average of 2.00. Additional credits
beyond 1 28 semester hours may be completed
provided that the minimum 2.00 cumulative
average is maintained.
• Complete //; residence the final eight courses
offered for the degree at Lycoming.
• Complete the above requirements within
seven years of continuous enrollment
following the date of matriculation.
• Satisfy all financial obligations incurred at
the College.
THE BACHELOR OF
SCIENCE DEGREE
The Bachelor of Science degree is available
to students majoring in Biology or Chemistry.
Students may elect either the B.A. or the B.S.
degree in these majors. The B.S. degree is
appropriate for students planning further
education in a graduate or professional school.
Requirements
Every B.S. degree candidate is expected to
meet the following requirements in order to
qualify for graduation:
• Complete the B.S. major in either Biology or
Chemistry as described on page 66 and 78
respectively. Students must pass every
course required for the major and have a
minimum major grade point average of 2.00.
• Complete the distribution program.
• Complete the Writing Across the Curriculum
Program requirements.
• Earn one year of credit in Physical Activities,
Wellness, and Community Service. Athletic
Training courses or Military Science Oil,
02 1 , 03 1 or 04 1 may satisfy this requirement.
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
• Pass a minimum of 32 units (128 semester
hours) with a minimum grade point average of
2.00. Additional credits beyond 128 semester
hours may be completed provided that the
minimum 2.00 cumulative average is
maintained.
• Complete in residence the final eight courses
offered for the degree at Lycoming.
• Complete the above requirements within
seven years of continuous enrollment
following the date of matriculation.
• Satisfy all financial obligations incurred at
the College.
THE BACHELOR OF
SCIENCE IN NURSING
DEGREE
The program of study leading to the Bachelor
of Science in Nursing degree is designed to
prepare men and women as beginning practi-
tioners of professional nursing, qualified for
first-level positions in a variety of health
settings and for graduate study in nursing. Upon
satisfactory completion of the program, a
graduate is eligible to write the State Board of
Nursing examination for licensure as a
registered nurse. The goal of the program is to
develop a liberally-educated and self-directed
individual who is prepared to contribute to the
welfare of the nation through the practice of
professional nursing, which supports the
promotion and restoration of the health of
individuals and families in a variety of settings.
Requirements
Every B.S.N, degree candidate is expected
to meet the following requirements in order to
qualify for graduation:
• Complete the 19-course major. Students
must pass every course required for the
major and have a minimum major grade
point average of 2.00.
• Complete the distribution program.
• Complete the Writing Across the Curriculum
Program requirements.
I LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
• Pass a minimum of 32 units (128 semester
hours) with a minimum cumulative average
of 2.00.
• Earn one year of credit in Physical Activi-
ties, Wellness and Community Service.
Athletic training or Military Science Oil,
021, 031 or 041 may satisfy this
requirement.
• Complete in residence the final eight
courses offered for the degree at Lycoming.
• Satisfy all financial obligations incurred at
the College.
• Complete the degree requirements within a
five-year period after admission to the nursing
major. Candidates who are unable to meet
this requirement must petition for an
extension.
THE DISTRIBUTION
PROGRAM
The Distribution Program for
the B.A., B.S., and B.S.N.
Degrees
A course can be used to satisfy only one
distribution requirement (except in the Cultural
Diversity area). Courses for which a grade of
"P" is recorded may not be used toward the
fulfillment of the distribution requirements.
(Refer to page 26 for an explanation
of the grading system.) No more than two
courses used to satisfy the distribution
requirements may be selected from the same
department, except for ENGL 105 and 106 or
107 and Foreign Language Courses numbered
below 222. A course in any of the following
distribution requirements refers to a full-unit
course (four semester hours) taken at Lycoming,
any appropriate combination of fractional unit
courses taken at Lycoming which accumulate
to four semester hours, any appropriate course
which is taken by cross-registration, any
appropriate course which is part of an approved
off-campus program (such as those listed in
the catalog sections titled COOPERATIVE
PROGRAMS, SPECIAL ACADEMIC
OPPORTUNITIES, and STUDY ABROAD
PROGRAMS) or any approved course
transferred from another institution.
Special distribution requirements which
apply to students in the Lycoming Scholar
Program appear on page 40. For information
regarding CLEP and AP credit see page 24.
A. English - Students are required to pass
ENGL 105, unless exempted on the basis of
the college's placement examination, and
ENGL 106 or 107. ENGL 105 and ENGL
106 or 107 must be taken during the freshman
year unless the student does not successfully
complete ENGL 105 during the first semester.
B. Fine Arts - Students are required to pass
two courses (or the equivalent) from Art,
Creative Writing, Literature, Music, and/or
THEA 100, 1 12, 1 14, 148, 332, 333, 335.
C. Foreign Language - Students are required
to pass a course in French, German, Greek,
Hebrew, or Spanish numbered 101, unless
exempted on the basis of placement, and a
course numbered above 101 in the same
language. Placement at the appropriate course
level will be determined by the faculty of the
Department of Foreign Languages and
Literatures. Students who have completed
two or more years of a given language in high
school are not admitted for credit to the
elementary course in the same foreign
language except by written permission of the
chairman of the department.
D. Humanities - Students are required to pass
four courses from History, Literature, includ-
ing THEA 333 and 335, Philosophy, and/or
Religion. At least one course must be suc-
cessfully completed in 3 of the 4 disciplines.
E. Mathematics - Students are required to
demonstrate competence in basic algebra and
to pass one course selected from CPTR 108,
MATH 103, 106, 109, 112, 116, 128, 129, 130
or 214. Competence in basic algebra may be
demonstrated by passing the basic algebra
section of the Mathematics Placement Examina-
tion, or successfully completing MATH 100.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
The Mathematics Placement Examination
may be scheduled a maximum of three times,
only one of which may be after matriculation.
A retest fee of $25 will be charged for each
private test administration.
F. Natural Sciences - Students are required to pass
two courses chosen from Astronomy/Physics,
Biology, and/or Chemisty.
G. Social Sciences - Students are required to
pass two courses from Economics, Political
Science, Psychology and/or Sociology-
Anthropology.
H. Cultural Diversity - Students are required
to pass one designated course which intro-
duces students to Cultural Diversity which are
distinct from the predominant Anglo-Ameri-
can culture. The course selected to fulfill this
requirement may also be used to satisfy one of
the other general education requirements in
the liberal arts. Students also may fulfill the
cultural diversity requirement by successfully
completing at least one semester (4 units) in a
college-accepted study abroad program.
The following courses have been approved
to be offered as cultural diversity courses and
will be offered as such. Students must check
semester class schedules to determine which
courses are offered as "D" (cultural diversity)
courses for that semester.
ART
BUSINESS
ENGLISH
FRENCH
GERMAN
HISTORY
MUSIC
POLITICAL SCIENCE
PSYCHOLOGY
RELIGION
SOCIOLOGY-
ANTHROPOLOGY
SPANISH
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ART 222, 339
BUS 241, 244, 319
ENGL 334
FRN 228
GERM 221, 222
HIST 120, 140,
230,240,310
MUS 116, 128,234
PSCI221,326, 340
PSY 341
REL 110,224,
225, 226, 228
SOC 229, 331,334,
335, 336 337, 338
SPAN 221, 222,
311
THEATRE
WOMEN'S STUDIES
THEA 112, 114,
332,333,335,410
WMST 320
Writing Across The
Curriculum Program
I. Purpose
The Lycoming College Writing Across the
Curriculum Program has been developed in
response to the conviction that writing skills
promote intellectual growth and are a hallmark
of the educated person. The program has
therefore been designed to achieve two major,
interrelated objectives:
1 ) to enhance student learning in general
and subject mastery in particular, and
2) to develop students' abilities to commu-
nicate clearly. In this program, students
are given opportunities to write in a
variety of contexts and in a substantial
number of courses, in which they receive
faculty guidance and reinforcement.
II. Program Requirements
Students must successfully complete the
following writing requirements:
1 ) ENGL 105 or exemption from the course.
2) ENGL 106 (Composition) or ENGL
107 (Honors Composition).
3) A writing component in all distribution
courses completed at Lycoming.
4) Three courses designated as writing-
intensive, or "W" courses.
• Successful completion of ENGL 106
or 107 is a prerequisite for enrollment
in writing-intensive courses.
• All courses designated "W" are
numbered 200 or above.
• One of the student's "W" courses must
be in his/her major (or one of the
majors) or with departmental approval
from a related department. Not all
three can be from the same major.
III. Approved Writing Intensive Courses
The following courses have been approved
to be offered as writing intensive courses and
^A
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
may be offered as such. Students must check
semester class schedules to determine which
courses are offered as "W" courses for that
semester.
ACCOUNTING
AMERICAN STUDIES
ART
ASTRONOMY
BIOLOGY
BUSINESS
CHEMISTRY
COMPUTER SCIENCE
CRIMINAL JUSTICE
ECONOMICS
EDUCATION
ENGLISH
FRENCH
GERMAN
HISTORY
INTERNATIONAL
STUDIES
COMMUNICATION
MATHEMATICS
MUSIC
NEAR EAST CULTURE
NURSING
PHILOSOPHY
PHYSICS
POLITICAL SCIENCE
PSYCHOLOGY
RELIGION
SOCIOLOGY-
ANTHROPOLOGY
SPANISH
THEATRE
ACCT 223,
224, 442
HIST 443
ART222, 223, 331,
333, 334, 336, 339
ASTR 230
BIO 222, 224
BUS 244, 441
CHEM330, 331,
332
CPTR 246, 344
HIST 230, 443
ECON 337, 440
EDUC 343, 344
ENGL 225, 331,
334, 335, 336, 420
FRN441
GERM 431, 441
HIST 218, 230,
332, 443, 449
INST 449
COMM 226, 330
MATH 234
MUS 336
ART 222
NURS221,435
PHIL 216, 218,
219,301,332,333,
334, 335, 449
PHYS 338, 447
PSCI 223, 244,
334, 400
PSY 225, 431,432
REL 230, 331,337
SOC229,441
SPAN 325, 418
THEA 332, 333
Physical Activities, Wellness, and
Community Service Program
L Purpose
This program is designed to promote
students' physical welfare, health awareness,
and to encourage a sense of civic responsibility.
II. Program Requirements
Students must pass any combination of two
semesters of course work selected from the
following:
1 . Designated physical activities courses.
2. Designated varsity athletics.
3. Designated wellness courses.
4. Designated community service projects.
CONCENTRATION
The Major
Students are required to complete a series of
courses in one departmental or interdisciplinary
(established or individual) major. Specific
course requirements for each major offered by
the College are listed in the curriculum section
of this catalog. Students must earn a 2.00 or
higher grade point average in those courses
stipulated as comprising the major. Students
must declare a major by the beginning of their
junior year. Departmental and established
interdisciplinary majors are declared in the
Office of the Registrar, whereas individual
interdisciplinary majors must be approved by
the Committee on Curriculum Development.
Students may complete more than one major,
each of which will be recorded on the tran-
script. Students may be removed from major
status if they are not making satisfactory
progress in their major. This action is taken
by the Dean of the College upon the recom-
mendation of the department, coordinating
committee (for established interdisciplinary
majors), or Curriculum Development Commit-
tee (for individual interdisciplinary majors).
The decision of the Dean of the College may
be appealed to the Committee on Academic
Standards by the student involved or by the
LYCOMING COLLEGE
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
recommending department or committee.
Students pursuing majors in two different
degrees are subject to the policy for dual
degrees on page 29.
Departmental Majors — The following
Departmental majors are available:
Accounting
Art History
Art Studio
Astronomy
Biology
Business Administration
Chemistry
Communication
Computer Science
Economics
English
French
German
History
Mathematics
Music
Nursing
Philosophy
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Sociology-Anthropology
Spanish
Theatre
Established Interdisciplinary Majors —
The following established interdisciplinary
majors include course work in two or more
departments:
Accounting-Mathematical Sciences
Actuarial Mathematics
American Studies
Criminal Justice
International Studies
Literature
Near East Culture and Archaeology
Individual Interdisciplinary Majors —
Students may design majors which are unique
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
to their needs and objectives and which
combine course work in more than one depart-
ment. These majors are developed in consulta-
tion with students' faculty advisors and with a
panel of faculty members from each of the
sponsoring departments. The applications are
acted upon by the Curriculum Development
Committee. The major normally consists of 10
courses beyond those taken to satisfy the
distribution requirements. Students are expect-
ed to complete at least six courses at the junior
or senior level. Examples of individual inter-
disciplinary majors are: Legal Studies, Western
History and Archaeology, Women and the
Legal System, and Religion and Marketing.
The Minor
The College awards two kinds of minors,
departmental and interdisciplinary, in recog-
nition of concentrated course work in an area
other than the student's major. All minors are
subject to the following limitations:
• A minor must include at least two courses
which are not counted in the student's major.
• A student may receive at most two minors.
• Students with two majors may receive only
one minor; students with three majors may
not receive a minor.
• Students may not receive a minor in their
major discipline unless their major disci-
pline is Art and the minor is Art History or
their major is Biology and the minor is
Environmental Science. (A discipline is any
course of study in which a student can
major. Tracks within majors are not separate
disciplines.)
• A student may not receive a minor unless
his/her average in the courses which count
for his/her minor is a minimum of 2.00.
• Courses taken P/F may not be counted
toward a minor.
Students must declare their intention to
minor by signing a form available in the
Registrar's Office, obtaining required faculty
signatures, and returning the completed form to
the Office of the Registrar.
^»
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
When students complete a minor, the title
will be indicated on their official transcript.
Students must meet the requirements for the
minor which are in effect at the time they
declare a minor or which are in effect subse-
quent to that time before they graduate.
Departmental Minors — Requirements for a
departmental minor vary from department to
department. Students interested in pursuing a
departmental minor should consult that
department for its policy regarding minors.
Departmental minors are available in the
following areas:
ACCOUNTING
ART
Art History
Commercial Design
Painting
Photography
Sculpture
ASTRONOMY
BIOLOGY
Biology
Environmental Science
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Marketing
Finance
General Management
CHEMISTRY
COMMUNICATION
ECONOMICS
ENGLISH
Literature
Writing
FOREIGN LANGUAGES
AND LITERATURES
French
German
Spanish
HISTORY
American History
European History
History
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES
Computer Science
LYCOMING COLLEGE
Mathematics
PHILOSOPHY
Philosophy
Philosophy and Law
Philosophy and Science
PHYSICS
POLITICAL SCIENCE
Political Science
World Politics
Legal Studies
PSYCHOLOGY
RELIGION
SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY
THEATRE
Theatre History and Literature
Performance
Technical Theatre
Interdisciplinary Minors — Interdisciplinary
minors include course work in two or more
departments. Students interested in interdisci-
plinary minors should consult the faculty
coordinator of that minor. Interdisciplinary
minors are available in the following areas:
BIBLICAL LANGUAGES, CRIMINAL
JUSTICE, and WOMEN'S STUDIES.
PRE-PROFESSIONAL
PROGRAMS (also see "Pre-Profes-
sional Advising" in The Advising Program
section)
Preparation for Educational Professions —
Lycoming College believes that the liberal arts
provide the best preparation for future teachers.
Thus, all education students complete a liberal
arts major in addition to the Lycoming
College Teacher Education Certificate
requirements. Students can be certified in
elementary education or one or more of the
following secondary areas: art (K-12), biology,
chemistry, English, French, general science
(with biology or astronomy/physics tracks),
German, mathematics, music (K-12), physics,
social studies, and Spanish. All teacher
education programs are approved by the
Pennsylvania Department of Education.
^A
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
Pennsylvania certificates are recognized in
most other states either through reciprocal
agreements or by transcript evaluation. See
the Education Department listing on page 90.
Preparation for Health Professions — The
program of pre-professional education for the
health professions (allopathic, dental, osteo-
pathic, podiatric and veterinary medicine;
optometry, and pharmacy) is organized around
a sound foundation in biology, chemistry,
mathematics, and physics and a wide range of
subject matter from the humanities, social
sciences, and fine arts. At least three years of
undergraduate study is recommended before
entry into a professional school; the normal
procedure is to complete the Bachelor of Arts
degree.
Students interested in one of the health
professions or in an allied health career should
make their intentions known to the Admissions
Office when applying and to the Health
Professions Advisory Committee (HPAC)
during their first semester (see page 44).
Preparation for Legal Professions —
Lycoming offers a strong preparation for
students interested in law as a profession.
Admission to law school is not predicated
upon a particular major or area of study;
rather, a student is encouraged to design a
course of study (traditional or interdisciplinary
major) which is of personal interest and
significance. While no specific major is
recommended, there are certain skills of
particular relevance to the pre-law student:
clear writing, analytical thinking, and reading
comprehension. These skills should be
developed during the undergraduate years.
Pre-law students should register with the
Legal Professions Advisory Committee (LP AC)
during their first semester (see page 44).
Preparation for Theological Professions —
Students preparing to attend a theological
seminary should examine the suggestions set
down by the Association of Theological
Schools. It is recommended that students
pursue a broad program in the liberal arts with
a major in one of the humanities (English,
history, languages, literature, philosophy,
religion) or one of the social sciences (Ameri-
can studies, criminal justice, economics,
international studies, political science, psychol-
ogy, sociology-anthropology). Students
preparing for a career in religious education
should major in religion and elect five or six
courses in psychology, education and sociol-
ogy. This program of study will qualify
students to work as educational assistants or
directors of religious education after graduate
study in a theological seminary.
Students should register with the Theologi-
cal Professions Advisory Committee (TPAC)
during their first semester. TPAC acts as a
"center" for students, faculty, and clergy to
discuss the needs of students who want to
prepare themselves for the ministry, religious
education, advanced training in religion, or
related vocations (see page 44).
COOPERATIVE PROGRAMS
Lycoming has developed several coopera-
tive programs to provide students with opport-
unities to extend their knowledge, abilities, and
talents in selected areas through access to the
specialized academic programs and facilities
of other colleges, universities, academies and
hospitals. Although thorough advising and
curricular planning are provided for each of
the cooperative programs, admission to
Lycoming and registration in the program of
choice do not guarantee admission to the coop-
erating institution. The prerogative of admitting
students to the cooperative aspect of the
program rests with the cooperating institution.
Students who are interested in a cooperative
program should contact the coordinator during
the first week of the first semester of their
enrollment at Lycoming. This is necessary to
plan their course programs in a manner that
will ensure completion of required courses
according to the schedule stipulated for the
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
program. All cooperative programs require
special coordination of course scheduling at
Lycoming.
Engineering — Combining the advantages of
a liberal arts education and the technical train-
ing of an engineering curriculum, this program
is offered in conjunction with The Pennsylva-
nia State University and Washington Univer-
sity at St. Louis. Students complete three years
of study at Lycoming and two years at the
cooperating university. Upon satisfactory
completion of the first year of engineering
studies, Lycoming awards a Bachelor of Arts
degree. When students successfully complete
the second year of engineering studies, the
cooperating university awards a Bachelor of
Science degree in engineering.
At Lycoming, students complete the dis-
tribution program and courses in physics,
mathematics, and chemistry. The Pennsylva-
nia State University offers aerospace, agricul-
tural, ceramic, chemical, civil, computer,
electrical, engineering science, industrial,
mechanical, mining and nuclear engineering.
Similar offerings are available at Washington
University at St. Louis.
Forestry or Environmental Studies —
Lycoming College offers a cooperative
program with Duke University in environ-
mental management and forestry. Qualified
students can earn the baccalaureate and master
degrees in five years, spending three years at
Lycoming and two years at Duke. All
Lycoming distribution and major requirements
must be completed by the end of the junior
year. At the end of the first year at Duke, a
baccalaureate degree will be awarded by
Lycoming. Duke will award the professional
degree of Master of Forestry or Master of
Environmental Management to qualified
candidates at the end of the second year.
The major program emphases at Duke are
Forest Resource Management, Resource Eco-
nomics and Policy, and Resource Ecology.
The program is flexible enough, however,
to accommodate a variety of individual designs.
An undergraduate major in one of the natural
sciences, social sciences, or business may
provide good preparation for the programs at
Duke, but a student with any undergraduate
concentration will be considered for admission.
All students need at least two courses each in
biology, mathematics, and economics.
Students begin the program at Duke in July
after their junior year at Lycoming with a one-
month session of field work in natural resource
management. They must complete a total of
48 units which generally takes four semesters.
Some students prefer to complete the
baccalaureate degree before undertaking grad-
uate study at Duke. The master degree
requirements for these students are the same
as for those students entering after the junior
year, but the 48-unit requirement may be
reduced for completed relevant undergraduate
work of satisfactory quality. All credit
reductions are determined individually and
consider the students' educational background
and objectives.
Medical Technology - Students desiring a
career in medical technology may either
complete a Bachelor of Arts or a Bachelor of
Science program followed by a clinical
internship at any hospital accredited by the
American Medical Association, or they may
complete the cooperative program. Students
electing the cooperative program normally
study for three years at Lycoming, during
which time they complete 24 unit courses,
including the College distribution require-
ments, a major, and requirements of the
National Accrediting Agency for Clinical
Laboratory Sciences (NAACLS). The current
requirements of the NAACLS are: four
courses in chemistry (one of which must be
either organic or biochemistry); four courses
in biology (including courses in microbiology
and immunology), and one course in mathe-
matics.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^A
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
Students in the cooperative program usually
major in biology, following a modified major
of six unit courses that exempts them from
Ecology (BIO 224) and Plant Sciences (BIO
225). Students must take either Microbiology
(BIO 32 1 ) or Microbiology for the Health
Sciences (BIO 226). and either Human
Physiology (BIO 323) orCell Biology (BIO
435). The cooperative program requires
successful completion of a one-year internship
at a hospital accredited by the American
Medical Association. Lycoming is affiliated
with the following accredited hospitals: Divine
Providence, Rolling Hill, Robert Packer,
Lancaster, and Abington. Students in the
cooperative program receive credit at
Lycoming for each of eight courses in biology
and chemistry successfully completed during
the clinical internship. Successful completion
of the Registry Examination is not considered a
graduation requirement at Lycoming College.
Students entering a clinical internship for
one year after graduation from Lycoming
must complete all of the requirements of the
cooperative program, but are not eligible for
the biology major exemptions indicated
above. Upon graduation, such students may
apply for admission to a clinical program at
any hospital.
Optometry — Through the Accelerated
Optometry Education Curriculum Program,
students interested in a career in optometry
may qualify for admission to the Pennsylvania
College of Optometry after only three years at
Lycoming College.
After four years at the Pennsylvania College
of Optometry, a student will earn a Doctor of
Optometry degree. Selection of candidates for
the professional segment of the program is
completed by the admissions committee of the
Pennsylvania College of Optometry during the
student's third year at Lycoming. (This is one
of two routes that students may choose. Any
student, of course, may follow the regular
application procedures for admission to the
Pennsylvania College of Optometry or another
college of optometry to matriculate following
completion of his or her baccalaureate pro-
gram.) During the three years at Lycoming
College, the student will complete 24 unit
courses, including all distribution require-
ments, and will prepare for his or her profes-
sional training by obtaining a solid foundation
in biology, chemistry, physics, and mathemat-
ics. During the first year of study at the
Pennsylvania College of Optometry, the
student will take 39 semester hours of basic
science courses in addition to introductions to
optometry and health care. Successful comple-
tion of the first year of professional training will
complete the course requirements for the B.A.
degree at Lycoming College.
Most students will find it convenient to
major in biology in order to satisfy the
requirements of Lycoming College and the
Pennsylvania College of Optometry. Such
students are allowed to complete a modified
biology major which will exempt them from
two biology courses: Ecology (BIO 224) and
Plant Sciences (BIO 225). (This modified
major requires the successful completion of
the initial year at the Pennsylvania College of
Optometry.) Students desiring other majors
must coordinate their plans with the Health
Professions Advisory Committee in order to
ensure that they have satisfied all requirements.
Podiatry — Students interested in podiatry
may either seek admission to a college of
podiatric medicine upon completion of the
Bachelor of Arts degree or through the Accel-
erated Podiatric Medical Educadon Curricu-
lum Program ( APMEC). The latter program
provides an opportunity for students to
qualify for admission to the Pennsylvania
College of Podiatric Medicine (PCPM) or the
Ohio College of Podiatric Medicine (OCPM)
after three years of study at Lycoming. At
Lycoming, students in the APMEC program
must successfully complete 24 unit courses,
including the distribution requirements and a
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^S
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
basic foundation in biology, chemistry,
physics, and mathematics. During the first
year of study at PCPM or OCPM, students
must successfully complete a program of basic
science courses and an introduction to podiatry.
Successful completion of the first year of
professional training will contribute toward the
fulfillment of the course requirements for a
Bachelor of Arts degree at Lycoming.
Students in the cooperative program who
major in biology will be allowed to complete a
modified major which will exempt them from
two biology courses: Ecology (BIO 224) and
Plant Sciences (BIO 225). This modified
major requires the successful completion of
the initial year at PCPM or OCPM.
Students interested in a career in pediatric
medicine should indicate their intentions to
the Health Professions Advisory Committee.
U.S. Army Reserve Officers Training
Corps Program (R.O.T.C.) — The program
provides an opportunity for Lycoming
students to enroll in R.O.T.C. Lycoming
notes enrollment in and successful completion
of the program on student transcripts. Mili-
tary Science is a four-year program divided
into a basic course given during the freshman
and sophomore years and an advanced course
given during the junior and senior years.
Students who have not completed the basic
course may qualify for the advanced course by
completing summer camp between the
sophomore and junior years. Students
enrolled in the advanced course receive an
annual stipend of $1,000. One course each in
written communication, human behavior, and
military history will fulfill the professional
military education requirements. R.O.T.C.
scholarship cadets must also complete one
semester of a foreign language.
Students successfully completing the
advanced course and advanced summer camp
between the junior and senior years will qualify
for a commission as a Second Lieutenant in
the United States Army upon graduation, and
will incur a service obligation in the active
Army or Army Reserves. The only expense
to the student for this program is the $75 uni-
form deposit, which is refundable, less costs.
THE HONORS PROGRAM
The Scholar Program
The Lycoming College Scholar Program is a
special program designed to meet the needs and
aspirations of highly motivated students of
superior intellectual ability. The Lycoming
Scholar satisfies the College's distribution
requirements, generally on a more exacting
level and with more challenging courses than
the average student. Lycoming Scholars also
participate in special interdisciplinary seminars
and in serious independent study culminating
in a senior project. Scholars may audit a fifth
course each semester at no additional cost. In
addition. Scholars may be exempted from the
usual limitations on independent studies by the
Individual Studies Committee.
Students are admitted to the program by
invitation of the Scholar Council, the group
which oversees the program. The council
consists of a director and four other faculty
selected by the Dean of the College, and four
students elected by current scholars. The
guidelines goveming selection of new scholars
are flexible; academic excellence, intellectual
curiosity, and creativity are all taken into
account. Students who desire to participate in
the Scholar Program but are not invited may
petition the Scholar Council for consideration.
Petitioning students should provide the Scholar
Council with letters of recommendation from
Lycoming faculty and a transcript to be sent to
the director of the Scholar Program.
To remain in the program, students must main-
tain a cumulative average of 3.00 or better. Stu-
dents who drop below this average will be placed
on Scholar probation for one semester. After one
semester, they will be asked to leave the program
if their GPA has not returned to 3.00 or higher.
To graduate as a Scholar, a student must have at
LYCOMING COLLEGE
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
least a 3.00 cumulative average. Scholars must
successfully complete five Lycoming Scholars
Seminars, as well as the non-credit Senior
Scholar Seminar in which they present the
results of their independent studies. In
addition, the following distribution require-
ments must be met.
Scholar Distribution Requirements for
Students in B.A., B.S., and B.S.N. Programs
A. English - Scholars must complete ENGL
106 or ENGL 107. The Scholar Council
strongly recommends that qualified scholars
enroll in ENGL 107 if scheduling permits.
ENGL 106 or 107 must be taken during the
freshman year.
B. Fine Arts - Scholars are required to pass
two courses (or the equivalent) from the
following: Art: ART 1 11, 1 15, 220 or higher;
Music: MUS 117, 135 or higher; Theatre:
THEA 1 12 or higher, excluding THEA 148;
Creative Writing: ENGL 240, 322, 342, 411,
412, 441 or 442; Literature: Any English
Literature course (except ENGL 215) and the
literature courses of the Department of Foreign
Languages and Literatures (French, German, or
Spanish).
C. Foreign Language - Scholars are required
to pass a course in French, German, Greek,
Hebrew, or Spanish numbered 1 1 1 or higher.
Placement at the appropriate course level will
be determined by the faculty of the Department
of Foreign Languages and Literatures. Scholars
who have completed two or more years of a
given language in high school are not admit-
ted for credit to the elementary course in the
same foreign language except by written
permission of the chairman of the department.
D. Humanities - Scholars are required to pass
four courses from three of the following
disciplines: History: any course numbered
200 or higher; Literature: any English
literature course (except ENGL 215) and the
literature courses of the Department of
Foreign Languages and Literatures (French,
German, or Spanish); Philosophy: any course
numbered 200 or higher; Religion: any course
numbered 222 or higher.
E. Mathematics - Scholars must earn at least a
grade of B (3.00) in one of MATH 103, 106,
109, 1 12, or CPTR 108; or successfully
complete one of MATH 116, 128, 129, 130, or
214.
F. Natural Sciences - Scholars are required
to pass two courses from the following:
Astronomy /Physics: any course numbered
1 1 1 or higher; Biology: any course numbered
1 10 or higher; Chemistry: any course num-
bered 1 10 or higher.
G. Social Sciences - Scholars are required to
pass two courses from the following: Econom-
ics: any course numbered 1 10 or higher;
Political Science: any course numbered 106 or
higher; Psychology: PSY 1 10 or any other
PSY course numbered 224 or higher. Sociol-
ogy-Anthropology: any course from 1 10, 220,
224, 226, 227, 229, 300 or higher.
H. Cultural Diversity - Scholars are required
to pass one designated course which introduces
students to Cultural Diversity which is distinct
from the dominant western culture. Approaches
to study may be artistic, historical, sociological,
anthropological, international, psychological,
or issues oriented. The course selected to
fulfill this requirement may also be used to
satisfy one of the other general education
requirements in the liberal arts.
L Writing Across the Curriculum. This
requirement is the same as that stipulated by
the College for all students.
J. Physical Activities, Wellness and Commu-
nity Service. This requirement is the same as
that stipulated by the College for all students.
K. Lycoming Scholar Seminars — Team-
taught interdisciplinary seminars are held every
semester under the direction of the Lycoming
Scholar Council. They meet for one hour each
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
week (Tuesdays at noon) and carry one hour of
credit. Grades are "A/F" and are based on
students' performance. Lycoming Scholars are
required to successfully complete five seminars
and they are permitted to register for as many
as eight. Topics for each academic year will be
selected by the Scholar Council and announced
before spring registration of the previous year.
Students must be accepted into the Scholar
Program before they enroll in a Scholar Seminar.
Scholars are strongly urged to register for a
least one seminar during the freshman year.
L. Senior Project — In the senior year,
scholars must successfully complete an
independent studies or departmental honors
project which has been approved in advance
by the Independent Studies Committee and the
Scholar Council. This project must be
presented orally as part of the Senior Scholar
Seminar and be accepted by the Scholar
Council.
M. Major — Scholars must complete a
major and 32 units, exclusive of the Senior
Scholar Seminar.
Note to Transfer Students — In the case of
transfer students and those who seek to enter
the program after their freshman year and in
other cases deemed by the Scholar Council to
involve special or extraordinary circum-
stances, the Council shall make adjustments to
the scholar distribution requirements provided
that in all cases such exceptions and adjust-
ments would still satisfy the regular College
distribution requirements.
Management Scholars
Program of the Institute for
Management Studies
The IMS sponsors a Management Scholars
Program for academically talented students in
the three IMS departments. To join the
Management Scholars Program, a student must
satisfy the following criteria:
a) Have a declared major or minor in one or
more of the IMS departments. However,
the IMS Director may invite or permit
other students to join the Management
Scholars Program who do not meet this
criteria, such as freshmen who have not
yet declared a major or minor.
b) Have an overall GPA of 3.00 or higher, or
exhibit strong academic potential if the
student is a first-semester freshman.
To graduate as a Management Scholar, a
student must meet the following criteria:
a) Successfully complete two semester-
hours of Management Scholar Seminars.
b) Successfully complete a major or minor in
one of the three IMS departments.
c) Graduate with a GPA of 3.00 or higher in
both overall college work, and within an
IMS major and/or minor.
d) Successfully complete an appropriate
internship, practicum or independent
study, or complete a special project
approved by the IMS Director.
At least one Management Scholar Seminar is
taught per academic year on an interdisciplinary
topic of relevance to students in all three IMS
departments. The seminars are offered as one
semester-hour courses and do not result in
overload charges for full-time students.
Students who are currently Lycoming College
Scholars may also become Management
Scholars and participate in both programs.
Nursing Scholars Program
The Department of Nursing offers a program
for those students who excel academically. To
graduate as a Nursing Scholar, a student must:
a. Demonstrate continued participation in
activities sponsored by the Center for
Nursing Excellence (CNE).
b. Achieve a GPA of 3.25 or higher in both
overall college work and within the nursing
major.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
c. Successfully complete an approved intern-
ship, practicum, or independent or honors
study.
d. Demonstrate those qualities most becoming
a professional nurse, including a commit-
ment to the profession and community
service.
Students who are Lycoming College Scholars
may become Nursing Scholars and participate
in both programs.
Departmental Honors
Honors projects are normally undertaken
only in a student's major, and are available
only to exceptionally well-qualified students
who have a solid background in the area of
the project and are capable of considerable
self-direction and have a GPA of at least 3.00.
The prerequisites for registration in an honors
program are as follows:
• A faculty member from the department(s)
in which the honors project is to be under-
taken must agree to be the director and must
secure departmental approval of the project.
• The director, in consultation with the
student, must convene a committee consist-
ing of two faculty members from the
department in which the project is to be
undertaken, one of whom is the director of
the project, and one faculty member from
each of two other departments related to the
subject matter of the study.
• The Honors Committee must then certify by
their signatures on the application that the
project in question is academically legiti-
mate and worthy of pursuit as an honors
project, and that the student in question is
qualified to pursue the project.
• The project must be approved by the
Committee on Individual Studies.
Students successfully complete honors
projects by satisfying the following conditions
in accordance with guidelines established by
the Committee on Individual Studies:
• The student must produce a substantial
research paper, critical study, or creative
project. If the end product is a creative
project, a critical paper analyzing the
techniques and principles employed and the
nature of the achievement represented in the
project shall be also submitted.
• The student must successfully explain and
defend the work in a final oral examination
given by the honors committee.
• The Honors Committee must certify that the
student has successfully defended the
project, and that the student's achievement is
clearly superior to that which would ordi-
narily be required to earn a grade of "A" in a
regular independent studies course.
• The Committee on Individual Studies must
certify that the student has satisfied all of
the conditions mentioned above.
Except in unusual circumstances, honors
projects are expected to involve independent
study in two consecutive unit courses.
Successful completion of the honors project
will cause the designation of honors in that
department to be placed upon the permanent
record. Acceptable theses are deposited in the
College library. In the event that the study is
not completed successfully or is not deemed
worthy of honors, the student shall be re-
registered in independent studies and
given a final grade for the course.
THE ADVISING PROGRAM
Academic Advising
One advantage of a small college is the
direct, personal contact between a student and
the College faculty who care about that
student's personal, academic, and professional
aspirations. The student can draw upon their
years of experience to resolve questions about
social adjustment, workload, study skills,
tutoring and more. Perhaps the member of the
faculty with the most impact on a student is
the academic advisor.
1 W8-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
The freshman advisor, whom the student
meets at summer orientation, assists with
course selection by providing accurate informa-
tion about requirements, programs and career
options. Advisors help students to identify
other campus resources. Health Services can
supply counseling support for students with
personal adjustment issues.
During the sophomore year, the student
must choose a major and select an advisor
from the major department. The new advisor,
while serving as a resource, can best advise
that student about course selection and career
opportunities.
Advisors at Lycoming endeavor to
contribute to students' development in yet
another way. They insist that students assume
full responsibility for their decisions and
academic progress. By doing so, they help to
prepare them for the harder choices and
responsibilities of the professional world.
Also, Lycoming provides special advising
programs for careers in medicine, law and
religion. Interested students should register
with the appropriate advisory committee
immediately after deciding to enter one of
these professions.
Pre-Professional Advising
(also see "Pre-Professional Programs" in
the Concentration section)
Preparation for Educational Professions —
Students interested in obtaining teacher cert-
ification should consult with a member of the
Education Department as early as possible.
See the Education Department listing on
page 90.
Preparation for Health Professions —
Students interested in one of the health
professions or in an allied health career should
make their intentions know to the Admissions
Office when applying and to the Health
Professions Advisory Committee (HPAC)
during their first semester. This committee
advises students concerning preparation for
and application to health-professions schools.
All pre-health professions students are invited
to join the student Pre-Health Professions
Association. See also descriptions of the
nursing program and of the cooperative
programs in podiatric medicine, optometry,
and medical technology.
Preparation for Legal Professions —
Students interested in pre-law should register
with the Legal Professions Advisory Commit-
tee (LPAC) during their first semester and
should join the Pre-Law Society on campus.
LPAC assists the pre-law student through
advising, compilation of recommendations,
and dissemination of information and materi-
als about law and the legal profession. The
Pre-Law Society sponsors films, speakers, and
field trips including visits to law school
campuses.
Preparation for Theological Professions —
Students who plan to investigate the religious
vocations should register with the Theological
Professions Advisory Committee (TPAC)
during their first semester. TPAC acts as a
"center" for students, faculty, and clergy to
discuss the needs of students who want to
prepare themselves for the ministry, religious
education, advanced training in religion, or
related vocations. Also, it may help coordi-
nate internships for students who desire
practical experience in the parish ministry or
related areas.
ACADEMIC
SUPPORT SERVICES
Academic Resource Center
(ARC)
Daniel Hartsock, Director
The Academic Resource Center, located on
the second floor of the Fine Arts Building,
provides a variety of free services to the
campus community.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
Writing Center — Working one-on-
one. Writing Tutors use questioning
techniques to help others improve
individual papers while developing
confidence and independence as writers.
Other services include the Paper File, a
file of graded essays maintained by
course; the Writing Room, a quiet place
for writers to work; self-paced, computer
assisted typing instruction; and the
Documentation Style Manual for use
when citing sources on research projects.
Tutoring Center — The ARC provides
one-on-one peer tutoring in math, foreign
languages, and sciences on a walk-in
basis and peer tutoring by arrangement in
other subjects. Tutors assist students
with homework assignments and exam
review.
Survival Skills Program — The ARC
and volunteer faculty conduct a group of
study skills workshops on time manage-
ment, note-taking from lectures, reading
textbooks, successful study techniques
and WordPerfect.
100
SUCCESS SKILLS WORKSHOP
A seven-week course, the workshop intro-
duces students to a variety of topics important
to student success. Among these are time
management, learning styles, motivation,
highlighting text, note-taking, and word-
processing. Topics will be selected to meet
students' needs. ARC 100 is highly recom-
mended for students who, in consultation with
their academic advisors, choose to improve
their academic skills. This noncredit course
will be graded on a pass/fail basis.
Office of the Assistant
Dean for Freshmen
Lycoming College believes a student's
freshman year needs structure and support.
This office serves as a focal point for the
freshman and his or her family.
Freshman Orientation — The purpose
of this required program is to acquaint
new students and their families more
fully with the College so that they can
begin their Lycoming experience under
the most favorable circumstances.
Students sit for placement tests, confer
with their academic advisors, preregister
for fall classes, and become acquainted
with their classmates.
Crossing Thresliolds — Begins the day
freshmen arrive with New Student Con-
vocation. The weekend activities include
community service, readings, informal
writing, career, library and financial aid
workshops along with social events.
Information and Support — Students
and their families find the Office of the
Assistant Dean for Freshmen an acces-
sible resource to resolving problems,
developing solutions, coordinating
services and enabling student success.
Student and Family newsletters are
provided during the year.
Office of the Assistant
Dean for Sophomores
The College continues to provide academic
counseling and support as students move into
the sophomore year. The Assistant Dean for
Sophomores meets individually with second
year students and, in cooperation with the
Assistant Dean for Freshmen, conducts small
group retreats and other meetings. These
efforts are designed to alert students to their
circumstances, to help them explore options,
to motivate them to achieve their academic
aspirations, and to provide them with useful
strategies and resources for success.
In addition, the Sophomore Dean assists
Sophomore Class Officers in planning events,
consults with students on a variety of personal
and social concerns, surveys the Class to learn
their opinions about the Freshman Year at
1 W8-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
Lycoming, and engages in a variety of other
activities involving the welfare of our sopho-
more students.
SPECIAL ACADEMIC
OPPORTUNITIES
May Term — This four-week voluntary
session is designed to provide students with
courses listed in the catalog and experimental
and special courses that are not normally
available during the fall and spring semesters
and summer sessions. Some courses are
offered on campus, others involve travel. In
addition to the courses themselves, attractions
include less formal classes and reduced tuition
rates. On campus courses have included
Chemistry in Context, Field Geology, Field
Ornithology, Energy Economics, Writer's
Seminar, American Detective Fiction, The
American Hard-Boiled Mystery, Organized
Crime in America, and Internet Marketing and
Advertising. Travel courses have included
Painting at the Outer Banks, Art History and
Photography in Greece and Italy, Cross-
Cultural Psychology in Greece and Italy,
Intensive Language/Cultural Study and
Community Service in Mexico, Tropical Marine
Biology in Jamaica, and Nursing in England.
A Business internship opportunity to study
and work in England for six weeks is offered
on a biannual basis.
Summer Sessions I and II — These two suc-
cessive five-week academic terms offer the
opportunity for students to complete intern-
ships, independent studies and semester courses.
Independent Studies — Independent studies
are available to any qualified student who
wishes to engage in and receive academic
credit for any academically legitimate course
of study for which he or she could not other-
wise receive credit. It may be pursued at any
level (introductory, intermediate, or advanced)
and in any department, whether or not the
student is a major in that department. An
independent studies project may either
duplicate a catalogue course or be completely
different from any catalog course. In order for
a student to be registered in any independent
study course, the following conditions must be
satisfied:
1) An appropriate member of the faculty must
agree to supervise the project and must
certify by signing the application form that
the project involves an amount of legiti-
mate academic work appropriate for the
amount of academic credit requested and
that the student in question is qualified to
pursue the project.
2) The studies project must be approved by
the chair of the department in which the
studies project is to be undertaken. In the
case of catalog courses, all department
members must approve offering the catalog
course as an independent studies course.
3) After the project is approved by the
instructor and the chair of the appropriate
department, the studies project must be
approved by the Committee on Individual
Studies.
Participation in independent studies
projects which do not duplicate catalog
courses is subject to the following:
• Students undertaking independent studies
projects must have a GPA of at least 2.50.
• Students may not engage in more than one
independent studies project during any
given semester.
• Students may not engage in more than two
independent studies projects during their
academic careers at Lycoming College.
• The Individual Studies Committee may
exempt members of the Lycoming College
Scholar Program from these two limitations.
As with other academic policies, any other
exceptions to these two rules must be ap-
proved by the Committee on Academic
Standards.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
Internship Program — An internship is a
course jointly sponsored by the College and a
public or private agency or subdivision of the
College in which a student is able to earn
college credit by participating in some active
capacity as an assistant, aide, or apprentice.
At least one-half of the effort expended by the
intern should consist of academic work related
to agency situations. The objectives of the
internship program are:
1 ) to further the development of a central
core of values, awarenesses, strategies,
skills, and information through experiences
outside the classroom or other campus
situations, and
2) to facilitate the integration of theory and
practice by encouraging students to relate
their on-campus academic experiences
more directly to society in general and to
possible career and other post-baccalaure-
ate objectives in particular.
Any junior or senior student in good acad-
emic standing may petition the Committee on
Individual Studies for approval to serve as an
intern. A maximum of 16 credits can be earned
through internships, practica, and/or student
teaching. Guidelines for program develop-
ment, assignment of tasks and academic
requirements, such as exams, papers, reports,
grades, etc., are established in consultation with
a faculty director at Lycoming and an agency
supervisor at the place of internship.
Students with diverse majors have partici-
pated in a wide variety of internships,
including ones with NBC Television in New
York City, the Allenwood Federal Prison
Camp, Pennsylvania State Department of
Environmental Resources, Lycoming County
Historical Society, the American Cancer
Society, business and accounting firms, law
offices, hospitals, social service agencies,
banks and Congressional offices.
Practica — Practica are offered in Account-
ing, Biology, Business, Communication.
Economics, Education, IMS, Psychology,
and Sociology. These courses require 10 to
12 hours of work per week in a business,
agency, or organization in addition to class-
room time. A maximum of 16 credits can be
earned through practica, internships, and/or
student teaching.
Teacher Intern Program — The purpose of
the Teacher Intern Program is to provide
individuals who have completed a baccalaure-
ate degree with the opportunity to become
certified teachers through on-the-job training.
Interns can earn a Lycoming College Teacher
Education Certificate and be certified by the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania in elementary
education or one or more of the following
secondary areas: art, biology, chemistry,
English, French, general science (with biology
or astronomy/physics tracks), German, math-
ematics, music, physics, social studies, and
Spanish.
Interested individuals should file a formal
application with the Education Department for
admission to the Intern Program. Upon
completion of the application process, interns
receive a letter of Intern Candidacy from the
Pennsylvania Department of Education which
the candidate then uses to apply for a teaching
position. Necessary professional coursework
can be completed prior to the teaching
experience when individuals obtain teaching
position. (See Education Department on page
90 for course listing.)
The Philadelphia Urban Semester — A full
semester liberal arts program for professional
development and field study is available to
Lycoming students. The program is open to
juniors majoring in any discipline or program.
The Philadelphia Urban Semester is sponsored
and administered by the Great Lakes Colleges
Association.
Washington Semester — With the consent of
the Department of Political Science and the
Registrar, selected students are permitted to
study in Washington, D.C., at The American
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
University for one semester. They may
choose from seven different programs:
Washington Semester, Urban Semester,
Foreign Policy Semester, International
Development Semester, Economic Policy
Semester, Science and Technology Semester,
or American Studies Semester.
United Nations Semester — With the
consent of either the Department of History or
Political Science and the Registrar, selected
students may enroll at Drew University in
Madison, New Jersey, in the United Nations
Semester, which is designed to provide a first-
hand acquaintance with the world organiza-
tion. Students with special interests in world
history, international relations, law, and
politics are eligible to participate.
Capitol Semester Internship Program —
This program is available to eligible students
on a competitive basis. The program is co-
sponsored by Pennsylvania's Office of
Administration and Department of Education.
Paid internships are available to students in
most majors. Interested students should
contact the Career Development Center for
additional information.
STUDY ABROAD
PROGRAMS
Students are encouraged to participate in a
wide variety of study abroad and exchange
programs. Students interested in studying
abroad must have a 2.50 minimum grade point
average and their programs of study must be
approved by their major departments, the
Study Abroad Coordinator, and the Registrar.
Some options require use of a foreign lan-
guage in instruction. For students who do not
speak a foreign language, there are other sites
in which the language of instruction is
English. Foreign travel and study abroad
courses are usually a semester or year-long,
although some courses offered by Lycoming
are available in May and Summer terms (see
page 46). Two small scholarships awarded on
a competitive basis are available, one each for
the fall and spring semesters. See the Study
Abroad Coordinator for details.
England Exchange Programs — In special
cooperative programs between Lycoming
College and Westminster College, Oxford;
Anglia Polytechnic University, Cambridge;
and Regent's College, London; students can
participate in a semester abroad and receive
Lycoming College credit. Interested students
should contact the Dean for specific eligibiUty.
Programs Sponsored by Other
Institutions — Lycoming students have
recently attended the Semester at Sea spon-
sored by the University of Pittsburgh, the
University of Minnesota-Duluth program at
Vaxjo University in Sweden, and The North-
ern Illinois University at Charles University in
the Czech Republic. The Department of
Foreign Languages and Literatures invites you
to contact them for details regarding approved
semester and year-long programs for study in
the following countries: Austria (the Institute
of European Studies), France (Boston Univer-
sity, the Institute of European Studies),
Germany (the Goethe Institute, the Institute of
European Studies), Mexico (Cemanahuac
Educational Center, Alma College), and Spain
(Alma College, the Center for Cross-Cultural
Studies, Indiana University of PA). Informa-
tion about these and other programs is
available from the Study Abroad Coordinator.
London Semesters — The London Semester
programs of Drew University and The
American University emphasize European
history, politics, and culture. Interested students
may participate with the consent of either the
Departments of History or Political Science,
and the Registrar.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
CURRICULUM
Curriculum
Student Teaching Abroad — Lycoming
College has established a cooperative program
with Moorhead State University enabling
teacher education students to do all or part of
their student teaching in a foreign country.
This program offers exceptional students
the opportunity to student teach in nearly any
country in the world. Students are placed in
independent international schools where
English is the instructional language. An
effort is made to assign students to geographi-
cal areas that will enrich their backgrounds,
serve their special interests and expand their
cultural horizons.
NOTE: Lycoming College cannot assume
responsibility for the health, safety, or welfare of
students engaged in or en route to or from any
off-campus studies or activities which are not
under its exclusive jurisdiction.
Numbers 100-149 Introductory courses and
Freshman level courses
Numbers 200-249 Intermediate courses and
Sophomore level courses
Numbers 300-349 Intermediate courses and
Junior level courses
Numbers 400-449 Advanced courses and
Senior level courses
Numbers N50-N59* Non-catalog courses
offered on a limited basis
Numbers 160-169 Applied Music, Theatre
Practicums and other fractional credit courses
Numbers 470-479 Internships
Numbers N80-N89* Independent Study
Numbers 490-49 1 Independent Study for
Departmental Honors
*N = course level 1 , 2, 3 or 4 as determined by
department
Courses not in sequence are listed
separately, as:
Drawing ART 1 1 1
Color Theory ART 212
Courses which imply a sequence are indicated
with a dash between, meaning that the first
semester must be taken prior to the second, as:
Intermediate French
FRN 111-112
All students have the right of access to all
courses.
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ACCOUNTING
•
ACCOUNTING (accd
Associate Professor: Kuhns (Chairperson)
Assistant Professors: Wienecke, Slocum
The purpose of the accounting major is to
help prepare the student for a career within the
accounting profession. In order to satisfy the
needs of an extremely diverse profession, the
major in accounting consists of three separate
tracks. Track I is designed for students with
an interest in accounting for the informational
needs of managers including business entities,
non-profit entities and internal auditing.
This track will provide excellent preparation
for the Certified Management Accounting
(CMA) exam. Track II is a 128-credit-hour
program and is designed to meet the require-
ments of the Pennsylvania State Board of
Accountancy for those students whose goal is
to become Certified Public Accountants in
Pennsylvania. Track III is a 150-credit-hour
program designed to meet the 1 50 hour
requirement of the American Institute of
Certified Public Accounts for those students
whose goal is to become a member of the
AICPA in Pennsylvania or any other state.
Core courses required of all majors:
ACCT 1 10, 223, 344, 440, 443; BUS 223,
228, 244, 3 1 2, 320, 338, 44 1 ; ECON 1 1 or
111; MATH 103
Track requirements:
I. Management Accounting — 128 hours:
ACCT 224, 444, 449; BUS 339
II. Financial Accounting — 128 hours:
ACCT 345, 436, 441; one course from
ACCT 224, 226, 442, 449, or BUS 345
III. Financial Accounting — 150 hours:
ACCT 224, 345, 436, 441, 442, 447,
449; BUS 235, 236; ECON both 1 10 and
111; one course from SOC or PS Y
The following courses have been approved
to be offered as writing intensive courses and
may be offered as such: ACCT 223, 224,
442. Students must check semester class
schedules to determine which courses are
offered as "W" courses for that semester.
Minor
A minor in the Department of Accounting
consists of ACCT 1 10 and four other account-
ing courses as determined by the student's
interests.
100
PERSONAL FINANCIAL PLANNING
This course prepares students to make better
informed financial decisions in a complicated
world. A practical, relatively non-technical
course designed to help the student identify
and plan to meet their financial goals.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ACCOUNTING
•
110
ELEMENTARY ACCOUNTING THEORY
An introductory course in recording, classify-
ing, summarizing, and interpreting tlie basic
business transaction. Problems of classifica-
tion and interpretation of accounts and
preparation of financial statements are studied.
130
ACCOUNTING FOR MANAGERIAL
DECISION-MAKING
An introduction to the various components
of managerial accounting. Emphasis is placed
on managerial problem-solving techniques
and the analysis of the results. Accounting
systems, costing procedures, cost-volume
profit relationships, managerial control
processes and the use of computers as aids to
decision-making are studied. Students will
gain hands-on experience with various
computer applications of managerial account-
ing. Prerequisite: ACCT 110.
223
COST AND BUDGETARY
ACCOUNTING THEORY I
Methods of accounting for material, labor
and factory overhead expenses consumed in
manufacturing using job order, process, and
standard costing techniques. Prerequisite:
ACCT 110.
COST AND BUDGETARY
ACCOUNTING THEORY II
Application of cost accounting and bud-
getary theory to decision making in the area of
make or buy, expansion of production and
sales, break even analysis, decision modeling,
internal control and information systems.
Prerequisite: ACCT 223 and MATH 103.
226
GOVERNMENT AND
FUND ACCOUNTING
This course is designed to introduce
accounting for not-for-profit organizations.
Municipal accounting and reporting are
studied. Prerequisite: ACCT 110.
344
INTERMEDIATE
ACCOUNTING THEORY I
An in-depth examination of the environ-
ment within which financial accounting theory
exists. An examination of the basic postulates
that underlie financial statements and a
critique of what financial reporting means.
Prerequisite: ACCT 223 or consent of
instructor.
345
INTERMEDIATE
ACCOUNTING THEORY II
An examination of the various accounting
and reporting issues affecting assets. Prereq-
uisite: ACCT 344.
436
INTERMEDIATE
ACCOUNTING THEORY III
An examination of the various accounting
and reporting issues affecting liabilities,
stockholder equity, earnings per share, cash
flows and accounting changes. Prerequisite:
ACCT 345
440
AUDITING THEORY
A study of the science or art of verifying,
analyzing, and interpreting accounts and
reports. The goal of the course is to empha-
size concepts which will enable students to
understand the philosophy and environment of
auditing. Special attention is given to the
public accounting profession, studying
auditing standards, professional ethics, the
legal liability inherent in the attest function,
the study and evaluation of internal control.
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ACCOUNTING
the nature of evidence, the growing use of
statistical sampUng, the impact of electronic
data processing, and the basic approach to
planning an audit. Finally, various audit
reports expressing independent expert
opinions on the fairness of financial statements
are studied. Prerequisite: ACCT 344, MATH
103, and BUS 320.
441
FEDERAL INCOME TAX
Analysis of the provisions of the Internal
Revenue Code relating to income, deductions,
inventories, and accounting methods. Practical
problems involving determination of income
and deductions, capital gains and losses,
computation and payment of taxes through
withholding at the source and through declara-
tion are considered. Planning transactions so
that a minimum amount of tax will result is
emphasized. Prerequisite: ACCT 1 10 or
consent of instructor.
442
FEDERAL INCOME TAX
ADMINISTRATION AND PLANNING
An analysis of the provisions of the
Internal Revenue Code relating to partner-
ships, estates, trusts, and corporations. An
extensive series of problems is considered,
and effective tax planning is emphasized.
Prerequisite: ACCT 441.
443
ACCOUNTING FOR BUSINESS
COMBINATIONS
Certain areas of advanced accounting
theory, including business combinations and
consolidated financial statements. Prerequi-
site: ACCT 345. One-half unit of credit.
444
CONTROLLERSHIP
Control process in the organization.
General systems theory, financial control
systems, centralization-decentralization,
performance measurement and evaluation,
forecasts and budgets, and marketing, produc-
tion and finance models for control purposes.
Prerequisite: ACCT 224 or consent of
instructor.
447
ADVANCED ACCOUNTING
An intensive study of partnerships, installment
and consignment sales, branch accounting,
foreign currency transactions, segment and
interim reporting. Prerequisite: ACCT 443.
One-half unit of credit.
449
PRACTICUM IN ACCOUNTING
An introduction to the real world of
accounting. Students are placed in Manage-
rial and Public Accounting positions in order
to effect a synthesis of the students' academic
course work and its practical applications.
Specifics of the course work to be worked out
in conjunction with department, student and
sponsor. May be repeated for credit with
consent of instructor.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
Interns in accounting typically work off
campus under the supervision of a public or
private accountant.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Typical examples of recent studies in
accounting are: computer program to generate
financial statements, educational core for
public accountants, inventory control, and
church taxation.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
LYCOMING COLLEGE
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ACCOUNTING-MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES • ACTUARIAL MATHEMATICS
ACCOUNTING -
MATHEMATICAL
SCIENCES
Associate Professor: Kuhns (Coordinator)
The accounting-mathematical sciences
interdisciplinary major is designed to offer,
within a liberal arts framework, courses which
will aid in constructing mathematical models
for business decision-making. Students
obtain the necessary substantial background in
both mathematical sciences and accounting.
Required accounting courses are: ACCT
1 10, 223, 224, 344. 345, 441, 442. In math-
ematical sciences, required courses are: CPTR
125,321 and MATH 112, 128, 129, 338 and
either 103 or 332. Recommended courses
include: MATH 130, 238, 333; BUS 223,
235, 236, 338, 339; CPTR 108, 246; ECON
110, 111;PSY224, 225;andSOC 110.
ACTUARIAL
MATHEMATICS
Associate Professor: Sprechini (Coordinator)
The Actuarial Mathematics major is
designed to offer, within a liberal arts frame-
work, coursework to prepare for an actuarial
career. Students obtain the necessary math-
ematical background for the first actuarial
exam and two or three exams beyond the
first one. Students also obtain some back-
ground in accounting, economics, and business
which is needed for an actuarial career. At the
time of completion of all major requirements,
or shortly thereafter, a student should be
prepared to sit for up to four of the examina-
tions of the Society of Actuaries.
The Actuarial Mathematics major consists
of 14 unit courses and two semesters of non-
credit coUoquia. In Mathematical Sciences,
required courses are CPTR 125, MATH 128,
129, 130, 234, 238, 321, 332, 333, and 338.
Also required are ACCT 1 10; ECON 1 10; one
of MATH 214 or ECON 230; one of ACCT
130, ACCT 441, BUS 338, ECON 331 or 441;
two semesters of MATH 339 or 449 taken
during the junior and/or senior years; success-
ful completion of the Course 100 Examination
of the Society of Actuaries by the end of the
junior year.
Recommended courses include: ACCT
223, 224, 226, 344; BUS 339, 342; CPTR 108;
ECON 220, 229, 332, 337; MATH 106, 231,
432, 434. It is also strongly recommended that
the student complete as many of the actuarial
examinations as possible prior to graduation.
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^M
LYCOMING COLLEGE
AMERICAN STUDIES
AMERICAN
STUDIES (AMST)
Professor: Piper (Coordinator)
The American Studies major offers a compre-
hensive program in American civilization which
introduces students to the complexities under-
lying the development of America and its cont-
emporary life. Thirteen courses are included.
Four Course Requirements
The primary integrating units of the major,
these courses — some team-taught — will
encourage students to consider ideas from
different points of view and help them to
correlate information and methods from
various disciplines:
1. AMST 200 — America as a Civilization
(First semester of major study)
2. AMST 220 — American Tradition in the
Arts and Literature
3. HIST 449 or SOC 447 — Research and
Methodology (junior or senior year)
4. Internship or Independent Study (junior
or senior year)
Concentration Areas
Six courses in one option and three in the
other are needed. Six primary concentration-
option courses in American Arts or American
Society build around the insights gained in the
core courses. They focus particular attention
on areas most germane to academic and
vocational interests. The three additional
courses from the other option give further
breadth to an understanding of America.
Students also will be encouraged to take
elective courses relating to other cultures.
Students should design their American
Studies major in consultation with the
program coordinator.
American Arts Concentration Option
ART 332 — American Art of the 20th Century
ENGL 222 — American Literature I
ENGL 223 — American Literature II
MUS 128 — American Music
MUS N 80 — Studies in American Music
THEA N 80 — Studies in American Theatre
American Society Concentration Option
ECON 224 — Urban Problems
HIST 442 — U.S. Social and Intellectual
History to 1877
HIST 443 — U.S. Social and Intellectual
History since 1877
PSCI331 — Civil Rights and Liberties
PSCI 335 — Law and Society
SOC 334 — Racial and Cultural Minorities
Students interested in teacher certification
should refer to the Department of Education on
page 90.
200
AMERICA AS A CIVILIZATION
An analysis of the historical, sociocultural,
economic, and political perspectives of Ameri-
can civilization with special attention to the
interrelationships between these various
orientations. May be taken for either one-half
unit (Section 200A) or full unit (Section B);
declared majors and prospective majors should
take the full-unit course, 200B. Alternate years.
220
AMERICAN TRADITION IN
THE ARTS AND LITERATURE
The relationship of the arts and literature to
the various historical periods of American life.
470-479 INTERNSHIP
N80-N89 INDEPENDENT STUDY
490-491 INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS
LYCOMING COLLEGE
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ART
ART (ART)
Professors: Bogle, Shipley (Chairperson)
Associate Professor: Golahny
Assistant Professor: Estomin
The Art Department offers two majors in
the B.A. Degree — Studio Art and Art History.
THE B.A. DEGREE -
STUDIO ART
To complete a Bachelor of Arts Degree
with a major in studio art, students must
complete the seven-course foundation
program and the requirements for an area of
specialization, successfully complete each
semester's colloquium (while a declared
major), and successfully complete the senior
exhibition. Exception to participation in the
colloquium may be made by the art faculty.
Placement into ART 227, Introduction to
Photography, will be based on the experience
of the student and determined by the faculty of
the Art Department. Students who place out
of ART 227 will take ART 337, Photography
II, to fulfill the foundation requirement in
photography. In addition, students placed into
ART 337 who are specializing in Track IV,
Commercial Design, will be required to take
ART 342, Photography III, or an approved
independent study, and students specializing
in Track VI, Photography/Electronic Media,
will be required to take ART 344, Computer
Graphics for Electronic Media, or an approved
independent study.
Foundation Program
ART 1 1 1 — Drawing I
ART 115 — Two-Dimensional Design
ART 1 16 — Figure Modeling
ART 2 12 — Color Theory
ART 222 — Survey of Art: Ancient Medieval
and Non-Western Art
ART 223 — Survey of Art: Ancient,
Medieval, and Non-Western Art
ART 227 — Introduction to Photography
ART 148, 248, 348, 448 — Art Colloquium
Areas of Specialization
I. Painting
ART 220 — Painting I
ART 221 —Drawing II
ART 330 — Painting II
ART 446 — Studio Research
and two art history courses numbered
300 or above.
II. Printmaking
ART 221 —Drawing II
ART 228 — Printmaking I
ART 338 — Printmaking II
ART 446 — Studio Research
and two art history courses numbered
300 or above.
III. Sculpture
ART 225 — Sculpture I
ART 226 — Figure Modeling II
ART 335 — Sculpture II
ART 446 — Studio Research
and two art history courses numbered
300 or above.
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^M
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ART
IV. Commercial Design
ART 221 — Drawing II
ART 337 — Photography II
ART 343 — Computer Graphics for
Print Media
ART 344 — Computer Graphics for
Electronic Media
ART 442 — Special Projects with
Commercial Design
ART 470 — Internship
A student is encouraged to take the follow-
ing courses: BUS 332, Advertising; COMM
323, Feature Writing for Special Audiences;
COMM 1 10, Principles of Communication;
and PSY 224, Social Psychology.
V. Generalist Art Major
To be taken by those students who are seeking
teaching certification in Art. In addition, this
area of specialization is recommended for those
students also majoring or minoring in Psychol-
ogy with a possible future career in art therapy.
ART 119 — Ceramics I
ART 220 — Painting I
ART 225 — Sculpture I
ART 228 — Printmaking I
and two art history courses numbered 300 or
higher.
Students planning to complete the K- 12 art
certification program must also fulfill the
following requirements:
ART 3 1 — History and Practice of Art
Education
EDUC 200 — Introduction to the Study of
Education
PSY 138 — Educational Psychology
EDUC 446, 447 and 449 — Professional
Semester
VI. Pliotography/Electronic Art
ART 337 — Photography II
ART 342 — Photography III
ART 343 — Computer Graphics for Print
Media
ART 446 — Studio Research
and two Art History courses numbered 300 or
above.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
Students are also encouraged to take ART
344, Computer Graphics for Electronic Media,
and to complete an Internship.
The following courses have been approved
to be offered as writing intensive courses and
may be offered as such: ART 222, 223, 331,
333, 334, 336, and 339. Students must check
semester class schedules to determine which
courses are offered as "W" courses for that
semester.
THE B.A. DEGREE -
ART HISTORY
To complete a Bachelor of Arts degree
with a major in art history, a student must take
courses in art history, studio art, and history
and/or religion. A student majoring in art
history is advised to take a foreign language.
Art History majors (once declared) are
required to participate in each semester's art
colloquium.
Required of all students:
ART 222 — Survey of Art: Ancient,
Medieval, and Non-Western Art
ART 223 — Survey of Art: From the
Renaissance through the
Modem Age
ART 447 — Art History Research
ART 148. 248, 348, 448 — Art Colloquium
Choose four of the following:
ART 310 — History /Practice Art Education
ART 331 — 20th Century European Art
ART 332 — American Art of the 20th Century
ART 333 — 19th Century European and
American Art
ART 334 — Art of the Renaissance
ART 336 — Art of the Baroque
ART 339 — Women in Art
Choose two of the following:
ART 1 1 1 — Drawing I
ART 115 — Two-Dimensional Design
ART 1 16 — Figure Modeling I
ART 227 — Introduction to Photography
^^
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ART
Choose two of the following:
HIST 210 — Ancient History
HIST 212 — Medieval Europe and
its Neighbors
HIST 316 — Conflict in Western Civilization
HIST 320 — Diplomatic History of Europe
since 1789
HIST 322 — The Crisis of Liberalism and
Nationalism: Europe 1848-1870
HIST 416 — History of Reformation Thought
HIST 418 — History of Renaissance Thought
REL 113 — Old Testament Faith and History
REL 114 — New Testament Faith and History
REL 226 — Biblical Archaeology
It is further suggested that the student
choose electives in other departments that may
complement the study of art history. Among
these recommended electives are:
FRN 412 — French Literature of the
19th Century
ENGL 336 — Shakespeare
MUS 117 — Survey of Western Music
MUS 335 — History of Western Music I
MUS 336 — History of Western Music II
THEA 332 — History of Theatre I
THEA 333 — History of Theatre II
The following courses have been approved
to be offered as cultural diversity courses:
ART 222, 339. Students must check semester
class schedules to determine which courses
are offered as "D" courses for that semester.
The following courses have been approved
to be offered as writing intensive courses and
may be offered as such: ART 222, 223, 331,
333, 334, 336 and 339. Students must check
semester class schedules to determine which
courses are offered as "W" courses for that
semester.
Minors
Five minors are offered by the Art Depart-
ment. Requirements for each follow: Commer-
cial Design: ART 111,115,212, 223, 227 and
343; Painting: ART 111,115, 220, 330 and
221 or 223; Photography: ART 1 1 1, 212, 223,
227, 337 and 342; Sculpture: ART 1 16, 225,
226, 335, and 111, 1 19 or 445; Art History:
ART 222, 223 and two advanced art history
courses. Art majors who minor in art history
must take two additional upper level courses
beyond the two required for the minor intended
for students who major in other disciplines (i.e.,
ART 222, 223 and four upper level courses).
Ill
DRAWING I
Study of the human figure with gesture and
proportion stressed. Student is made familiar
with different drawing techniques and media.
Some drawings from nature.
115
TWO-DIMENSIONAL DESIGN
The basic fundamentals found in the two-
dimensional arts: line, shape, form, space,
color, and composition are taught in relation-
ship to the other two-dimensional arts.
Perceptual theories and their relationships to
what and why we see what we see in art are
discussed with each problem.
116
FIGURE MODELING I
Understanding the figure will be approached
through learning the basic structures and pro-
portions of the figure. The course is conceived
as a three-dimensional drawing class. At least
one figure will be cast by each student.
119
CERAMICS I
Emphasis placed on pottery design as it
relates to function of vessels and the design
parameters imposed by the characteristics of
clay. The techniques of ceramics are taught to
encourage expression rather than to dispense
merely a technical body of information.
212
COLOR THEORY
A study of the physical and emotional
aspects of color. Emphasis will be placed on
the study of color as an aesthetic agent for the
artist. The color theories of Johannes Itten
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ART
will form the base for this course with some
study of the theories of Albert Munsell, Faber
Birren, and Wilhelm Ostwald.
220
PAINTING I
An introduction of painting techniques and
materials. Coordination of color, value, and
design within the painting is taught. Some
painting from the figure. No limitations as to
painting media, subject matter, or style.
Prerequisite: ART 115 or consent of instructor.
Ill
DRAWING II
Continued study of the human figure.
Emphasis is placed on realism and figure-
ground coordination with the use of value and
design. Prerequisite: ART 111.
Ill
SURVEY OF ART: ANCIENT,
MEDIEVAL, AND NON-WESTERN ART
A survey of the major developments in the
visual arts of the Ancient, Medieval, and Non-
western fields. Emphasis is on the interrelation
of form and content, the function and meaning
of the visual arts within their respective
cultures, and the importance of visual literacy.
223
SURVEY OF ART: FROM THE
RENAISSANCE THROUGH
THE MODERN AGE
A survey of Western architecture, sculp-
ture, and painting. Emphasis is on the
interrelation of form and content and on the
relatedness of the visual arts to their cultural
environment: 14th-20th centuries.
225
SCULPTURE I
An introduction to the techniques, materi-
als, and ideas of sculpture. Clay, plaster, wax,
wood, and other materials will be used. The
course will be concerned with ideas about
sculpture as expression, and with giving
material form to ideas.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
226
FIGURE MODELING 11
Will exploit the structures and understand-
ings learned in Figure Modeling I to produce
larger, more complex figurative works. There
will be a requirement to cast one of the works
in plaster. Prerequisite: ART 116 and consent
of instructor.
in
INTRODUCTION TO PHOTOGRAPHY
Objectives of the course are to develop
technical skills in the use of photographic
equipment (cameras, films, darkroom,
printmaker) and to develop sensitivity in the
areas of composition, form, light, picture
quality, etc. Each student must own (or have
access to) a 35mm camera capable of full-
manual operation.
228
PRINTMAKING I
Introduction to the techniques of
silkscreen, intaglio, monotype and lithography
printing. One edition of at least six prints
must be completed in each area. Prerequisite:
ART 1 1 1 or 115; or consent of instructor.
229
CERAMICS II
Continuation of Ceramics I. Emphasis on
use of the wheel and technical aspects such as
glaze making and kiln firing. Prerequisite:
ART 119.
310
HISTORY AND PRACTICE
OF ART EDUCATION
This course concerns the teaching of art, from
the distant past to the present. Topics include
Discipline-Based Art Education: its philoso-
phy, history, and context; lesson planning; and
teaching methods. Course work includes
observation of art classes in elementary and
secondary schools in the greater Williamsport
area. Required of art majors in the K-12
certification program.
^^
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ART
•
330
PAINTING II
Continuation of Painting I (ART 220).
Emphasis is placed on individual style and
technique. Artists and movements in art are
studied. No limitations as to painting media,
subject matter, or style. Prerequisite: ART 220.
331
20TH CENTURY EUROPEAN
AND AMERICAN ART
Developments in European and American
Art from about 1 880 to the present, including
Cubism, Dada, Surrealism. Abstraction,
Abstract Expressionism, Photorealism, and
Post-Modemism.
333
19TH CENTURY EUROPEAN
AND AMERICAN ART
The art of Western Europe and the United
States from 1780-1900, with emphasis on
painting in France. Those artists to be studied
include David, Goya, Delacroix, Courbet, the
Impressionists, Turner, Homer, Cole and Eakins.
334
ART OF THE RENAISSANCE
The art of Italy and Northern Europe from
1300 to 1530, with emphasis on the painters
Giotto, Masaccio, Leonardo da Vinci, Raphael.
Titian, Van Eyck, and Durer, the sculptors
Ghiberti, Donatello and Michelangelo, and the
architects Brunelleschi and Alberti.
335
SCULPTURE II
A continuation of Sculpture I (Art 225).
Emphasis is on advanced technical process.
Casting of bronze and aluminum sculpture
will be done in the school foundry. Prerequi-
site: ART 225.
336
ART OF THE BAROQUE
Seventeenth-century painting and sculpture
in Italy and The Netherlands with emphasis on
Bernini, Poussin, Rubens, and Rembrandt, with
special attention given to the expressive, nar-
rative, and painterly styles present in their art.
337
PHOTOGRAPHY II
To extend the skills developed in Introduc-
tion to Photography (ART 227) by continued
growth in technical expertise including
instruction in photo art processes such as
collage, multiple images, hand-coloring and/
or toning. Emphasis is placed on conceptual
and aesthetic aspects of photography. Prereq-
uisite: ART 227.
338
PRINTMAKING II
Continuation of Printmaking I (ART 228).
Emphasis on multi-plate and viscosity
printing. Prerequisite: ART 228.
339
WOMEN IN ART
A survey of women artists from a variety
of viewpoints — aesthetic, historical, social,
political and economic — which seeks to
understand and integrate the contributions of
women artists into the mainstream of the
history of art.
342
PHOTOGRAPHY III
Study of techniques and aesthetics of color
photography using color negatives and/or
slides, advanced imaging techniques utilizing
the computer to enhance and manipulate
students' original photographs, and introduc-
tion to large format view cameras. Integration
of tools to students' own artistic process
emphasized. A portfolio including examples
of color, image processing and large format
work will be produced. Prerequisites: ART
227, 337, and 343.
343
COMPUTER GRAPHICS FOR PRINT MEDIA
Use of computers as an artist's and
designer's tool. Concentrated, hands-on study
of image manipulation, illustration and layout
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ART
•
programs. Content of course includes funda-
mentals of vector and raster imaging, typogra-
phy, design, layout, color separation, and
manipulating computer images obtained from
scanners, video sources, and the students' own
original production using computer paint
software. Prerequisite: ART 22 7 and either
ART 111 or 115; or consent of instructor.
344
COMPUTER GRAPHICS
FOR ELECTRONIC MEDIA
Use of the computer as a tool to create,
manipulate and edit video for artistic and
commercial purposes. Content of course
includes computer animation, multi-media
program production and computer interfaced
video production. Prerequisite: ART 343 or
consent of instructor.
440
PAINTING III
Advanced study of painting techniques and
materials. A personal painting direction is
expected. There is some experimentation with
new painting techniques. Prerequisite: ART
330.
441
DRAWING III
Continued study of the human figure,
individual style, and professional control of
drawing techniques and media are empha-
sized. Prerequisite: ART 221
442
SPECIAL PROJECT IN
COMMERCIAL DESIGN
Concentrated research, preparation and
execution of a series of projects in commercial
design utilizing computer graphics, page
layout programs and paint, draw and image
manipulation software that simulate traditional
airbrush, water-based mediums, markers,
colored pencils and ink pens. The following
skills are involved: illustration, photography,
design, typesetting, lettering, layout, overlays,
scanning color separation, matching and
proofing and preparation of files for a service
bureau or printer. Prerequisite: ART 343 or
consent of instructor.
445
SCULPTURE III
In Sculpture III the student is expected to
produce a series of sculptures that follow a
conceptual and technical line of development.
Prerequisite: ART 1 16, 225, and 335.
446
STUDIO RESEARCH
Independent research in an elective studio
area, conducted under the supervision of the
appropriate faculty member, includes creation
of work which may be incorporated in the
senior group exhibition. Student works in
private studio assigned by the department.
447
ART HISTORY RESEARCH
Independent research, conducted under the
supervision of the appropriate faculty mem-
ber, includes the research and writing of a
thesis, to be presented to a committee of Art
Department faculty. This course may be
repeated for credit.
148, 248, 348 and 448
ART COLLOQUIUM
A non-credit seminar in which faculty,
students and invited professionals discuss and
critique specific art projects. Required of all
students majoring in art. Taken each semes-
ter. Meets 2-4 times each semester. Pass/Fail.
Non-credit seminar.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
Recent studies in anatomy. Aspects of the
art nouveau, lithography, photography,
pottery, problems in illustration, and water-
color.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS
ASTRONOMY
AND PHYSICS
Associate Professors: Erickson, Fisher,
Wolfe (Chairperson)
The department offers two majors. The
major in astronomy is specifically designed to
train students in the field of planetarium
education; it also may serve as a basis for
earning state certification as a secondary
school teacher of general science. The major
in physics can prepare students for graduate
work in physics, astronomy, and related
physical sciences, for the cooperative
program in engineering, for state certification
as secondary school teachers of physics, or for
technical positions in industry.
ASTRONOMY (ASTR)
The major in astronomy requires courses in
astronomy, physics, chemistry and mathemat-
ics. The astronomy courses include ASTR
1 1 1 and five additional courses numbered
ASTR 1 12 or higher; at least four of these five
additional courses must be numbered ASTR
230 or higher. Other required courses are
PHYS 225-226, CHEM 110-111 or 330-331,
and MATH 128-129. Astronomy majors are
also required to register for four semesters of
ASTR 349 and 449 (non-credit colloquia).
The following courses are recommended:
PHIL 223 and 333, PHYS 333, and ART 227.
Students interested in teacher certification
should refer to the Department of Education
on page 90.
The following course has been approved to
be offered as a writing intensive course and
may be offered as such: ASTR 230. Students
must check semester class schedules to
determine which courses are offered as "W"
courses for that semester.
Minor
A minor in astronomy consists of a grade
of C or better in both ASTR 1 1 1 and PHYS
225 plus any three additional courses selected
from PHYS 226 or ASTR courses numbered
200 or higher.
104
FIELD GEOLOGY
A methods course introducing the field
techniques needed to study the geology
of an area. May or summer term only.
107
OBSERVATIONAL ASTRONOMY
A methods course providing the opportu-
nity to make a variety of astronomical
observations, both visually and photographic-
ally, with and without telescopes. The
planetarium is used to familiarize the student
with the sky at various times during the year
and from different locations on earth. May or
summer term only.
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS
101
PRINCIPLES OF ASTRONOMY
111
PRINCIPLES OF ASTRONOMY
A summary of current concepts of the
universe from the solar system to distant
galaxies. Describes the techniques and
instruments used in astronomical research.
Presents not only what is reasonably well
known about the universe, but also considers
some of the major unsolved problems ASTR
101 and 111 share the same three hours of
lecture and two hours of laboratory each
week. ASTR 111 has one additional hour each
week for more advanced mathematical
treatment of the material. Credit may not be
earned for both 101 and 111. Corequisite for
111: MATH 127 or consent of instructor.
102
PRINCIPLES OF GEOLOGY
112
PRINCIPLES OF GEOLOGY
A study of the surface processes and
internal structure of the planet Earth. Shows
how past events and lifeforms can be recon-
structed from preserved evidence to reveal the
geologic history of our planet from its origin
to the present. Describes the ways geology
influences our environment. ASTR 102 and
112 share the same three hours of lecture and
two hours of laboratory each week. 112 has
one additional hour each week for more
advanced mathematical treatment of the
material. Credit may not be earned for both
102 and 112. Corequisite for 112: MATH 127
or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
114
MANNED SPACE FLIGHT I
Traces the beginnings of rocketry and
spaceflight capability from Sputnik (1957)
through the conclusion of the Apollo moon
landings (1972). Extensive use of NASA
video and other audio-visual aids. Examina-
tion of scientific, engineering and political
motivations. When taken in May term, must
be scheduled with ASTR 115. Not for distribu-
tion. Alternate years. One-half unit of credit.
115
MANNED SPACE FLIGHT II
Examines manned spaceflight from Skylab
missions (1973-74) through Apollo-Soyuz Test
Project, early Space Shuttle missions, to
current U.S. and Soviet space efforts. Exten-
sive use of NASA video. Examination of
scientific, engineering, and political motiva-
tions. When taken in May Term, must be
scheduled with ASTR 1 14. Not for distribution.
Alternate years. One-half unit of credit.
230
PLANETARIUM TECHNIQUES
A methods course covering major aspects of
planetarium programming, operation
and maintenance. Students are required to
prepare and present a planetarium show. Upon
successfully completing the course, students
are eligible to become planetarium assistants.
Three hours of lecture and demonstration and
three hours of practical training per week.
Prerequisite: a grade ofC or better in ASTR
101 or 11 1. Alternate years.
243
PLANETARY SCIENCE
A comparative survey of the various
classes of natural objects that orbit the sun,
including the major planets, their satellites, the
minor planets, and comets. Topics include
meteorological processes in atmospheres,
geological processes that shape surface features,
internal structures, the role of spacecraft in the
exploration of the solar system, and clues to
the origin and dynamic evolution of the solar
system. Four hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisites: a grade ofC or better in ASTR
HI or 112, or PHYS 225. Alternate years.
344
RELATIVITY AND COSMOLOGY
A detailed presentation of the special theory
of relativity and an introduction to the general
theory. Topics include: observational and
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS
experimental tests of relativity, four-vectors,
tensors, space-time curvature, alternative
cosmological models, and the origin and
future of the universe. Four hours of lecture per
week. Prerequisites: ASTR 1 1 1 and PHYS225.
Alternate years. Cross-listed as PHYS 344.
445
STELLAR EVOLUTION
The physical principles governing the
internal structure and external appearance of
stars. Mechanisms of energy generation and
transport within stars. The evolution of stars
from initial formation to final stages. The
creation of chemical elements by nucleosyn-
thesis. Four hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisites: ASTR HI and PHYS 226.
Alternate years.
446
STELLAR DYNAMICS AND
GALACTIC STRUCTURE
The motion of objects in gravitational
fields. Introduction to the n-body problem.
The relation between stellar motions and the
galactic potential. The large-scale structure of
galaxies in general and of the Milky Way
Galaxy in particular. Four hours of lecture
per week. Prerequisites: ASTR 111 and
PHYS 225. Alternate years.
349 & 449
ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS COLLOQUIA
This non-credit but required course for
juniors and seniors majoring in astronomy and
physics offers students a chance to meet and
hear active scientists in astronomy, physics,
and related scientific areas talk about their
own research or professional activities. In
addition, majors in astronomy and physics
must present two lectures, one given during
the junior year and one given during the senior
year, on the results of a literature survey or
their individual research. Students majoring
in this department are required to attend four
semesters during the junior and senior years.
A letter grade will be given when the student
gives a lecture. Otherwise the grade will be P/
F. Students in the Cooperative Program in
Liberal Arts and Engineering are required to
attend two semesters and present one lecture
during their junior year. Non-credit course.
One hour per week. Cross-listed as PHYS 349
&449.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Independent studies may be undertaken in
most areas of astronomy.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
PHYSICS (PHYS)
The major in physics requires courses in
physics, chemistry and mathematics. The
required physics courses must include PHYS
225, 226, 331, 332 and four additional courses
numbered PHYS 333 or higher. Up to two
courses chosen from ASTR 111,112, 243, 445
and 446 may substitute for two of the four
physics electives. Other required courses are
CHEM 1 10-1 1 1 or 330-331, and MATH 128-
129. Physics majors are also required to
register for four semesters of PHYS 349 and
449 (non-credit colloquia). The following
courses are recommended: MATH 231, 238;
CPTR 1 25 (all three required for the coopera-
tive engineering program and by many graduate
schools), and PHIL 223, 333.
Students interested in teacher certification
should refer to the Department of Education on
page 90.
The following courses have been approved
to be offered as writing intensive courses and
may be offered as such: PHYS 338, 447.
Students must check semester class schedules
to determine which courses are offered as "W"
courses for that semester.
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS
Minor
A minor in physics requires completion of
the following courses with a C grade or better:
PHYS 225-226, 331, 332, and one additional
course selected from PHYS courses numbered
300 or higher.
106
ENERGY ALTERNATIVES
A physicist' s definition of work, energy, and
power. The various energy sources available
for use, such as fossil fuels, nuclear fission and
fusion, hydro, solar, wind, and geothermal. The
advantages and disadvantages of each energy-
conversion method, including availability,
efficiency, and environmental effects. Present
areas of energy research and possible future
developments. Projections of possible future
energy demands. Exercises and experiments in
energy collection, conversion, and utilization.
May or summer term only.
108
GREAT IDEAS OF THE
PHYSICAL UNIVERSE
An introduction to several major concepts
of physics which have developed over the past
several centuries, relating them to their broad
implications. The emphasis is on a descriptive
rather than a mathematical discussion of
topics which range from early Greek concepts
of science to present day methods and
techniques used to describe the physical
universe. Many distinctions and similarities
between science and other areas of human
endeavor will be studied to demonstrate the
beauty, simplicity, harmony, and grandeur of
some of the basic laws which govern the
universe. Three hours of lecture and two
hours of laboratory per week. Alternate years.
225-226
FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICS I-II
A mathematically rigorous introduction to
physics designed for majors in physics, astro-
nomy, chemistry and mathematics. Topics
include mechanics, thermodynamics, electric-
ity and magnetism, waves, optics, and modem
physics. Five hours of lecture and recitation
and one three-hour laboratory per week. Core-
quisite: MATH 128 or 129. With consent of
department, MATH 109 may substitute for
MATH 128 or 129 as a prerequisite.
331
CLASSICAL MECHANICS
An analytical approach to classical mechan-
ics. Topics include: kinematics and dynamics
of single particles and systems of particles,
gravitation and other central forces, moving
reference frames, and Lagrangian and Hamilto-
nian formulations of mechanics. Four hours of
lecture and three hours of laboratory per week.
Prerequisites: MATH 129 and a grade ofC or
better in PHYS 225.
332
ELECTROMAGNETISM
A theoretical treatment of classical electro-
magnetism. Topics include: electrostatics,
magnetostatics, electric and magnetic poten-
tials, electric and magnetic properties of matter.
Maxwell's equations, the electromagnetic
field, and the propagation of electromagnetic
radiation. Four hours of lecture and three hours
of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: MATH
129 and a grade ofC or better in PHYS 226.
333
OPTICS
Geometrical optics, optical systems,
physical optics, interference, Fraunhofer
and Fresnel diffraction, and coherence and
lasers will be covered. Three hours of lecture
and three hours of laboratory per week.
Prerequisites: PHYS 226 and MATH 128; or
consent of instructor. Alternate years.
336
MATHEMATICAL METHODS OF PHYSICS
Solution of ordinary linear differential
equations using power series and Laplace
transforms, nonlinear differential and coupled
differential equations, Fourier analysis using
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS
both trigonometric and complex exponential
functions, complex variables, eigenvalue
problems, infinite dimensional vector spaces,
partial differential equations, boundary value
problem solutions to the wave equation, heat
flow equation and Laplace's equation. Prereq-
uisites: MATH 231 and 238. Alternate years.
337
THERMODYNAMICS AND
STATISTICAL MECHANICS
Classical thermodynamics will be presented,
showing that the macroscopic properties of a
system can be specified without a knowledge of
the microscopic properties of the constituents of
the system. Then statistical mechanics will be
developed, showing that these same macro-
scopic properties are determined by the micro-
scopic properties. Four hours of lecture and
recitation per week. Prerequisites: PHYS226
and MATH 129. Alternate years.
338
MODERN PHYSICS
Thorough investigation of changes in the
classical understanding of space and time
together with those of energy and matter that
led to the time development of relativistic and
quantum mechanical theories. Topics include:
introduction to special relativity, blackbody
radiation, the postulation of the photon and
quantization, atomic spectra, interactions of
matter and energy, Bohr model of the atom,
concepts of symmetry, and development and
applications of the Schrodinger equation.
Four hours of lecture and one-three hour
laboratory per week. Prerequisites: MATH
129 and a grade ofC or better in PHYS 226.
339
SOLID STATE PHYSICS
Topics include crystalline structures,
periodic potentials, band structure, free
electron model, semiconductor physics,
electromagnetic and thermal properties of
solids, superconductivity, and superfluidity.
Four hours of lecture and three hours of
laboratory per week. Prerequisites: PHYS
332 and MATH 129; or consent of instructor.
Alternate years.
344
RELATIVITY AND COSMOLOGY
A detailed presentation of the special theory of
relativity and an introduction to the general
theory. Topics include: observational and
experimental tests of relativity, four vectors,
tensors, space-time curvature, alternative
cosmological models, and the origin and future
of the universe. Four hours of lecture perweek.
Prerequisites: ASTR 1 1 1 and PHYS 225.
Alternate years. Cross-listed as ASTR 344.
439
INTRODUCTION TO
QUANTUM MECHANICS
Basic concepts and formulation of quantum
theory. The free particle, the simple harmonic
oscillator, the hydrogen atom, and central force
problems will be discussed. Both time-indepen-
dent and time-dependent perturbation theory
will be covered. Four hours of lecture and
recitation. Prerequisite: Either PHYS 226 or
CHEM331, and MATH 231. Cross-listed as
CHEM439.
447
NUCLEAR AND PARTICLE PHYSICS
The course will consider properties of
nuclei, nuclear models, radioactivity, nuclear
reactions (including fission and fusion), and
properties of elementary particles. The
interactions of nuclear particles with matter
and the detection of nuclear particles will be
covered. It will be shown how observed
phenomena lead to theories on the nature of
fundamental interactions, how these forces act
at the smallest measurable distances, and what
is expected to occur at even smaller distances.
Four hours of lecture and recitation and three
hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites:
PHYS 226, MATH 129, and either PHYS 338
or CHEM 1 10. Alternate years.
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^»
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS • BIOLOGY
349 & 449
ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS
COLLOQUIA
This non-credit but required course for juniors
and seniors majoring in astronomy and physics
offers students a chance to meet and hear active
scientists in astronomy, physics and related
scientific areas talk about their own research or
professional activities. In addition, majors in
astronomy and physics must present two lectures,
one given during the junior year and one given
during the senior year, on the results of a literature
survey or their individual research. Students
majoring in this department are required to attend
four semesters during the junior and senior
years. A letter grade will be given when the
student gives a lecture. Otherwise the grade will
be P/F. Students in the Cooperative Program in
Liberal Arts and Engineering are required to
attend two semesters and present one lecture
during their junior year. Non-credit course. One
hour per week. Cross-listed as ASTR 349 & 449.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
Interns in physics work off campus under
the supervision of professional physicists
employed by local industries or hospitals.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Independent studies may be undertaken in
most areas of physics.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
BIOLOGY (BIO)
Professors: Angstadt, Diehl
Associate Professors: Gabriel, Zaccaria,
Zimmerman (Chairperson)
Assistant Professors: Briggs, Newman
The Department of Biology offers both
B.A. and B.S. degree programs, with minors
available in Biology and Environmental
Science. Consent of instructor may replace
BIO 110-111 as a prerequisite for all
upper level biology courses.
The B.A. Degree
To earn the B.A. degree students must
complete the 1 3 course major which consists
of BIO 1 1 0, 1 1 1 , 222, 224, 225, 32 1 , 323 and
one course in Biology numbered 328 or higher
(excluding BIO 400 or 470); one course from
CHEM 1 15, 220, or 221 plus two additional
units of Chemistry; two units of mathematical
sciences chosen from CPTR 108, 125 and/or
MATH 103, 109, 127, 128 or above. In
addition, juniors and seniors are required to
successfully complete BIO 349/449 (non-
credit colloquium) for a maximum of four
semesters and complete the capstone experi-
ences described below. Enrollment in student
teaching and/or other similar off-campus
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
BIOLOGY
•
academic experiences will be accepted by the
department in lieu of that semester's collo-
quium requirement. Only two courses
numbered below 221
may count toward the major. Declared
Biology majors may substitute BIO 101-102
for BIO 110-111 with written consent of the
department chair.
The B.S. Degree
To earn the B.S. degree students must
complete the 1 3 course major described for
the B.A., meet the colloquium requirement,
and pass three courses chosen in any combina-
tion from the following: BIO 328 or above
(including BIO 400 and/or 470), CHEM 200
or above, PHYS 200 or above, or MATH
127 or above. Students electing to graduate
with a B.S. must complete the capstone
experiences listed below.
Cooperative Programs
Certain specific exceptions to the B.A. and
B.S. degrees will be made for students in
accelerated programs. The requirements for
accelerated programs in Optometry, Forestry
or Environmental Studies, Medical Technol-
ogy, and Podiatry can be found in the
Academic Program section of the catalog.
Students interested in these programs should
contact the program director before finalizing
their individual programs.
Writing Intensive Courses
The following courses have been approved
to be offered as writing intensive courses and
may be offered as such: BIO 222, 224.
Students should check semester class sched-
ules to determine which courses are offered as
"W" courses for that semester.
Capstone Experiences for Biology Majors
In order to graduate, all biology majors
must demonstrate to the Department their
command of biology by meeting the following
three criteria.
1. Practical Experience: All students must
complete at least one of the experiences
in the following list: Internship,
Practicum, Relevant Summer Experi-
ence, Independent Studies, Honors,
Medical Technology Internship, Teach-
ing Semester, Biology Laboratory
Assistant. Biology-related volunteer
work. (Summer experiences. Biology-
related volunteer work, or working as a
lab assistant must be approved by the
Department in order to be used to meet
this requirement.)
2. Research & Presentation Component:
All junior and senior majors are required
to successfully complete Biology
Colloquia (BIO 349 and 449) during all
their semesters on campus. During their
final year, students will research a
biological topic and make an oral
presentation at the Biology Colloquium.
This will provide the student with the
basic level of information literacy in the
biological science.
3. Assessment: All majors are required to
take at least one of the exams listed
below or pass a Biology Department Exit
Exam. GRE - Bio subject exam, MCAT,
OAT, DAT, VCAT, or the Praxis. By the
end of their first semester of their senior
year, students must provide the Depart-
ment official documentation of the scores
they have earned on one of these exams.
If one or more of these requirements
have not been met by the end of their
first semester of their senior year, the
student must submit a plan signed by
their advisor showing when and how
these requirements will be completed.
Certiflcation in Secondary Education
A Biology major interested in becoming
certified at the secondary level to teach
Biology and/or General Science should, as
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
BIOLOGY
•
early as possible, consult the current Depart-
ment of Education Teacher Education
Handbook and should make their plans known
to their advisor and the Chair of the Education
Department so the required courses can be
scheduled before the Professional Semester.
a) To obtain certification in Secondary
Biology a student must successfully
complete a Biology major, EDUC 200,
PSY 138, the Pre-Student Teaching
Participation, and the Professional
Semester (EDUC 446, 447 and 449).
Students may choose EDUC 232 and/or
EDUC 239 as Education electives.
b) Students interested in obtaining
General Science/Biology certification
must complete all the requirements for
secondary Biology listed in (a) as well
as PHYS 108 or 225 and any two
courses from ASTR 1 11 , 112 or 243.
ASTR 230 is strongly recommended as
an additional course.
Minors
The Department of Biology offers two
minors: Biology and Environmental Science.
A minor in biology requires the completion
of four courses numbered 200 or higher, with
their appropriate prerequisites (i.e., two
introductory biology courses). At least two of
these must be from the series of courses BIO
222,224,225, 321, or 323.
A minor in Environmental Science consists
of two introductory biology courses (one of
which must be BIO 220), BIO 224, two
additional courses numbered 200 or higher,
one course in economics (recommended
ECON 225), and ASTR 102.
Biology majors who minor in Environmen-
tal Science must complete all requirements of
a biology major. In addition, they need to
complete BIO 220, one advanced biology
course (328 or higher), ECON 225, ASTR
1 1 2, and one course selected from either
ECON 240 or PSCI 237.
101
PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY I
An investigation of biological principles
including cell biology, mitosis and meiosis,
genetics, molecular biology, photosynthesis,
evolution and natural selection, and diversity.
The course is designed for students not
planning to major in the biological sciences.
Credit may not be earned for both BIO 101
and 110. Three hours of lecture and one-
three hour laboratory per week.
102
PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY II
An investigation of biological principles
including ecological systems, mechanisms and
functions of the endocrine, digestive, cardio-
vascular, respiratory, nervous, renal and
reproductive systems. The course is designed
for students not planning to major in the
biological sciences. Credit may not be earned
for both BIO 102 and 111. BIO 101 is not a
prerequisite for BIO 102. Three hours of
lecture and one-three hour lab per week.
110-111
INTRODUCTION TO BIOLOGY
An introduction to the study of biology
designed for students planning to major in the
biological sciences. Major topics considered
include the origin of life, cellular respiration
and photosynthesis, genetics, development,
anatomy and physiology, ecology, behavior,
and evolution. Credit may not be earned for
both BIO 101 and 110 or for both BIO 102
and 111. Three hours of lecture and one
three-hour laboratory per week.
213-214
HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
Using the organ-systems approach, the
course is an introduction to the human body —
its anatomy, physiology, and normal develop-
ment — with particular attention to structure
and function at all levels of its biological
LYCOMING COLLEGE
@
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
BIOLOGY
•
organization (molecular through organismal).
Three hours of lecture, and one three-hour
laboratory per week. Prerequisite: CHEM
115 or 220, or consent of instructor.
220
ENVIRONMENTAL BIOLOGY
This course provides an introduction to eco-
logical principles and concepts with an exami-
nation of the biological basis of contemporary
environmental problems. The effects of human
population on earth's resources are studied
against a background of biological and health
sciences. This course is designed primarily for
students not planning to major in the biological
sciences. Three hours of lecture and one three-
hour laboratory per week. Pre-requisite: BIO
101 or 1 10. This course is not a substitute for
BIO 1 1 Ifor majors.
222
GENETICS
A general consideration of the principles
governing inheritance, including treatment of
classical, molecular, cytological, physiology,
microbial, human, and population genetics.
Three hours of lecture and two two-hour
laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite:
BIO 110-111.
224
ECOLOGY
The study of the principles of ecology with
emphasis on the role of chemical, physical,
and biological factors affecting the distribu-
tion and succession of plant and animal
populations and communities. Included will
be field studies of local habitats as well as
laboratory experimentation. Three hours of
lecture and one three-hour laboratory per
week. Prerequisite: BIO 1 10-1 1 1.
lis
PLANT SCIENCES
A survey of the structure, development,
function, classification, and use of plants and
related organisms. The study will comprise
four general topic areas: form, including
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
morphology and anatomy of plants in growth
and reproduction; function, concentrating on
nutrition and metabolism peculiar to photosyn-
thetic organisms; classification systems and
plant identification, and human uses of plants.
Three hours of lecture and one three hour lab-
oratory per week. Prerequisite: BIO 110-111.
226
MICROBIOLOGY FOR
THE HEALTH SCIENCES
A study of microorganisms with emphasis
given to their taxonomy and their role in various
aspects of human infectious disease. Mecha-
nisms for treating and preventing infectious
diseases will be presented. Laboratory to include
diagnostic culture procedures, antibiotic
sensitivity testing, serology, anaerobic tech-
niques and a study of hemolytic reactions. Three
hours of lecture andfour hours of laboratory per
week. Prerequisite: One year of introductory
level biology , one year of chemistty or consent of
instructor. Not open to students who have
received credit for BIO 321.
321
MICROBIOLOGY
A study of microorganisms. Emphasis is given
to the identification and physiology of microor-
ganisms as well as to their role in disease, their
economic importance, and industrial applica-
tions. Three hours of lecture and two two-hour
laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite: BIO
110-111. Not open to students who have
received credit for BIO 226.
323
HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY
The mechanisms and functions of systems,
including the autonomic, endocrine, digestive,
cardiovascular, respiratory, renal, nervous,
and reproductive systems. Three hours of
lecture and one three-hour laboratory' per
week. Prerequisite: BIO 110-111.
^n
LYCOMING COLLEGE
BIOLOGY
328
AQUATIC BIOLOGY
A field-oriented course dealing with freshwa-
ter ecosystems. Studies will include a survey
of the plankton, benthos, and fish — as well as
the physical and chemical characteristics of
water that influence their distribution. Several
local field trips and an extended field trip to a
field station will familiarize students with the
diversity of habitats and techniques of limnolo-
gists. Alternate years. Prerequisites: BIO
no-Ill.
329
TROPICAL MARINE BIOLOGY
A field-oriented course where students
study the creatures of the fringing reefs,
barrier reefs, lagoons, turtlegrass beds and
mangrove swamps at a tropical marine
laboratory. Studies will include survey of
plankton, invertebrates, and fish as well as the
physical and chemical characteristics that
influence their distribution. Prerequisite:
BIO 1 10-111. Alternate May terms.
333
MEDICINAL AND POISONOUS PLANTS
An overview of plants that produce
physiologically active substances that are
important to humans and animals. Major
themes include: Mechanisms and symptoms
of poisoning, and plant chemicals with useful
physiological effects. Laboratory topics
include plant classification and techniques for
compound identification. Three hours of
lecture and one three-hour laboratory per
week. Prerequisites: BIO 110-111, or
consent of instructor. Alternate years.
334
INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
Comparative study of the invertebrate
phyla with emphasis on phylogeny, physiol-
ogy, morphology, and ecology. Two three-
hour lecture/laboratory periods per week.
Prerequisite: BIO 110-111. Alternate years.
338
HUMAN ANATOMY
An upper-division elective course which
uses a combined organ-system and regional
approach to the study of human anatomy. The
course includes lecture, laboratory and
individual and/or group mini-projects.
Computer simulated dissection software
packages are used extensively. Video presenta-
tions of cadaver dissections and a video disk
of cross-sectional anatomy are available for
study. Prerequisites: BIO 110 and HI.
341
VERTEBRATE EMBRYOLOGY
A study of the development of vertebrates
from fertilization to the fully formed fetus.
Particular attention is given to the chick and
human as representative organisms. Two three-
hour lecture/laboratory periods per week.
Prerequisite: BIO 110-111. Alternate years.
342
ANIMAL BEHAVIOR
A study of causation, function, evolution,
and biological significance of animal behav-
iors in their normal environment and social
contexts. Three hours of lecture and one four-
hour laboratory each week. Prerequisite:
BIO 110-111. Alternate years.
346
VIROLOGY
An introduction to the study of viruses. The
course will cover virus anatomy and reproduc-
tion, diseases caused by viruses, modem
treatments of viral infections and viral vaccines
produced by recombinant DNA and other
technologies. Course content will also include
a description of how viruses are used as tools
for genetic engineering and for studying
cellular processes like membrane signal
transduction, regulation of genetic expression
and oncogenesis (cancer). Four hours of
lecture per week. Prerequisite: BIO 110-111
or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
BIOLOGY
•
347
IMMUNOLOGY
The course introduces concepts concerning
how pathogens cause disease and host defense
mechanisms against infectious diseases.
Characterization of and relationships between
antigens, haptens, and antibodies are presented.
Serological assays will include: agglutination,
precipitations, immunofluorescence,
immunoeletrophoresis, and complement
fixation. Other topics are: immediate and
delayed hypersensitivities (i.e. allergies such as
hay fever and poison ivy), immunological renal
diseases, immunohematology (blood groups,
etc), hybridome technology, the chemistry and
function of complement, autoimmunity, and
organ graft rejection phenomena. Three hours
of lecture, one three-hour laboratory, and one
hour of arranged work per week. Prerequisite:
BIO 110-111. Alternate years.
348
ENDOCRINOLOGY
This course begins with a survey of the
role of the endocrine hormones in the integra-
tion of body functions. This is followed by a
study of the control of hormone synthesis and
release, and a consideration of the mecha-
nisms by which hormones accomplish their
effects on target organs. Two three-hour
lecture/laboratory periods per week. Pre-
requisite: BIO 110-111. Alternate years.
400
BIOLOGY PRACTICUM
A work-oriented experience for junior or
senior biology majors joindy sponsored by the
Department and a public or private agency.
The practicum is designed to integrate
classroom theory with field or laboratory
practice. In addition to attendance at a weekly
seminar, students will spend 10-12 hours per
week at the sponsoring agency. Academic
work will include, but is not limited to: a log,
readings, recitation and an assigned research
paper related to the specific agency's activi-
ties. May be repeated once for credit with
permission of the instructor.
430
COMPARATIVE ANATOMY
OF VERTEBRATES
Detailed examination of the origins,
structure, and functions of the principal organs
of the vertebrates. Special attention is given
to the progressive modification of organs from
lower to higher vertebrates. Three hours of
lecture and one four-hour laboratory per week.
Prerequisite: BIO 110-111. Alternate years.
431
HISTOLOGY
A study of the basic body tissues and the
microscopic anatomy of the organs and
structures of the body which are formed from
them. Focus is on normal human histology.
Three hours of lecture and one four-hour
laboratory per week. Prerequisite: BIO 11 0-
111. Alternate years.
435
CELL BIOLOGY
An intensive study of the cell as the basic
unit of life. Topics will include: origins of
cellular life, biochemistry of the cell,
enzymatic reactions, cellular membranes,
intracellular communication, the cell cycle,
the cytoskeleton and cell motility, protein
sorting, distribution and secretion. Prerequi-
sites: BIO 110-111 and one semester of
organic chemistry. Alternate years.
436
EVOLUTION
The study of the origin and modification of
life on earth. Topics discussed include molecu-
lar evolution, population genetics, gene flow,
natural selection, sexual selection, kin selection,
neutral theory, extinction, co-evolution, and
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
BIOLOGY
the evolution of man. Four hours of lecture
per week. Prerequisite: BIO 110-111, or
consent of instructor. Alternate years.
437
MOLECULAR BIOLOGY
An in-depth analysis of fundamental
cellular information flow processes with
particular emphasis on how these processes
have been harnessed in the laboratory,
resulting in technologies such as DNA cloning
and sequencing, the Polymerase Chain
Reaction (PCR), genetic testing, gene therapy,
genetic engineering, DNA forensics, and
construction of gene libraries. Two hours of
lecture, a one-hour lab and a three-hour lab
per week. Prerequisites: BIO 110-111 and one
semester of organic chemistry.
439
MEDICAL GENETICS
This course is concerned with the relation-
ships of heredity to disease. Discussions will
focus on topics such as chromosomal abnor-
malities, metabolic variation and disease,
somatic cell genetics, genetic screening, and
immunogenetics. Laboratory exercises will
offer practical experiences in genetic diagnos-
tic techniques. Prerequisite: BIO 101-102 or
110-111. May term only.
440
PARASITOLOGY AND
MEDICAL ENTOMOLOGY
The biology of parasites and parasitism.
Studies on the major groups of animal parasites
and anthropod vectors of disease will involve
taxonomy and life cycles. Emphasis will be
made on parasites of medical and veterinary
importance. Three hours of lecture and one
three-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite:
BIO 110-111. Alternate years.
444
BIOCHEMISTRY
Emphasis is given to the metabolism of
carbohydrates, lipids, amino acids, proteins,
and nucleic acids; integration of metabolism;
and biochemical control mechanisms, includ-
ing allosteric control, induction, repression,
signal transduction as well as the various
types of inhibitive control mechanisms. Three
hours of lecture, one three-hour laboratory
and one hour of arranged work per week.
Prerequisite: CHEM 115 or 221, or consent
of instructor. Cross-listed as CHEM 444.
Alternate years.
445
RADIATION BIOLOGY
A study of the effects of ionizing and non-
ionizing radiations on cells, tissues and organ-
isms. Consideration will be given to repair
mechanisms and how repair deficiencies
elucidate the nature of radiation damage. Three
hours of lecture and one three-hour laborato-
ry per week. Prerequisites: BIO 110-111,
one year of chemistry. Alternate years.
446
PLANT ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
A study of plant physiology as a function
of plant anatomy. Metabolic relationships and
environmental factors will be examined from
a background of the structure and develop-
ment of cells, tissues, organs, and whole
plants. Three hours of lecture and one three-
hour laboratory per week. Prerequisites: BIO
110-111 and 225. Alternate years.
349 & 449
BIOLOGY COLLOQUIUM
This course offers the student a chance to
become familiar with research in the biological
sciences using techniques such as meeting and
talking with active researchers, reading and
critically analyzing the current literature, and
discussing the ideas and methods shaping
biology. Students will be required to read and
LYCOMING COLLEGE
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
BIOLOGY • BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
analyze specific papers, actively participate in
discussions. Biology majors with junior and
senior standing are required to successfully
complete colloquim during all semesters on
campus except for semesters when student
teaching. The grade will be P/F. Non-credit
course. One hour per week. Prerequisites:
biology majors with junior or senior class
standing.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
Recent samples of internships in the
department include ones with the Department
of Environmental Resources, nuclear medicine
or rehabilitative therapies at a local hospital.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Departmental studies are experimentally-
oriented and may entail either lab or field
work.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
Examples of recent honors projects have
involved stream analysis, gypsy moth
research, drug synthesis and testing.
BUSINESS
ADMINISTRATION
(BUS)
Associate Professor: Weaver
Assistant Professors: Henninger (Chairperson),
Sterngold, Toncar
Part-time Instructors: Alexander, A., Larrabee
This major is designed to educate students
about business and management functions in
both commercial and non-commercial organi-
zations. The program provides a well-balanced
preparation for a wide variety of professions
and careers, including banking, financial
services, small business management, market-
ing, sales, advertising, retailing, general
management, supervision, investments, human
resources management, and management
information systems. The major is also
appropriate for students who plan to attend
graduate school in business or related fields,
such as law or public administration.
All students majoring in Business Adminis-
tration must complete the ten core courses and
at least one of the four tracks listed below.
Core courses required of all majors:
ACCT 1 10; BUS 223, 228, 244, 312, 320,
338, 441;ECON 1 10 or 11 1; MATH 103.
Track requirements:
1. General Management:
ACCT 130; BUS 449; two courses from
BUS 235, 332, 343, 345, 429
2. Financial Management:
ACCT 130; BUS 339; two courses from
BUS 340, 345, 435, ECON 220
3. Marketing Management:
BUS 319, 324, 429; one course from BUS
332, 343, 444
4. International Business Management:
BUS 24 1 , and either 3 1 9 or 435; ECON
240, 343; PSCI 225; two higher-numbered
language courses beyond those used to
meet the foreign language distribution
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
requirement. Majors in the International
Business Management track are encouraged to
minor in a foreign language. Additionally, it
is the expectation, though not a requirement,
that they will complete a practicum or
internship relating to international business,
preferably in a foreign country.
Minors
The department offers three minors:
( 1 ) general management,
(2) financial management, and
(3) marketing management.
1. General Management:
Students are required to complete BUS
1 1 2. 228, 244, one course in the department
numbered 300 or higher, and either BUS
223 or a second course in the department
numbered 300 or higher. If two courses are
taken numbered 300 or higher, each must
be chosen from a different major track.
2. Financial Management:
Students are required to complete BUS
338, 339, 340, ECON 220 and either
ECON441 or BUS 345.
3. Marketing Management:
Students are required to take BUS 228,
319, 342 and any two of the following:
BUS 332, 343, 429 or 444.
Internships
Through BUS 439, Business Practicum, the
department offers a wide variety of internships
with businesses, government agencies and
nonprofit organization. In addition, the
department is a member of the institute for
Management Studies, which also offers
internships, including several full-time paid
internships during the summer.
Recommended Courses
All majors and minors are encouraged to
complete a selection of the following courses:
• ACCT 130 Accounting for Managerial
Decision-Making (Track 3 majors)
• BUS 235 Legal Principles I
• ECON 1 10 Principles of Macroeconomics
and 1 1 1 Principles of Microeconomics
• COMM 21 1 Public Speaking and Group
Communication, 323 Feature Writing for
Special Audiences, and 235 Writing and
Speaking in Business and the Professions
• PHIL 216 Philosophical Issues in Business
• PSCI 110 Government and Politics in the
United States
The following courses have been approved
to be offered as cultural diversity courses:
BUS 244, 319. Students must check semester
class schedules to determine which courses
are offered as "D" courses for that semester.
Writing Intensive Courses
The following courses have been approved to
be offered as writing intensive courses and
may be offered as such: BUS 244, 441.
Students must check semester class schedules
to determine which courses are offered as
"W" courses for that semester.
Institute for Management Studies
The Department of Business Administra-
tion is a member of the Institute for Manage-
ment Studies. See page 108.
112
BUSINESS AND SOCIETY
A critical examination of the role of business
in modem society. Topics include the social
and economic roles of business management
techniques by commercial and non-commer-
cial organizations (e.g., banks, manufacturers,
retail stores, hospitals), and business careers
and functions. Designed for students consid-
ering majors or minors in business, and for non-
majors seeking a broad understanding of
LYCOMING COLLEGE
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
business. May not he taken for credit by
students who have successfully completed four
or more courses in BUS.
223
QUANTITATIVE BUSINESS ANALYSIS
A study of the opportunities and shortcom-
ings of a quantitative approach to managerial
decision-making. Using hand-computed and
computer generated decisional models, students
explore quantitative applications to quality
control, resource allocation, inventory control,
decisional analysis, network scheduling,
forecasting, and other topics. Prerequisite:
MATH 103 or consent of instructor.
228
MARKETING PRINCIPLES
A study of the methods used by business and
nonprofit organizations to design, price,
promote and distribute their products and
services. Topics include new product develop-
ment, advertising, retailing, consumer behavior,
marketing strategy, ethical issues in marketing
and others. Readings, case studies, library
assignments and team research projects.
235
LEGAL PRINCIPLES I
Lectures and analyses of cases on the
nature, sources, and fundamentals of the law
in general, and particularly as relating to
contracts, agency, and negotiable instruments.
236
LEGAL PRINCIPLES II
Lectures on the fundamentals and history
of the law relating to legal association, real
property, wills, and estates.
241
INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS
This course is designed to familiarize
students with the environment and institutional
framework in which international firms
operate. Through readings, case studies and
discussions, students will investigate the
primary problems confronting international
businesses, including cross-cultural conflicts,
trade and payment systems, "multination-
alization" of business enterprises, the changing
relationship between former communist East
and capitalist West, and the role of the business
manager in that environment. Prerequisite:
BUS 228 or consent of instructor.
244
MANAGEMENT AND
ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR
A study of the complex character of
organizational life and the discipline and
process of management. Topics include the
evolution and scope of organizations and
management, planning, organizing, leading,
and controlling. Emphasis is placed on the
importance of managing in a global environ-
ment, understanding the ethical implications of
managerial decisions, and appreciating work
place diversity.
312
HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
A study of the recruitment, selection,
development, compensation, retention,
evaluation, and promotion of personnel within
an organization. Emphasis is on understand-
ing these major activities performed by
Human Resource Management professionals
as organizations deal with increased laws
and regulations, the proliferation of lawsuits
related to Human Resources, changes in work
force characteristics, and an increasingly
competitive work environment. 1/2 unit of
credit. Prerequisite: BUS 244 or consent of
instructor.
319
INTERNATIONAL MARKETING
An investigation of the challenges of doing
business in an increasingly global environ-
ment. Special emphasis is placed on the
cultural and social diversity of international
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
markets. Examines the marketing strategies of
global firms, and the challenges of interna-
tional pricing, distribution, advertising and
product development. Prerequisite: BUS 228
or consent of instructor.
320
MANAGEMENT INFORMATION
SYSTEMS
A study of computer information systems
and digital networks from the perspective of
business managers and other end-users.
Topics include the components and functions
of management information systems, personal
productivity applications, distributed networks
and communication systems (including the
Internet and World Wide Web), database
management, electronic commerce and other
emerging technologies and business applica-
tions. One-half unit of credit. Prerequisite:
BUS 244 or consent of instructor.
332
ADVERTISING AND PROMOTION
How businesses and other institutions
promote their products to consumers. The
role of advertising and promotion in the
marketing strategy of the firm in investigated,
and the effects of different promotional tools
and advertising techniques is discussed.
Prerequisite: BUS 228 or consent of
instructor.
338
FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCIAL
MANAGEMENT
A study of the fundamental theory, tools,
and methods of financial management.
Topics include the mathematics of finance,
working capital management, capital budget-
ing, and analysis of financial statements.
Prerequisites: ACCT 110 and MATH 103, or
consent of instructor.
339
INTERMEDIATE FINANCIAL
MANAGEMENT
An intensive study of issues and applica-
tions of financial management. Topics covered
include international finance, ethics, capital
structures, cost of capital, financial analysis and
forecasting. Extensive use of directed and non-
directed cases. Prerequisite: BUS 338 or
consent of instructor.
340
INVESTMENTS
An introduction to the financial sector of the
economy and the structure and functions of
financial markets and the agencies involved;
brokerage houses and stock exchanges; the
various types of investments available. Tech-
niques used to evaluate financial securities.
Also covered are recent developments in
investment theory. Prerequisite: BUS 338 or
consent of instructor.
342
MARKETING RESEARCH
This is a study of the principles and practices
of marketing research. The focus is on the
development and application of marketing
research studies. Topics covered include
selection of a research design, project planning
and scheduling, data specification and gathering,
quantitative methods to analyze data, inter-
pretation of data, and research report writing.
Reading, cases, and research project. Prerequi-
site: MATH 103 and BUS 228, or consent of
instructor.
343
RETAIL AND SERVICES MARKETING
A study of marketing practices by com-
panies that direcdy sell goods and services to
consumers, such as department stores, restau-
rants, mail-order firms, banks hospitals and
accounting practices. Emphasis is placed on
the methods used by organizations to attract
and satisfy their customers and clients. Prerequi-
site: BUS 228 or consent of instructor.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
345
FINANCIAL STATEMENT ANALYSIS
Deals with the analysis of financial state-
ments as an aid to decision making. The theme
of the course is understanding the financial data
which are analyzed as well as the methods by
which they are analyzed and interpreted. This
course should prove of value to all who need a
thorough understanding of the uses to which
financial statements are put as well as to those
who must know how to use them intelligently
and effectively. This includes accountants,
security analysts, lending officers, credit
analysts, managers, and all others who make
decisions on the basis of financial data.
Prerequisite: ACCT 110.
429
MARKETING STRATEGY
A study of the methods used by business
and nonprofit organizations to analyze and
select target markets, and then to develop
strategies for gaining and maintaining these
customers. Topics include competitive
strategy, market segmentation, product
positioning, business demographics and
marketing-related financial analysis. Read-
ings, case studies, library assignments and
computer exercises. Prerequisites: BUS 228
and MATH 103, or consent of instructor
435
INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL
MANAGEMENT
A study of the environment and methods of
international financial management. Topics
include international financial markets and
instruments, analysis of capital budgeting and
investment abroad, multinational working
capital management, and foreign exchange
and other risk. Prerequisite: BUS 241 and 338,
or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
439
BUSINESS PRACTICUM
This course provides students with practical
work experience with local companies and
organizations. Students work 10- 12 hours per
week for their sponsor organizations, in addition
to attending a weekly seminar on management
topics relevant to their work assignments. Since
enrollment is limited by the available number of
positions, students must apply directly to the
business department before preregistration to be
eligible for the course. Consent of instructor.
441
BUSINESS POLICIES
Planning, organization, and control of
business operations; setting of goals; coordina-
tion of resources, development of policies.
Analysis of strategic decisions encompassing
all areas of a business, and the use and analysis
of control measures. Emphasis on both the
internal relationship of various elements of
production, finance, marketing, and personnel,
and the relationship of the business entity to
external stimuli. Readings, cases, and games.
Prerequisite: BUS 223, 228, 244, and 338, or
consent of instructor. Seniors only.
444
APPLIED MARKETING RESEARCH
Students design, implement and present
marketing studies for local businesses and
other client organizations. Depending on the
project, research methods may include
customer surveys, focus groups, demographic
studies and computerized information
searches. In addition, students study market
research methods and problems, such as
designing questionnaires, selecting samples,
detecting sources of bias, and presenting
results to clients. Prerequisite: BUS 342 or
consent of instructor. May be repeated once
for credit with consent of instructor.
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION • CHEMISTRY
446
PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT
An introduction to the planning, organiza-
tion, and controlling of operations in a produc-
tion facility. The course also incorporates
quantitative techniques and computer applica-
tions used in the production and operations
management environment. Topics include
capacity and layout planning, facility location
analysis, job design and work measurement,
production scheduling, materials requirement
planning models, and quality controls. Students
will engage in the actual design of an inventory
status file and MRP system. Prerequisite:
BUS 223 or consent of instructor.
449
SMALL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT AND
ENTREPRENEURSHIP
How the potential businessman proceeds in
establishing, operating, and profiting from a
small business operation. Considered and
analyzed are such aspects as marketing,
managing, financing, promoting, insuring,
establishing, developing, and staffing the small
retail, wholesale service, and manufacturing
firm. Prerequisites: ACCT 130 and BUS 228,
338; or consent of instructor.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
Recent projects include marketing analysis
for a paper products firm, planning a branch
store, real estate management and banking.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Examples of recent studies are: the
economic impact of a college on a community
and marketing strategy for a local firm
entering the consumer market.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
A recent project was a study of the evolution
of anti-trust legislation in the United States.
CHEMISTRY (chem)
Professor: Franz (Chairperson)
Associate Professor: McDonald
Assistant Professors: Bendorf, Mahler
Part-time Instructors: Evans, Miller
The Department of Chemistry offers
both B.A. and B.S. degree programs, and is
approved by the American Chemical Society
(ACS) to certify those students whose
programs meet or exceed requirements
established by the ACS. Students who wish
to earn ACS certification must complete the
requirements for the B.S. degree. Students
who complete the ACS certified degree are
also eligible for admission to the American
Chemical Society following graduation.
Regardless of their degree option, students
majoring in chemistry are strongly encouraged
to acquire independent or applied
laboratory experience, such as that afforded
by independent study or departmental honors
research, summer research, or an internship.
Since 1992, four- fifths of our graduating
seniors have availed themselves of at least one
of these opportunities.
For students planning on graduate study in
chemistry, German is the preferred foreign
language option, and additional courses in
advanced mathematics and computer science
are also recommended.
The following courses have been approved
to be offered as writing intensive courses and
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
CHEMISTRY
may be offered as such: CHEM 330, 331, and
332. Students must check semester class
schedules to determine which courses are
offered as "W" courses for that semester.
The B.A. degree
To earn the B.A. degree a student must
complete CHEM 110-111, 220-22 1 , 330-33 1 ,
332 and 333; PHYS 225-226; MATH 128,
129 and one of the following courses: MATH
103, 1 16, 130, 214, 231, 238, 332 or CPTR
125.
The B.S. degree
To earn the B.S. degree a student must
complete the major described above as well as
CHEM 443 and two courses from CHEM 440,
442, 447 and 480 (490).
Certification in Secondary Education
A Chemistry major interested in becoming
certified in secondary education in Chemistry
and/or General Science/Chemistry should, as
early as possible, consult the current Depart-
ment of Education Teacher Education
Handbook and make their plans known to
their advisor and the Chair of the Education
Department so the required courses can be
scheduled for the Professional Semester.
a) To be certified in secondary education
in chemistry a student must: complete
a chemistry major; pass two biology
courses numbered 1 10 or higher.
PSY 1 10 and 338, and EDUC 200;
complete the Pre-Student Teaching
Participation and pass the Professional
Semester (EDUC 446, 447 & 449).
The student may choose EDUC 232
and/or EDUC 239 as additional
Education electives.
b) A student interested in obtaining
General Science/Chemistry certifica-
tion must complete all the require-
ments for secondary certification in
chemistry shown in (a) and must also
pass any two units from ASTR 111,
1 12 or 243. ASTR 230 is strongly
recom mended as an additional course.
Minor
A minor in chemistry requires completion
of CHEM 1 10 (or 108), 1 1 1, and four courses
numbered 220 or higher; at least one must be
taken from each of the following groups:
Group A (220-221, 440, 442, 444, 447) and
Group B (332, 330-331, 333, 439, 443).
Special advanced courses may be designated
by the department for inclusion in these groups.
108
CHEMICAL PRINCIPLES
An introduction to the principles of inor-
ganic chemistry. Topics include atomic and
molecular structure, nomenclature, gases,
solutions, acids and bases, kinetics, equilibrium,
oxidation-reduction, and stoichiometry. The
approach is primarily descriptive with illustra-
tions drawn mostly from the health sciences.
Along with CHEM 1 15, this course is designed
for those students who require only two
semesters of chemistry, and is not intended for
students planning to enroll in chemistry courses
numbered 200 or above. Three hours of
lecture, one hour of discussion, and one three-
hour laboratory period each week. Pre-
requisite: MATH 100 or consent of department.
Not open for credit to students who have
received credit for CHEM 110.
110
GENERAL CHEMISTRY I
A quantitative introduction to the concepts
and models of chemistry. Topics include
stoichiometry, atomic and molecular structure,
nomenclature, bonding, thermochemistry,
gases, solutions, and chemical reactions. The
laboratory introduces the student to methods of
separation, purification, and identification of
compounds according to their physical
properties. This course is designed for students
who plan to major in one of the sciences.
Three hours lecture, one hour of discussion
and one three-hour laboratory period each
week. Prerequisite: MATH 100 or consent of
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
CHEMISTRY
the Chemistry Department. Not open for credit
to students who have received credit for
CHEM 108 except by consent of the department.
Ill
GENERAL CHEMISTRY II
A continuation of CHEM 1 10, with emphasis
placed on the foundations of analytical, inorganic,
and physical chemistry. Topics include
kinetics, general and ionic equilibria, acid-base
theory, electrochemistry, thermodynamics,
nuclear chemistry, coordination chemistry, and
descriptive inorganic chemistry of selected
elements. The laboratory treats aspects of
quantitative and qualitative inorganic analysis.
Three hours of lecture, one hour of discussion,
and one three-hour laboratory period each week.
Prerequisite: CHEM 110 or consent of depart-
ment.
115
BRIEF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
A descriptive study of the compounds of
carbon. This course will illustrate the principles
of organic chemistry with material relevant to
students in medical technology, biology, nursing,
forestry, education and the humanities. Topics
include nomenclature, alkanes, arenes, func-
tional derivatives, amino acids and proteins,
carbohydrates and other naturally occurring
compounds. This course is designed for students
who require only one semester of organic
chemistry. Three hours of lecture, one hour of
discussion, and one three-hour laboratory period
each week. Prerequisite: CHEM 108 or 1 10.
Not open for credit to students who have
received credit for CHEM 220.
220-221
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
A systematic study of the compounds of
carbon, including both aliphatic and aromatic
series. The laboratory work introduces the
student to simple fundamental methods of
organic synthesis, isolation, and analysis. Three
hours of lecture and one four-hour laboratory
period each week. Prerequisite: CHEM 111.
330-331
PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
A study of the fundamental principles of
theoretical chemistry and their applications.
The laboratory work includes techniques in
physiochemical measurements. Three hours of
lecture and one four-hour laboratory period
each week. Prerequisite: CHEM 111, MATH
129, and one year of physics; or consent of
instructor.
332
ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
A study of the fundamental methods of
gravimetric, volumetric and elementary instru-
mental analysis together with practice in lab-
oratory techniques and calculations of these
methods. Two hours of lecture and two three-
hour laboratory periods each week. Prerequisite:
CHEM 1 1 1 or consent of instructor.
333
ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
A study of modern theories of atomic and
molecular structure and their relationship to the
chemistry of selected elements and their
compounds. Three hours of lecture and one
four-hour laboratory period each week. Pre-
requisite: CHEM 330, MATH 129, and one
year of physics; or consent of instructor.
439
INTRODUCTION TO QUANTUM
MECHANICS
After presenting the origin, basic concepts,
and formulation of quantum mechanics with
emphasis on its physical meaning, the course
will investigate the free particle, simple harmonic
oscillator, and central-force problems. Both
time-independent and time-dependent perturba-
tion theory will be covered. The elegant
operator formalism of quantum mechanics will
conclude the course. Four hours of lecture and
recitation. Prerequisites: MATH 231, either
CHEM 331 or PHYS 226, and consent of
instructor. Cross-li.sted as PHYS 439.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^M
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
CHEMISTRY
440
ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Theory and application of modern synthetic
organic chemistry. Topics may include
oxidation-reduction processes, carbon-carbon
bond forming reactions, functional group
transformations, and multi-step syntheses of
natural products (antibiotics, antitumor agents,
and antiviral agents). Three hours of lecture and
one four-hour laboratory period. Prerequisite:
CHEM22L
442
SPECTROSCOPY AND
MOLECULAR STRUCTURE
Theory and application of the identification of
organic compounds. Special emphasis will be
placed on the utilization of spectroscopic
techniques ( H-NMR, C-NMR, IR, UV-VIS,
and MS). Three of hours lecture and one four-
hour laboratory period each week. Prerequi-
sites: CHEM22L
443
ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
A study of advanced analytical methods
with emphasis on chromatographic, electro-
chemical, and spectroscopic methods of
instrumental analysis. Three hours lecture and
one four-hour laboratory period each week.
Prerequisite: CHEM 331 and 332, or consent
of instructor.
444
BIOCHEMISTRY
Emphasis is given to the metabolism of
carbohydrates, lipids, amino acids, proteins,
and nucleic acids; integration of metabolism;
and biochemical control mechanisms, includ-
ing allosteric control, induction, repression,
signal transduction as well as the various types
of inhibitive control mechanisms. Prerequi-
site: CHEM 115 or 221, or consent of instruc-
tor. Cross-listed as BIO 444.
447
POLYMER CHEMISTRY
An introduction to the synthesis, characteri-
zation, and applications of high molecular
weight materials, i.e., macro-molecules.
Special emphasis will be given to synthetic
polymer systems. Three hours of lecture, one
four-hour lab per week. Prerequisites: CHEM
221 and 330, or consent of instructor.
348 & 448
CHEMISTRY COLLOQUIUM
A seminar in which faculty, students and
invited professional chemists discuss their own
research activities or those of others which
have appeared in recent chemical literature.
Prerequisite: Three semesters of non-credit
Chemistry Colloquium taken during the junior
and senior years.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
The student will ordinarily work under
supervision in an industrial laboratory and
submit a written report on the project.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
The student will ordinarily work on a
laboratory research project and will write a
thesis on the work.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
The student will ordinarily work on a
laboratory research project with emphasis on
showing initiative and making a scholarly
contribution. A thesis will be written.
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
COMMUNICATION
COMMUNICATION
Assistant Professors: Wild (Chairperson),
Koehn
The major in Communication seeks to
provide a foundation in communication theory
and media criticism as well as expertise in a
particular area of communication. All
students majoring in Communication must
complete the five courses listed in the Core
and eight additional courses in one of the three
areas of concentration listed below: four
required courses and four elective courses.
Sophomores, juniors, and seniors who have
declared a major in Communication are
required to enroll in and successfully complete
the non-credit Media Arts Colloquium during
each semester they are on campus or until they
have successfully completed at least four
semesters of this noncredit course. All
students in this major should consider electing
an internship before graduation.
The major in Communication enables
students to pursue employment and/or
graduate studies in a variety of fields includ-
ing corporate communication, public relations,
audio and video production, print and broad-
cast journalism, professional media writing,
and media research and analysis.
All majors in Communication are encour-
aged to take advanced courses in a foreign
language and to consider the following liberal
arts electives: MATH 103 and/or courses in
Computer Science; ART 222 and 223; courses
in contemporary American and/or interna-
tional history, economics, and political
science; and courses in literature from the
Departments of Theatre, English, and Foreign
Languages and Literatures.
The following course has been designated
as writing intensive and may be offered as
such: COMM 326. Students should check
semester class schedules to determine which
courses are offered as "W" courses for that
semester.
Minor
A minor in Communication consists of any
three courses from the Core and two other
courses offered by the Communication
Department. At least one of the five courses
in the minor must be at the 300-level or above.
CORE COURSES REQUIRED OF
ALL MAJORS
COMM 110 Principles of Communication
COMM 326 Media Criticism and Cultural
Studies: Literature, Film, and
Television
Senior Seminar
Media Arts Colloquium
COMM 440
COMM 246
346, 446
PSCI210
THE A 112
Communication and Society
America on Screen
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
COMMUNICATION
Majors must concentrate in one of the
following three areas of study.
A. Public Relations and Corporate
Communication
Required for all students in this concentration:
COMM 211 Public Speaking and Group
Communication
COMM 235 Writing and Speaking in
Business and the Professions
COMM 324 Public Relations Cases and
Problem-Solving
PSCI 436 Mass Media Law and
Regulation
Elective choices for students in this
concentration:
COMM 117 Media Writing Principles with
Desktop Publishing
COMM 323 Feature Writing for Special
Audiences
COMM 332 Topics in Media Theory
and Practice
BUS 228 Marketing Principles
BUS 244 Organization and Management
BUS 332 Advertising and Promotion
PSY 224 Social Psychology
PSY 225 Industrial and Organizational
Psychology
B. Electronic Media
Required for all students in this concentration:
COMM 2 1 8 Audio Production for Radio
and Video
COMM 223 Basic Video Production
COMM 348 Advanced Video Production
ART 227 Introduction to Photography
Elective choices for students in this
concentration:
COMM 225 The Art of Scriptwriting
COMM 332 Topics in Media Theory
and Practice
ART 343 Computer Graphics for Print
Media
ART 344 Computer Graphics for
Electronic Media
PSCI 436 Mass Media Law and
Regulation
THEA 1 14 Film Art: Motion Picture
Masterpieces
C. Reporting and Media Writing
Required for all students in this concentration:
COMM 2 1 1 Public Speaking and Group
Communication
COMM 229 Print and Broadcast Journalism
COMM 323 Feature Writing for Special
Audiences
PSCI 436 Mass Media Law and
Regulation
Elective choices for students in this
concentration:
COMM 1 1 7 Media Writing Principles with
Desktop Publishing
COMM 225 The Art of Scriptwriting
COMM 235 Writing and Speaking in
Business and the Professions
COMM 332 Topics in Media Theory
and Practice
ENGL 240 Introduction to Creative Writing
ENGL 321 Advanced Writing: Technical
and Professional
ENGL 322 Advanced Writing: The
Creative Essay
110
PRINCIPLES OF COMMUNICATION
Introduction to the basic theories and
principles of communication as they apply to
individuals, groups, and the media industries.
Emphasis on writing, research, and oral
communication.
117
MEDIA WRITING PRINCIPLES WITH
DESKTOP PUBLISHING
Intensive drill and practice in desktop
publishing and the basic forms of media
writing. Major emphasis on the elements of
lead, style, and structure. Designed for
students with little or no experience in
desktop publishing and writing for the media.
Prerequisite: ENGL 106/107.
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^»
LYCOMING COLLEGE
COMMUNICATION
•
211
PUBLIC SPEAKING AND
GROUP COMMUNICATION
Speaking extemporaneously in a variety of
situations to general as well as targeted
audiences. Emphasis on developing skills in
teamwork and leadership and on solving
problems using oral communication skills.
Training in writing, organizing, and delivering
speeches using traditional research methods as
well as emerging technologies. Prerequisite:
ENGL 106 or 107.
218
AUDIO PRODUCTION FOR
RADIO AND VIDEO
Study of the principles and techniques of
audio production as applied to radio and other
media. Consideration of various program
formats and the use of sound media as an art
form. Includes historical as well as contempo-
rary examples of audio production and sound
design.
223
BASIC VIDEO PRODUCTION
Training in the fundamentals of prepro-
duction, production, and postproduction for
video. Emphasis on mastering the basics of
video production from concept to completion.
Prerequisites: course work or experience in
technical theatre, photography, film studies,
and/or audio production; or consent of
instructor.
lis
THE ART OF SCRIPTWRITING
Training in analyzing and writing scripts
for defined audiences and purposes.
Developing the original screenplay as well as
scripts for business, advertising, and education
will be considered. Prerequisite: ENGL 106
or 107.
229
PRINT AND BROADCAST JOURNALISM
Study of fonn and content of news gather-
ing and beat reporting. Training in research-
ing, interviewing, organizing, and editing a
variety of news stories for the Lycoming
College newspaper and for campus radio.
Considers the ethical issues of reporting for
print and broadcast. Prerequisite: ENGL 106
or 107.
235
WRITING AND SPEAKING IN BUSINESS
AND THE PROFESSIONS
Study of communication theory as applied
to business and professional settings. Using
writing, speaking, research, and the electronic
media to solve a variety of communication
problems that frequently occur in the world of
work. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107.
323
FEATURE WRITING FOR
SPECIAL AUDIENCES
Practice in writing a variety of feature
stories and editorials for different media and
audiences. Study of the ways in which feature
writing for magazines compares and contrasts
with feature writing for newspapers and feature
stories for television. Readings, peer review,
and training in how to develop ideas using
primary and secondary research. Prerequisite:
ENGL 106 or 107.
324
PUBLIC RELATIONS CASES AND
PROBLEM SOLVING
Training in methods of public relations
research, program planning and evaluation,
working with the media, writing for public
relations and advertising, and conducting a
public relations campaign to solve a problem
or crisis. Emphasis on writing, speaking, and
electronic communication. Prerequisite:
ENGL 106 or 107.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
COMMUNICATION
•
326
MEDIA CRITICISM AND CULTURAL
STUDIES: LITERATURE, FILM, AND
TELEVISION
Introduction to methods of analyzing popular
culture and the arts using one or more of these
approaches: textual criticism, content analysis,
semiotics, auteur criticism, historical criti-
cism, frame theory, and structural analysis.
Comparison of the ways in which different
media create values and portray individuals,
social conflicts, and human aspirations.
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107.
332
TOPICS IN MEDIA THEORY
AND PRACTICE
Study of communication theory as applied
to a special area or style of communication.
Readings, discussions, and practical experi-
ences in creating materials for print and/or
electronic media. Possible topics include:
docudrama and investigative reporting,
communicating in cyberspace, creative
advertising, instructional television and video.
May be repeated for credit with change of
topic. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107.
348
ADVANCED VIDEO PRODUCTION
Advanced production of documentary,
narrative, and experimental video. Explora-
tion of a variety of approaches to motivating
talent and directing for the camera. Prerequi-
site: COMM 223, or advanced course work in
acting and directing, or consent of instructor.
246, 346, and 446
MEDIA ARTS COLLOQUIUM
A seminar in which faculty, students, and
invited professionals meet two or three times
each semester to discuss topics pertaining to
the field of communication and to the work
students are doing in campus media. Each
student enrolled in the seminar is required to
keep a log and to work for a minimum of three
hours each week in one or more of the
following: campus newspaper; campus
yearbook; campus radio; campus television;
public relations; corporate communication.
Open only to majors. Non-credit and Pass/
Fail. Once the major is declared, students are
required to enroll in the seminar each
semester until they graduate or until they have
successfully completed four semesters,
whichever comes first.
400
PRACTICUM
An elective for junior and senior majors who
wish to acquire additional experience in
working with practicing professionals. Open
only to majors and minors.
440
SENIOR SEMINAR
Reading and discussion of one or more
topics of interest to communication special-
ists. Focus on preparing individual projects
related to seminar topics and the student's
area(s) of expertise for public presentation.
Majors are required to enroll in this course
either in their junior or senior year. Open to
nonmajors with consent of instructor.
470-479
INTERNSHIP
Interns usually work off-campus in a field
related to their area of study. Prerequisite:
junior or senior standing.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Studies involve research related to the area of
study of the student.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^A
LYCOMING COLLEGE
CRIMINAL JUSTICE
•
CRIMINAL
JUSTICE
Assistant Professor: Strauser (Coordinator)
This major is designed to acquaint students
with the American criminaljustice system and
to provide an understanding of the social,
psychological, philosophical, and political
contexts within which the system of criminal
justice functions. Its aim is to develop students'
intellectual and scientific skills in raising and
attempting to answer important questions about
the system of justice and its place in society. The
program offers opportunity for intern experi-
ence in the field, and prepares for careers in the
areas of law enforcement, probation and parole,
prisons, and treatment services.
The major has two tracks. Track I prepares
for careers in law enforcement. Track II
prepares for careers in corrections.
Track I - Law Enforcement.
The major consists of 10 courses, distrib-
uted as follows:
A. Professional courses in criminaljustice
(three courses)
SOC 1 1 5 Introduction to the Criminal
Justice System
SOC 223 Introduction to Law
Enforcement
SOC 339 The American Prison
System
B. Courses in the social, psychological,
philosophical, and political context of the
justice system (seven courses):
SOC 300
PSY116
PSCI33I
PSCI335
PHIL 21 8
One course from:
SOC 221
SOC 334
Criminology
Abnormal Psychology
Civil Rights and Liberties
Law and Society
Issues in Criminal Justice
Juvenile Delinquency or
Cultural Minorities
One course from:
AMST 200
HIST 230
HIST 443
America as a Civilization or
Afro- American History or
U.S. Social and Intellectual
History Since 1877
C. Internship or practicum in law enforcement
(recommended but not required for the major).
Track II - Corrections
The major consists of 10 courses distributed as
follows:
A. Professional courses in criminaljustice
(three courses)
SOC 1 1 5 Introduction to the Criminal Justice
System
SOC 222 Introcuction to Human Services
SOC 339 The American Prison System
B. Courses in the social, psychological,
philosophical, and political context of the
justice system (seven courses): Same as Track I.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
CRIMINAL JUSTICE • ECONOMICS
C. Internship or practicum in corrections
(recommended but not required for the major).
Prerequisite: MATH 103, PSY 239 and 431.
These prerequisites may be waived in certain
cases by the coordinating committee.
Majors should seek advice concerning
course selection from members of the coordi-
nating committee and should note course
prerequisites in planning their programs.
Minor
A minor in criminal justice consists of five
courses. Required courses include: SOC 1 15
and any four other courses in the Criminal
Justice major listed above, at least three of which
must be numbered 200 or above. To receive
credit for a minor in Criminal Justice, a student
must maintain a minimum 2.00 cumulative
average in courses completed for the minor.
ECONOMICS (EcoN)
Associate Professor: Madresehee
(Chairperson)
Assistant Professors: Sprunger, Yerger
The major has two tracks. Track I is designed
for the student whose primary interest lies in
business management; Track II is designed to
provide a broad understanding of economic,
social, and business problems. In addition to
preparing students for a career in business or
government, this track provides an excellent
background for graduate or professional studies.
Track I - Managerial Economics requires
ECON 1 10, II 1, 220, 332 and 441; ACCT 1 10
and either ACCT 130 or BUS 429; BUS 338;
and two other economics courses numbered 200
or above, excluding ECON 349.
Track II - General Economics requires ECON
1 1 0, 1 1 1 , 33 1 , 440, and 44 1 , and three other
courses in economics. Depending on their
academic and career interests, students are
encouraged to select a minor in another department
such as political science, philosophy, or history.
In addition, the following courses are recom-
mended: all majors - MATH 103 and BUS 223;
majors planning graduate work - MATH 1 12 and
1 28; Track II majors - ACCT 1 1 and either 1 30
or 344.
The following courses have been approved to
be offered as writing intensive courses and may
be offered as such: ECON 337, 440. Students
must check semester class schedules to determine
which courses are offered as "W" courses for that
semester.
Students interested in teacher certification
should refer to the Department of Education on
page 90.
Minor
A minor in economics requires the completion
of ECON 1 10, 1 1 1 and three other economics
courses numbered 200 or above, or any four
economics courses numbered 200 or above.
The Department of Economics is a member of
the Institute for Management Studies. See page 108.
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ECONOMICS
102
CONSUMER ECONOMICS
A course in " family" or "practical"
economics, designed to teach students how
they and their families can be intelligent
consumers; that is, how they can spend, save,
and borrow so as to maximize the value they
receive for the income they have. Treats
subjects such as intelligent shopping; the uses
and abuses of credit; investing, savings,
buying insurance, automobiles and houses;
medical care costs; estates and wills, etc.
110
PRINCIPLES OF MACROECONOMICS
Macroeconomics deals with problems of the
economic system as a whole. What influences
the level of national income and employment?
What is inflation and why do we have it? What
is the role of government in a modem capitalis-
tic system? How does business organize to
produce the goods and services we demand?
How are the American financial and banking
systems organized? What is the nature of
American unionism? What are the elements of
government finance and fiscal policy?
Ill
PRINCIPLES OF MICROECONOMICS
This course focuses upon microeconomics
and selected current economic problems. It
deals with the relatively small units of the
economy such as the firm and the family.
Analyzes demand and supply. Discusses how
business firms decide what and how much to
produce and how goods and services are
priced in different types of markets. Also
considers such problems as economic growth,
international trade, poverty, discrimination,
ecology, and alternative economic systems.
220
MONEY AND BANKING
Covers business fluctuations and monetary
and fiscal policy; the financial organization of
society; the banking system; credit institutions;
capital markets, and international financial
relations. Prerequisite: ECON 110.
224
URBAN PROBLEMS
The application of economic theory to the
study of significant social, political, and
economic problems associated with urbaniza-
tion, including poverty, employment, educa-
tion, crime, health, housing, land use and the
environment, transportation, and public
finance. Analysis of solutions offered.
Prerequisite: ECON llOor lll,or consent of
instructor. Alternate years.
225
ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS
A study of the relationship between
environmental decay and economic growth,
with particular reference to failures of the
price and property-rights systems; application
of cost/benefit analysis, measures aimed at the
creation of an ecologically viable economy.
229
BUSINESS CYCLES AND FORECASTING
An introduction to the nature and history of
business fluctuations, the tools used in
aggregate analysis, theories that seek to explain
the cycle, and techniques used in forecasting
economic activity. Prerequisite: ECON 110
or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
230
ECONOMETRICS
Econometric models provide one of the
most useful and necessary sets of tools for
decision-making. By using a variety of
modern statistical methods, econometrics
helps us to estimate economic relationships,
test different economic behaviors, and
forecast different economic variables. Pre-
requisites: Mathematic 103, ECON 110 and
11 1: or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
240
ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY
An introduction to the theory and practice
of economic geography with emphasis upon
the historical dynamics of local, regional, and
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ECONOMICS
global organization. This course considers the
forces reshaping global economic geography
including the factors that determine the
competitive advantage of nations. These
factors include resources such as food, energy,
materials, and changing patterns of world
population. Also included will be theoretical
literature reparding locational decisions and
choice, as well as the rapidly changing global
economy in the context of trade theory and the
shifting focus of international economics
activity.
327
PUBLIC CHOICE
This course focuses on the application of
economics to the political processes of voting
and bureaucratic behavior. A major theme will
be the study of problems that can occur within
the democratic process because the incentives
given to public servants do not always match
society's best interests. Policies and institu-
tions that can improve such problems will be
explored. U.S. elections and campaigns will
provide many of the applications for the class.
Prerequisite: ECON 110 or 111, or consent of
instructor. Alternate years.
330
INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS
An advanced analysis of contemporary
theory regarding consumer demand, production
costs and theory, profit maximization, market
structures, and the determinants of returns to
the factors of production. Prerequisite: ECON
110. Alternate years.
331
INTERMEDIATE MACROECONOMICS
An advanced analysis of contemporary
theory and practice with regard to business
fluctuation, national income accounting, the
determination of income and employment
levels, and the use of monetary and fiscal
policy. Prerequisite: ECON NO. Alternate
years.
332
GOVERNMENT AND THE ECONOMY
An analytical survey of government's
efforts to maintain competition through
antitrust legislation to supervise acceptable
cases of private monopoly, through public
utility regulation and via means of regulatory
commissions, and to encourage or restrain
various types of private economic activities.
Prerequisites: ECON 110 and 111, or
consent of instructor.
335
LABOR PROBLEMS
The history of organized labor in the
United States, including the structure of
unions, employers' opposition to unions, the
role of government in labor-management
relations and the economic impact of unions.
Alternate years. Prerequisite: ECON 110 or
111, or consent of instructor.
337
PUBLIC FINANCE
An analysis of the fiscal economics of the
public sector, including the development,
concepts, and theories of public expenditures,
taxation, and debt at all levels of American
government. Also includes the use of fiscal
policy as an economic control device. Prereq-
uisites: ECON 110 and 111, or consent of
instructor. Alternate years.
343
INTERNATIONAL TRADE
A study of the principles, theories, develop-
ment, and policies concerning international
economic relations, with particular reference to
the United States. Subjects covered include:
U.S. commercial policy and its development,
international trade theory, tariffs and other
protectionist devices, international monetary
system and its problems, balance of payments
issues. Alternate years. Prerequisites: ECON
1 Wand 111.
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^»
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ECONOMICS • EDUCATION
349
MANAGEMENT PRACTICUM
An apprentice-level work experience for
junior or senior economics majors jointly
sponsored by the department and a public or
private agency (or a subdivision of the college
itself) designed to better integrate classroom
theory and workplace practice. In addition to
attendance at a weekly seminar, students will
spend 10-12 hours per week at the sponsoring
agency per unit of credit. At least one-half of
the effort expended will consist of academic
work related to agency activities.
440
HISTORY OF ECONOMIC THOUGHT
A discussion of the origins, development,
and significance of the economic ideas embod-
ied in the works of Smith, Marx, Schumpeter,
Keynes, and others. Prerequisite: ECON 110
or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
441
MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS
The application of economic theory and
methodology to the solution of business
problems. Subjects include: optimizing
techniques, risk analysis, demand theory,
production theory, cost theory, linear pro-
gramming, capital budgeting, market struc-
tures, and the theory of pricing. Prerequisites:
ECON 110 and HI.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
Typically off-campus in business, banking,
or government, supervised by assigned
employee of sponsoring organization.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Superior students may select independent
study in various courses, particularly in
preparation for graduate school.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
EDUCATION (EDuc)
Assistant Professors: Blair
Conrad (Chairperson), Hungerford
Part-time Instructors: Bossert, Mosser,
Salvatori, Straub
The Education Department offers Pennsyl-
vania-approved teacher certification programs
in elementary and secondary education, as well
as a school nurse certification program.
Students seeking secondary teacher
certification must complete EDUC 200 and
PSY 138 prior to the professional semester
(EDUC 446, 447, 449) as well as the necessary
subject area courses. Students must have the
required 14 half-day observations with their
assigned cooperating teacher during the
semester prior to their professional semester.
Students may earn secondary certification in
one or more of the following areas: art (K-12),
biology, chemistry, English, French (K-12),
general science, German (K-12), mathematics,
music (K-12), physics, school nurse (K-12),
social studies, and Spanish (K-12).
Students seeking elementary teacher
certification must complete EDUC 200, PSY
138, MATH 205, EDUC 000. 341, 342, 343,
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
EDUCATION
and 344 prior to the professional semester
(EDUC 445, 447, 448). Students must have
the required 14 half-day observations with
their assigned cooperating teacher during the
semester prior to their professional semester.
Students interested in the teacher education
program should refer to the Teacher Educa-
tion Handbook, which specifies the current
requirements for certification. Early consulta-
tion with a member of the Education Depart-
ment is strongly recommended. Application
for the professional semester must be made
during the fall semester of the junior year.
The Department of Education admits to the
professional semester only those applicants
who are in good academic standing, have
satisfactorily completed the participation
requirements, have paid the student teaching
fee, and have received a positive evaluation
based upon: (a) recommendation from the
student's major department; (b) a screening
interview conducted by the Education Depart-
ment; and (c) a writing sample from the student.
Major departments have different criteria for
their recommendations; therefore, the student
should consult with the chairperson of the
major department about those requirements.
Additional teacher intern program informa-
tion can be found on page 49.
The following courses have been approved
to be offered as writing intensive courses and
may be offered as such: EDUC 343 and
344. Students must check semester class
schedules to determine which courses are
offered as "W" courses for that semester.
000
SEMINAR IN ART, MUSIC, PHYSICAL
EDUCATION, and MATH ACTIVITIES
Each elementary student teacher attends a
series of 24 seminars, conducted prior to
student teaching, during the fall semester of
the senior year. These seminars, conducted by
certified public school personnel, emphasize
activities and knowledge which are helpful in
the self-contained elementary classroom.
Non-credit course.
200
INTRODUCTION TO THE
STUDY OF EDUCATION
A study of teaching as a profession with
emphasis on the economic, social, political, and
religious conditions which influence American
schools and teachers. Consideration is given to
the school environment, the curriculum, and the
children with the intention that students will
examine more rationally their own motives for
entering the profession.
232
INSTRUCTIONAL MEDIA
AND COMMUNICATIONS
A study of the value, design, construction,
and application of the visual and auditory aids
to learning. Practical experience in the
handling of audio-visual equipment and
materials is provided. Application of audio-
visual techniques. Application of the visual
and auditory aids to learning. Students will
plan and carry out actual teaching assignments
utilizing various A-V devices.
239
PUBLIC SCHOOL CURRICULUM
An examination of the various curricula of
the public schools and their relationship to
current practices. Special attention will be
given to the meaning and nature of the
curriculum, the desirable outcomes of the
curriculum, conflicting and variant concep-
tions of curricula content, modem techniques
of curricular construction, criteria for the
evaluation of curricula, the curriculum as a
teaching instrument. Emphasis will be placed
upon the curriculum work within the teaching
field of each individual.
341
TEACHING THE SOCIAL STUDIES IN
THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
Studies and experiences to develop a basic
understanding of the structure, concepts, and
processes of anthropology, economics,
geography, history, political science, and
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
EDUCATION
sociology as they relate to the elementary
school social science curriculum. Practical
applications, demonstrations of methods, and
the development of integrated teaching units
using tests, reference books, films, and other
teaching materials. Observation and
participation in Lycoming County elementary
schools. Prerequisites: EDUC 200 and PSY
138, or consent of instructor.
342
TEACHING SCIENCE IN
THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
Science methods and materials interpreting
children's science experiences and guiding the
development of the scientific concepts. A
study of the science content of the curriculum,
its material and use. Observation and participa-
tion in Lycoming County elementary schools.
Prerequisite: EDUC 200 and PSY 138, or
consent of instructor.
343
TEACHING LANGUAGE ARTS AND
CHILDREN'S LITERATURE IN THE
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
A course designed to consider means of
communication, oral and written, including
both practical and creative uses. Attention
will be given to listening, speaking, written
expression, linguistics and grammar, and
spelling. Stress will be placed upon the
interrelatedness of the language arts. Chil-
dren's literature will be explored as a vehicle
for developing creative characteristics in
children and for ensuring an appreciation of the
creative writing of others. Observation and
participation in Lycoming County elementary
schools. Prerequisite: EDUC 200 and PSY
138, or consent of instructor.
344
TEACHING READING IN
THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
A basic course in the philosophy and
rationale for the implementation of an elemen-
tary reading program from kindergarten through
sixth grade. Emphasis is upon designing a
reading instructional program which reflects
the nature of the learning process and recog-
nizes principles of child development through
examination of the principles, problems,
methods, and materials used in elementary
reading programs. Prerequisite: EDUC 200
or PSY 138, or consent of instructor.
The Elementary Professional Semester
The following courses comprise the Elemen-
tary Professional Semester:
EDUC 445 — Methods of Teaching
in the Elementary School
EDUC 447 — Problems in Contemporary
American Education
EDUC 448 — Student Teaching in the
Elementary School
445
METHODS OF TEACHING IN THE
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (PART OF THE
PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER)
The course emphasizes the relationship
between the theoretical studies of physical,
social and cognitive development and the
elementary classroom environment. Particular
consideration will be given to the appropriate
age and developmental level of the students
with an emphasis upon selection and
utilization of methods in all the elementary
subject areas, including art and music.
Specific attention is given to the development
of strategies for structuring lesson plans, for
maintaining classroom control, and for overall
classroom management. Direct application is
made to the individual student teaching
experience. Prerequisites: MATH 205,
EDUC 000, 341, 342, 343, and 344, and pre-
student teaching participation.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^»
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
EDUCATION
•
447
PROBLEMS IN CONTEMPORARY
AMERICAN EDUCATION (PART OF THE
PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER)
Seminar on the issues, problems, and
challenges encountered by teachers in the
American public schools, especially those
related to the student teaching experience.
448
STUDENT TEACHING IN THE
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (PART OF
THE PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER)
Professional experience under the supervis-
ion of a selected cooperating teacher in a
public elementary school in Lycoming
County. Student teachers are required to
follow the calendar of the school district to
which they are assigned. Two units maximum.
Students are considered full time when
enrolled in the Professional Semester. Those
students needing an additional course must
comply with the standards stated in the
College catalog.
The Secondary Professional Semester
The following courses comprise the
Secondary Professional Semester:
EDUC 446 Methods of Teaching
in the Secondary School
EDUC 447 Problems in Contemporary
American Education
EDUC 449 Student Teaching in the
Secondary School
The Art/Music (K-12) Professional Semester
The following courses comprise the Art/
Music (K-12) Professional Semester:
EDUC 447 Problems in Contemporary
American Education
EDUC 448 Student Teaching in the
Elementary School
(6 semester hours)
EDUC 449 Student Teaching in the
Secondary School
(6 semester hours)
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
446
METHODS OF TEACHING IN THE
SECONDARY SCHOOL (PART OF
THE PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER)
A study of materials, methods, and
techniques with emphasis on the student's
major. Stress is placed on the selection and
utilization of visual and auditory aids to
learning. Students teach demonstration
lessons in the presence of the instructor and
the members of the class and observe superior
teachers in Lycoming County secondary
schools. Prerequisite: EDUC 200, PSY J 38,
and pre -student teaching participation.
447
PROBLEMS IN CONTEMPORARY
AMERICAN EDUCATION (PART OF
THE PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER)
Seminar on the issues, problems, and
challenges encountered by teachers in the
American public schools, especially those
related to the student teaching experience.
449
STUDENT TEACHING IN THE
SECONDARY SCHOOL (PART OF
THE PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER)
Professional laboratory experience under the
supervision of a selected cooperating teacher
in a public secondary school in Lycoming
County. Student teachers are required to
follow the calendar of the school district to
which they are assigned. Two units maximum.
Students are considered full time when
enrolled in the Professional Semester. Those
students needing an additional course must
comply with the standards stated in the
College catalog.
^A
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ENGLISH
ENGLISH (ENGL)
Professors: Jensen, Moses, Rife
Associate Professors: Hawkes, Lewes
Assistant Professors: Feinstein,
Hafer (Chairperson)
The department offers two programs
leading to the major in English:
Track I - English Major in Literature
This track is designed for students who
choose English as a liberal arts major that pre-
pares them for a wide range of career options;
for students who choose English as their subject
area for elementary certification or who wish to
earn secondary certification in English; for
students who wish to improve their verbal and
analytic ability in preparation for a specific
career, such as technical writing, business, or
law; and for students who intend to pursue
graduate study in British or American literature.
A minimum often courses is required for
Track I. Required courses are ENGL 217, 220,
22 1 , 222, and 223; two courses selected from
ENGL 3 1 1 , 3 1 2, 3 1 3, 3 1 4, and 3 1 5; one from
ENGL 335 and 336; and two electives from
among courses numbered 215 and above.
Students who wish to earn secondary teacher
certification must complete a minimum of
twelve courses in English. Required courses in
English are 217, 220, 221, 222, 223, 335, 336,
and 338; three courses selected from 311,312,
313,314, and 315; and one elective from
among courses numbered 2 1 5 and above.
Required courses outside English are EDUC
200, 446, 447, and 449; PS Y 1 1 and 1 38; and
THEA 100.
Students who intend to pursue graduate
study in British or American literature should
complete the twelve English courses specified
for secondary certification and, as part of that
sequence, take ENGL 449, Advanced Criti-
cism, as their English elective.
Track II - English Major in Creative Writing
This track is designed for students who
aspire to careers as professional writers, as
editors, and as publishers; for students who
plan to continue studies in an M.F.A. or M.A.
program; or for students who would like to
discover their creative potential while pursu-
ing a fundamental liberal arts education.
A minimum often courses is required for Track
II. Required courses are ENGL 240; two
courses selected from ENGL 220, 22 1 , 222, 223
and 225; two fromENGL31 1,312,313,314
and 3 1 5; one from ENGL 33 1 or 332; one from
ENGL 335 and 336; two from ENGL 34 1 , 342,
44 1 , and 442 (note prerequisites); and one from
ENGL411or412.
Students who wish to earn secondary
teacher certification must complete a minimum
of twelve courses in English. Required courses
are ENGL 240; two courses selected from
ENGL 220, 22 1 , 222, 223, 224 and 225; two
from 31 1,312, 3 13, 314, and 315; one from 331
and 332; 335, 336, 338; two from 341, 342, 441,
442 and one from 4 1 1 and 412. Required
courses outside English are EDUC 200, 446,
447, and 449; PS Y 1 1 and 1 38; and THEA 1 00.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ENGLISH
The following course has been approved to
be offered as a cultural diversity course:
ENGL 334. Students must check semester
class schedules to determine which courses
are offered as "D" courses for that semester.
The following courses have been approved to
be offered as writing intensive courses and may
be offered as such: ENGL 225, 33 1 , 334, 335,
336, 420. Students must check semester class
schedules to determine which courses are
offered as "W" courses for that semester.
Minors
The department offers two minors in
English:
Literature: Five courses in literature at the
200 level or above, at least three of which
must be numbered 300 or above.
Writing: Five courses, four of which are
chosen from ENGL 217, 240, 321, 322, and
338; plus one writing-intensive course in
literature at the 300 level.
105
INTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE WRITING
A review of grammar and an introduction to
college-level reading and writing. One unit
grade of "P" will be assigned when the student
has successfully completed all of the work in
the course. Required of, and limited to, those
who have not been exempted from ENGL 105.
106
COMPOSITION
Extensive practice in analytical writing.
Special emphasis on developing the compos-
ing skills needed to articulate and defend a
position in various situations requiring the use
of written English. Credit may not be earned
for both 106 and 107.
107
HONORS COMPOSITION
Extensive practice in analytical writing.
Special emphasis on developing the writing
skills of students who have the potential to
benefit from advanced work. Placement b\
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
examination only. Credit may not be earned fat
both 106 and 107.
215
INTRODUCTION TO
LITERARY INTERPRETATION
Practice in the methods of close reading and
formal analysis. Identification of primary elements
and structures of literary representation. Literature
chosen for study will vary. Prerequisite: ENGL
1 06 or 107, or consent of instructor.
Ill
CRITICAL WRITING SEMINAR
Brief introduction to criticism as a disci-
pline, followed by workshop training in writing
critical papers on the major literary genres.
Prerequisite: Grade ofC + or better in ENGL
106 or 107, or consent of instructor.
BRITISH LITERATURE I
Literary forms, themes, and authors from tht
Anglo-Saxon period through the 18th century.
Emphasis on such writers as Chaucer, Spenser,
Shakespeare, Milton, Swift, Pope, and Johnson
representative works from Beowulf [o Bumey's
Evelina. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or
consent of instructor.
221
BRITISH LITERATURE II
Literary movements and authors from the
beginnings of Romanticism to the end of the 1 9th
century. Particular emphasis on such writers as
Wordsworth, Shelley, Keats, Tennyson, Brown-
ing, Carlyle, Arnold, Hardy, and Yeats. Prereq-
uisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of instructor.
Ill
AMERICAN LITERATURE I
Survey of American literature from the
beginning to the Civil War, with major emphasis
on the writers of the Romantic period: Poe.
Emerson, Thoreau. Hawthorne, Melville,
Dickinson, and Whitman. Prerequisite: ENGL
106 or 107, or consent of instructor.
^S
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ENGLISH
•
223
AMERICAN LITERATURE II
Survey of American literature from the Civil War
to the present, emphasizing such authors as Twain,
James, Crane, Hemingway, Faulkner, Frost,
Eliot, Stevens, O'Neill, and Williams. Pre /-e<7M/-
site: ENGL 106or 107, or consent of instructor.
lis
CLASSICAL LITERATURE
A study, in translation, of Greek and Roman
works that have influenced Western writers.
Literary forms studied include epic, drama, satire,
and love poetry. Writers studied include Homer,
Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides, Virgil,
Juvenal, Horace, Lucretius,andOvid.Prere^M/-
site: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of instructor.
240
INTRODUCTION TO CREATIVE WRITING
Workshopdiscussions, structured exercises, and
readings in contemporary literature to provide
practice and basic instruction in the writing and
evaluation of poetry and fiction. Preref^M/^/Ye .•
ENGL 106or 107, or consent of instructor.
311
MEDIEVAL LITERATURE
Readings in Old and Middle English poetry
and prose from Bede' s Ecclesiastical History to
Malory's Arthurian romance. Study of lyric,
narrative, drama, and romance with emphasis on
the cultural context from which these forms
emerge. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or
consent of instructor. Alternate years.
312
RENAISSANCE LITERATURE
An examination of themes and literary forms
of the Renaissance. Authors studied will include
Donne, Marlowe, More, Shakespeare, Sidney,
Spenser, and Surrey. Prerequisite: ENGL 106
or 107, or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
313
RESTORATION AND
18TH-CENTURY LITERATURE
Consideration of selected themes, writers,
or modes of Restoration and 18th-century
literature (1660-1800) with emphasis on the
social, political, and intellectual life of that
era. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or
consent of instructor. Alternate years.
314
ROMANTIC LITERATURE
Concentrated study in the writers, texts, and
themes of the Romantic period ( 1 789- 1 832) with
emphasis on the social, political, and intellectual
life of that era. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107,
or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
315
VICTORIAN LITERATURE
Concentrated study in the writers, texts, and
themes of the Victorian period ( 1 832- 1 90 1 ) with
emphasis on the social, political, and intellectual
life of that era. Prerequisite: ENGL 106or 107,
or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
321
ADVANCED WRITING:
TECHNICAL AND PROFESSIONAL
A course providing practice in report and
technical writing, proposals, and other areas
where competence will be expected in the
business and scientific worlds. Prerequisite:
ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of instructor.
Alternate years.
322
ADVANCED WRITING:
THE CREATIVE ESSAY
A course in which students from all
disciplines learn to explore and define
themselves through the essay, a form used to
express the universal through the particular
and the personal. Readings will include
essayists from Montaigne to Gould. Prerequi-
site: Grade ofC+ or better in ENGL 106 or
107, or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ENGLISH
•
331
20TH-CENTURY FICTION
Examination of the novels and short fiction
of such major writers as Conrad, Woolf,
Joyce, Faulkner, Fowles, and Nabokov, with
special emphasis on the relationship of their
works to concepts of modernism. Prerequi-
site: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of
instructor.
332
20TH-CENTURY POETRY
Studies in the themes and visions of
modem and contemporary poets including
Yeats, Frost, Stevens, Williams, Pound, Moore,
Eliot, Hughes, Roethke, Bishop, Berryman,
Lowell, Larkin, Ginsberg, Sexton, Rich, Plath,
Baraka, Heaney, and Dove. Prerequisite:
ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of instructor.
333
THE NOVEL
An examination primarily of British and
American works from the 1 8th century to the
present, focusing on the novel's ability — since
its explosive inception — to redefine its own
boundaries. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107,
or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
334
WOMEN IN LITERATURE
An examination — literary, social, and
historical — of literature by women represent-
ing diverse cultures. Each course will examine
a particular theme significant to women
writers from more than one cultural back-
ground. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or
consent of instructor. Alternate years.
335
CHAUCER
A study of the major works with emphasis
on The Canterbury Tales and Troilus and
Criseyde. Some attention to language study
and to the traditions out of which Chaucer's
works arose. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or
107, or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
336
SHAKESPEARE
A study of representative plays in the
context of Shakespeare's life and times.
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of
instructor. Alternate years.
338
LINGUISTICS AND THE ANALYSIS OF
THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE
Introduction to methods of analyzing spoken
and written English. Classroom work sup-
ported by weekly tutorials, in which the student
gains practical experience in identifying,
diagnosing, and correcting basic communica-
tions problems. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or
107, or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
341
POETRY WORKSHOP I
An intermediate workshop focusing on the
writing of poetry and methods of analysis.
Prerequisite: Grade ofB or better in ENGL
240 or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
342
FICTION WORKSHOP I
An intermediate course in the writing of
short fiction in a workshop environment, where
the student is trained to hear language at work.
Emphasis on characterization and story.
Prerequisite: Grade ofB or better in ENGL
240 or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
411
FORM AND THEORY: POETRY
Principles of meter, rhyme, formal structure,
and traditional and contemporary poetic forms
will be studied through readings, discussion,
and exercises. Designed to enhance skills in both
practical criticism and in creative writing, this
course will pay particular attention to theories
concerned with the relationship between form
and content in poetry. Prerequisite: ENGL 240
or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ENGLISH
412
FORM AND THEORY: FICTION
A course that examines philosophical and
aesthetic theories of fiction, and the resulting
fiction based on those theories. Authors will
most likely include Aristotle, Calvino, Gardner,
Gass, and Nabokov. Prerequisite: ENGL 240
or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
420
SELECTED WRITERS
An intensive study of no more than three
writers, selected on the basis of student and
faculty interest. Possible combinations
include: Frost, Hemingway, and Faulkner;
O'Connor, Welty, and Porter; Spenser and
Milton; Hawthorne, Melville, and Dickens;
Woolf, Forster, and Lawrence; Joyce and
Yeats. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or
consent of instructor. Alternate years.
421
TOPICS IN LITERATURE
Examination of a literary theme, idea, or
movement as it appears in one or more types
of literature and as it cuts across various
epochs. Possible topics include: American
Novelists and Poets of the Jazz Age and
Depression; The Bible and Literature; Gothic
Tradition in American Literature; Mystery and
Detective Fiction; The Hero in Literature.
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of
instructor. Alternate years.
441
POETRY WORKSHOP II
An advanced workshop in the writing of
poetry. Students will receive intensive anal-
ysis of their own work and acquire experience
in evaluating the work of their peers. Prereq-
uisite: ENGL 341. Alternate years.
442
FICTION WORKSHOP II
An advanced course in the writing of short
fiction. Emphasis on the complexities of
voice and tone. The student will be encouraged
to develop and control his or her individual
style and produce publishable fiction. Prereq-
uisite: ENGL 342. Alternate years.
449
ADVANCED CRITICISM
Reading and discussion in the theory and
history of criticism. Examination of both
traditional and contemporary ideas about the
value and nature of literary expression and its
place in human culture generally. Work in the
course includes practical as well as theoretical
use of the ideas and methods of critical
inquiry. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or
consent of instructor. Alternate years.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
The department provides internships in
editing, legal work, publishing, and technical
writing.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Recent studies include the role of Pennsyl-
vania in the fiction of John O'Hara; the
changing image of women in American art
and literature (1890-1945); the hard-boiled
detective novel; contemporary women writers;
and Milton's use of the Bible in Paradise
Lost.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
Recent projects include "The Function of
the Past in the Fiction of William Faulkner"
and "Illusion, Order, and Art in the Novels of
Virginia Woolf."
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^R
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES
FOREIGN
LANGUAGES AND
LITERATURES
Professor: MacKenzie
Associate Professors: Buedel (Chairperson),
Maples
Assistant Professor: G. Clark
Part-time Instructors: A. Falk, Boring, Kilgus
Language Assistants: Bosch, Kuhn, Marlier
Study of foreign languages and literatures
offers opportunity to explore broadly the
varieties of human experience and thought. It
contributes both to personal and to interna-
tional understanding by providing competence
in a foreign language and a critical acquain-
tance with the literature and culture of foreign
peoples. A major can serve as entree to careers
in business, government, publishing, education,
journalism, social agencies, translating, and
writing. It prepares for graduate work in liter-
ature or linguistics and the international fields of
politics, business, law, health, and area studies.
French, German, and Spanish are offered
as major fields of study. The major consists of
at least eight courses numbered 1 1 1 or above.
Majors seeking teacher certification and students
planning to enter graduate school are advised to
begin study of a second foreign language. The
department encourages students to consider
allied courses from related fields or a second
major, and also individual or established
interdisciplinary majors combining interest in
several literatures or area or cross-cultural
studies; for example. International Studies, 20th
Century Studies, the Major in Literature.
The department recommends that language
majors study in a department-approved program
for a semester or more as part of their major.
Approved programs are available in France
(Paris, Nantes), in Germany and Austria (Berlin,
Freiburg, Munich, Vienna), and in Spain and
Mexico (Madrid, Salamanca, Seville, Valladolid,
Mexico City, Cuemavaca, Puebla). Interested
students should begin planning with their major
advisor by the first week of the semester prior to
departure. To qualify, students must have soph-
omore standing or better, an overall GPA of 2.50,
and at least a GPA of 3.00 in language courses.
Other qualificafions include recommendafion
from faculty in the major and completion of
specific courses in language, literature, or culture.
Students interested in teacher certificadon
should refer to the Department of Education on
page 90.
FOREIGN LANGUAGES
AND LITERATURES (FLL)
225
CONTINENTAL LITERATURE
A study of such major continental authors as
Cervantes, Dostoevsky, Chekhov, Dante, Ibsen,
Proust, Gide, Kafka, Hesse, Goethe, Sartre,
Camus, Brecht, and lonesco. Works read in
English translation will vary and be organized
around a different theme or topic; recent topics
have been existentialism, modernism, drama, the
Weimar era, and 20th century Scandinavian and
German prose writers. Prerequisite: None.
Taught in English. May be repeated for credit
with consent of instructor. May be accepted
toward the English major with consent of the
Department of English.
338
FOREIGN LANGUAGE:
SYSTEMS AND PROCESS
Study of basic linguistic concepts as a tool for
language learning and teaching. Discussion and
application of language teaching techniques,
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^H
LYCOMING COLLEGE
FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES
including work in the language laboratory.
Designed for future teachers of one or more
languages and normally taken in the junior year.
Students should arrange through the Department
of Education to fulfill in the same semester the
requirements of a participation experience in
area schools. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.
Taught in English. Does not count toward
majors in French, German, and Spanish.
FRENCH (FRN)
A major consist of a minimum of 32 semester
hours of FRN courses numbered 1 1 1 or above,
including at least two from 402, 412, 423, and
427. Students who wish to be certified for
secondary teaching must complete the major
with a 3.00 GPA and pass FRN 221-222, 228,
and FLL 338 (the latter course with a grade of
B or better).
The following course has been approved to
be offered as cultural diversity course: FRN
228. Students must check semester class
schedules to determine which courses are
offered as "D" courses for that semester.
The following course has been approved to
be offered as a writing intensive course and
may be offered as such: FRN 441. Students
must check semester class schedules to
determine which courses are offered as "W"
courses for that semester.
Minor
A minor in French consists of at least 16
semester hours of courses numbered 22 1 and
above. Courses 1 1 1 and 112 may be counted
towards the minor, but then the minor must con-
sist of at least 20 semester hours of courses, 1 2
hours of which must be numbered 200 above.
101-102
ELEMENTARY FRENCH
The aim of this sequence of courses is to
acquire the fundamentals of the language with
a view to using them. Regular practice in
speaking, understanding, and reading.
111-112
INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Review and development of the fundamentals
of the language for immediate use in speaking,
understanding, and reading, with a view to
building confidence in self-expression.
Prerequisite: FRN 102 or equivalent.
221-222
FRENCH LANGUAGE PRACTICE
Further training in speaking, listening
comprehension, reading, and writing. Includes
extensive work in grammar. Prerequisite:
FRN 112 or equivalent.
228
MODERN FRANCE
A course designed to familiarize students with
political and social structures and cultural attitudes .
in contemporary French society. Material studied
may include such documents as newspaper articles,
interviews and sociological surveys, and readings
in history, religion, anthropology, and the arts.
Some attention to the changing education system
and the family and to events and ideas which have
shaped French society. May include some
comparative study of France and the United States.
Prerequisite: FRN 221 or consent of instructor.
402
FRENCH LITERATURE TO 1800
Major authors and movements from the
Medieval, Renaissance, Classical and Enlighten-
ment periods. Includes the chanson de geste,
Villon, Montaigne, Comeille, Racine, Moliere,
Voltaire, and Rousseau. Prerequisite: FRN 222
or 228, or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
412
FRENCH LITERATURE
OF THE 19TH CENTURY
The dimensions of the Romantic sensibility:
Musset, Hugo, Vigny, Balzac, Stendhal.
Realism and Naturalism in the novels of
Flaubert and Zola. Reaction in the poetry of
Baudelaire, Rimbaud, Verlaine, and Mallarme.
Prerequisite: FRN 222 or 228, or consent of
instructor. Alternate years.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES
423
MODERN FRENCH THEATRE
Major trends in French drama from the turn
of the century to Existentiahsm and the
Theatre of the Absurd, Giraudoux, Anouilh,
Sartre, Camus, Beckett, lonesco, Genet,
Adamov, and others. Prerequisite: FRN 222
or 228, or consent of instructor.
427
FRENCH LITERATURE OF
THE 20TH CENTURY
Representative poets and novehsts of
modem France. Readings selected from the
works of authors such as Proust, Gide, Aragon,
Giono, Mauriac, Celine, Malraux, Saint-
Exupery, Camus, the "new novelists" (Robbe-
Grillet, Butor, Sarraute, Le Clezio), and the
poetry of Apollinaire, Valery, the Surrealists
(Breton, Reverdy, Eluard, Char), Saint-John
Perse, Supervielle, Prevert, and others. Some
attention to works of French-speaking African
writers. Prerequisite: FRN 222 or 228, or
consent of instructor. Alternate years.
441
ADVANCED LANGUAGE PRACTICE
Intensive practice for advanced students
who wish to improve further their spoken and
written French. Includes work in oral compre-
hension, phonetics, pronunciation, oral and
written composition, and translation. Prereq-
uisite: One course from FRN 402, 412, 423,
427: or consent of instructor.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Examples of recent studies in French include
translation. Existentialism, the classical period,
enlightenment literature, and Saint-Exupery.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
GERMAN (GERM)
A major consists of a minimum of 32
semester hours of GERM courses numbered
1 1 1 or above. One unit of ELL 225 may be
included in the major with permission. GERM
43 1 or 441 is required of all majors.
Students who wish to be certified for
secondary teaching must complete the major
with at least a 3.00 GPA and pass GERM 323
and 325. In addition to the 32 semester hours
of courses for the major they must also pass
FLL 338 with a grade of B or better. All
majors are urged to enroll in HIST 416, MUS
336, PSCI 220, and THEA 335.
The following courses have been approved
to be offered as cultural diversity courses and
may be offered as such: GERM 221, 222.
Students must check semester class schedules
to determine which courses are offered as "D"
courses for that semester.
The following courses have been approved
to be offered as writing intensive courses and
may offered as such: GERM 431, 441. Students
must check semester class schedules to deter-
mine which courses are offered as "W" courses
for that semester.
Minor
A minor in German consists of at least 16 sem-
ester hours of courses numbered 22 1 and above.
Courses 1 1 1 and 1 1 2 may be counted toward
the minor, but then the minor must consist of at
least 20 semester hours of courses, 12 hours of
which must be numbered 200 or above. One
unit of FLL 225 may be included in the minor
with permission.
101-102
ELEMENTARY GERMAN
The aim of this sequence of courses is to
acquire the fundamentals of the language with
a view to using them. Regular practice in
speaking, understanding, and reading.
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^A
LYCOMING COLLEGE
FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES
111-112
INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
This sequence of courses reviews and develops
the fundamentals of the language for immediate
use in speaking, understanding, and reading with
a view to building confidence in self-expres-
sion. Prerequisite: GERM 102 or equivalent.
221-222
COMPREHENSIVE REVIEW
AND LANGUAGE PRACTICE
This sequence of courses is designed to review
and develop skills in speaking, listening, writing
and reading. Grammar and vocabulary building
are stressed with intensive review, writing
practice and some reading on contemporary
issues in German-speaking countries. Prerequi-
site: GERM 1 12 or equivalent.
323
SURVEY OF GERMAN
LITERATURE AND CIVILIZATION I
Designed to acquaint the student with
important periods of German literature,
representative authors, and major cultural
developments in Germany, Austria, and
Switzerland. The course deals with literature
and culture from the Early Middle Ages
through the 18th century. Prerequisite:
GERM 222 or consent of instructor.
325
SURVEY OF GERMAN
LITERATURE AND CIVILIZATION II
Designed to acquaint the student with
important periods of German literature, repre-
sentative authors, and major cultural develop-
ments in Germany, Austria, and Switzerland.
The course deals with literature and culture
from the 19th century through the 1960's.
Prerequisite: GERM 222 or consent of
instructor.
411
THE NOVELLE
The German Novelle as a genre relating to
various literary periods. Prerequisite: GERM
323 or 325, or consent of instructor.
418
ADVANCED LANGUAGE PRACTICE
Intensive practice for advanced students who
want to improve their spoken and written
German. Includes work in oral comprehension,
phonetics, pronunciation, oral and written comp-
osition, translation, and the development of the
language and its relationship to English.
Prerequisite: GERM 222 or consent of
instructor.
421
GERMAN POETRY
A study of selected poets or the poetry of various
literary periods. Possible topics include: Romantic
poetry , Heine, Rilke, and selected contemporary
poets. Prerequisite: GERM 323 or 325, or consent of
instructor.
431
GOETHE
A study of the life and works of Goethe. Goethe's
significance in the Classical period and later.
Readings in the major works. Prerequisite:
GERM 323 or 325, or consent of instructor.
441
CONTEMPORARY GERMAN LITERATURE
Representative poets, novelists and drama-
tists of contemporary Germany, Switzerland
and Austria covering the period from the 1960's
to the present. Readings selected from writers
such as: Boll, Brecht, Frisch, Diirrenmatt,
Bichsel, Handke, Walser, Grass, Becker, and
others. Prerequisite: GERM 323 or 325, or
consent of instructor.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Examples of recent studies in German include
Classicism, Germanic Mythology, Hermann
Hesse, the dramas of Frisch and Diirrenmatt.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES
GREEK (GRK)
SEE RELIGION
HEBREW (HEBR)
SEE RELIGION
SPANISH (SPAN)
A major consists of 32 semester hours of
SPAN courses numbered 1 1 1 and above. One
course must focus on literature from Spain and
one course must focus on literature from
Spanish America. Eight semester hours must
be at the 400 level. Students who wish to be
certified for secondary teaching must com-
plete the major with at least a 3.00 GPA and
pass SPAN 221, 222, 311, 418 and ELL 338
(the latter with a grade of "B" or better).
The following courses have been approved
to be offered as cultural diversity courses: SPAN
221, 222, 311. Students must check semester
class schedules to determine which courses
are offered as "D" courses for that semester.
The following course has been approved to
be offered as a writing intensive course and
may be offered as such: SPAN 325, 418.
Minor
A minor in Spanish consists of at least 16
semester hours of courses numbered 221 or
above. Courses 1 1 1 and 1 12 may be counted
toward the minor, but then the minor must con-
sist of at least 20 semester hours of courses, 1 2
hours of which must be numbered 200 or above.
101-102
ELEMENTARY SPANISH
The aim of this sequence of courses is to
acquire the fundamentals of the language with
a view to using them. Regular practice in
speaking, understanding, and reading.
111-112
INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
This sequence of courses reviews and
develops the fundamentals of the language for
immediate use in speaking, understanding.
reading and writing with a view to building
confidence in self-expression. Prerequisite:
SPAN 102 or equivalent.
221-222
CONVERSATION, REVIEW,
AND COMPOSITION
Intensive discussion and writing on a variety
of subjects in conjunction with contemporary
readings. Includes in-depth grammar review.
Designed to provide greater breadth and fluency
in spoken and written Spanish. Prerequisite:
SPAN 112 or equivalent.
311
HISPANIC CULTURE
To introduce students to the Spanish-
speaking people — their values, customs and
institutions, with reference to the geographic
and historical forces governing present-day
Spain and Spanish America. Prerequisite: SPAN
222 or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
321
SPECIAL TOPICS OR AUTHORS
IN LITERATURE
Examination of significant cultural or literary
topics concerning the Spanish-speaking world.
Possible topics or genres include: Latin American
short stories; modem Spanish theatre; Latin
American women writers; Chicano literature.
Prerequisite: SPAN 222 or consent of the
instructor. Can be repeated once for credit.
323
SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE
AND CIVILIZATION
Designed to acquaint the student with impor-
tant periods of Spanish literature, representative
authors, and major socio-economic developments.
The course deals with the literature from the
Middle Ages to the present. Prerequisite: SPAN
222 or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
325
SURVEY OF SPANISH-AMERICAN
LITERATURE AND CIVILIZATION
Designed to acquaint the student with
important periods of Spanish-American litera-
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^m
LYCOMING COLLEGE
FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES • HISTORY
ture, representative authors, and major socio-
economic developments. The course deals
with the literature, especially the essay and
poetry, from the 16th century to the present.
Prerequisite: SPAN 222 or consent of
instructor. Alternate years.
418
ADVANCED LANGUAGE PRACTICE
Intensive practice for advanced students
who wish to improve further their spoken and
written Spanish. Includes work in oral
comprehension, pronunciation, oral and
written composition, and translation. Pre-
requisite: One SPAN course at the 300 's level
or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
424
SPANISH LITERATURE
OF THE GOLDEN AGE
A study of representative works and principal
literary figures in the poetry, prose, and drama
of the 16th and 17th centuries. Prerequisite:
SPAN 323 and 325, or consent of instructor.
426
MODERN HISPANIC LITERATURE
Readings of important works of drama,
poetry, and prose from the major periods of
the 19th and 20th century Spanish and Latin-
American literature. Prerequisite: SPAN 323
and 325, or consent of instructor.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Recent studies include literary, linguistic,
and cultural topics and themes such as urban
problems as reflected in the modem novel.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR DEPART-
MENTAL HONORS (See index)
HISTORY (HIST)
Professors: Larson, Piper
Associate Professor: Morris (Chairperson)
Visiting Assistant Professor: Witwer
A major consists of 1 courses, including HIST
110, 111, and 449. At least seven courses must
be taken in the department. The following
courses may be counted toward fulfilling the
major requirements: AMST200,PSCI221 and
439, REL 226 and 228. Other appropriate
courses outside the department may be counted
upon departmental approval. For history
majors who student teach in history, the major
consists of nine courses. In addition to the
courses listed below, special courses, indepen-
dent study, and honors are available. Special
courses recently taught and anticipated include
a biographical study of European Monarchs,
the European Left, the Industrialization and
Urbanization of Modem Europe, Utopian
Movements in America , the Peace Movement
in America, The Vietnam War, and American
Legal History. History majors are encouraged
to participate in the intemship program.
Students interested in teacher certification
should refer to the Department of Education
on page 90.
The following courses have been approved
to be offered as cultural diversity courses and
may be offered as such: HIST 120, 140, 230,
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
HISTORY
240. 3 1 0. Students must check semester class
schedules to determine which courses are
offered as "D" courses for that semester.
The following courses have been approved
to be offered as writing intensive courses and
may be offered as such: HIST 2 1 8, 230, 443,
449. Students must check semester class
schedules to determine which courses are
offered as "W" courses for that semester.
Minor
Three minors are offered by the Department
of History. The following courses are required
to complete a minor in American history: HIST
1 25, 1 26, and three courses in American history
numbered 200 and above (HIST 1 20 and/or 3 1
may be substituted.) A minor in European
history requires the completion of HIST 1 10,
1 1 1 and three courses in European history
numbered 200 and above. To obtain a minor in
History (without national or geographical
designation), a student must complete six
courses in history, of which three must be
chosen from HIST 1 10, 1 1 1, 125, and 126 and
three must be history courses numbered 200
and above.
110
EUROPE 1500-1815
An examination of the political, social,
cultural, and intellectual history of Europe and
its relations with other areas of the world from
1500 to 1815.
Ill
EUROPE 1815-PRESENT
An examination of the political, social,
cultural, and intellectual history of Europe and
its relations with other areas of the world from
1 8 1 5 to the present.
120
LATIN AMERICAN HISTORY
An examination of the native civilization, the
age of discovery and conquest, Spanish colonial
policy, the independence movements, and the
development of modem institutions and gov-
ernments in Latin America. Alternate years.
125
UNITED STATES HISTORY 1 60 1 - 1 877
A study of the men. measures, and movements
which have been significant in the development
of the United States between 1607 and 1 877.
Attention is paid to the problems of minority
groups as well as to majority and national
influences.
126
UNITED STATES HISTORY 1 877-PRESENT
A study of men, measures, and movements
which have been significant in the development
of the United States since 1877. Attention is paid
to the problems of minority groups as well as to
majority and national influences.
140
SURVEY OF ASIAN HISTORY
A comprehensive overview of Asian history
with emphasis on those Pacific Rim countries
which have greatest current impact on political
and economic development in the United
States. Alternate Years.
210
ANCIENT HISTORY
A study of the ancient western world, including
the foundations of the western tradition in
Greece, the emergence and expansion of the
Roman state, its experience as a republic, and
its transformation into the Empire. The course
will focus on the social and intellectual life of
Greece and Rome as well as political and
economic changes. Alternate years.
212
MEDIEVAL EUROPE AND ITS NEIGHBORS
The history of Europe from the dissolution of
the Roman Empire to the mid- 15th century. The
course will deal with the growing estrangement
of western Catholic Europe from Byzantium and
Islam, culminating in the Crusades; the rise of
the Islamic Empire and its later fragmentation;
the development and growth of feudalism; the
conflict of empire and papacy, and the rise of the
towns. Alternate years.
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^M
LYCOMING COLLEGE
HISTORY
216
FRENCH REVOLUTION AND NAPOLEON
An analysis of the political, social, and
intellectual background of the French Revolu-
tion, a survey of the course of revolutionary
development, and an estimate of the results of
the Napoleonic conquests and administration.
Prerequisite: HIST 1 10 or consent of instruc-
tor. Alternate years.
218
EUROPE IN THE ERA OF THE WORLD WARS
An intensive study of the political, eco-
nomic, social, and cultural history of Europe
from 1900-1945. Topics include the rise of
irrationalism, the origins of the First World
War, the Communist and Fascist Revolutions,
and the attempts to preserve peace before
1939. Prerequisite: HIST 11 1 or consent of
instructor. Alternate years.
219
CONTEMPORARY EUROPE
An intensive study of the political, economic,
social, and cultural history of Europe since 1945.
Topics include the post-war economic recovery
of Europe, the Sovietization of Eastern Europe,
the origins of the Cold War, decolonization,
and the flowering of the welfare state. Prereq-
uisite: HIST 111 or consent of instructor.
Ill
HISTORY OF WORLD WAR II
A comprehensive examination of World War
II, emphasizing the effects of ideological, eco-
nomic, and political forces on the formulation of
military strategy and the conduct of operation;
the nature and extent of the expansion of gov-
ernment powers; and the experience of war from
the perspective of ordinary civilians and milit-
ary alike. Does not count toward distribution.
116
COLONIAL AMERICA AND
THE REVOLUTIONARY ERA
The establishment of British settlements on
the American continent, their history as
colonies, the causes and events of the Ameri-
can Revolution, the critical period following
independence, and proposal and adoption of the
United States Constitution. Alternate years.
230
AFRO-AMERICAN HISTORY
A study of the experiences and participation
of Afro-Americans in the United States. The
course includes historical experiences such as
slavery, abolition, reconstruction, and urbaniza-
tion. It also raises the issue of the development
and growth of white racism, and the effect of this
racism on contemporary Afro-American social,
intellectual, and political life. Alternate years.
240
MODERN CHINA
This course will explore the social, political
and cultural changes in China since the early 19th
Century. Particular attention will be given to the
Communist Revolution and the developments in
China since Mao's death. Alternate years.
244
20TH CENTURY UNITED STATES
This course begins with the Progressive Era and
includes the political, economic, and social
developments in the 20th century. Emphasis will
be placed on the domestic and international
demands which have faced the United States in
the period following World War II.
247
ORGANIZED CRIME IN AMERICA
A history of organized crime in America from
the Gilded Age to the present. This course
explores the rise of organized crime and its ties
to the urban political machines as well as the
segregated vice districts of Nineteenth Century
America. Students study the rise of the Mafia in
the Twentieth Century along with other ethni-
cally based criminal groups. Much of the course
centers on the role that organized crime has
played in American society through such
activities as labor racketeering, organized
gambling, and smuggling. The course also
explores different law enforcement efforts
mounted against organized crime over time,
culminating with the most recent use of broad
conspiracy laws. Alternate years.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^m
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
HISTORY
310
WOMEN IN HISTORY
An examination of the social, political,
economic and intellectual experience of
women in the Western World from ancient
times to the present.
316
CONFLICT IN WESTERN CIVILIZATION
An in-depth study of the changing nature
of war and its relationship to the development
of Western Civilization since the end of the
Middle Ages. Particular emphasis will be
placed on the role of war in the development
of the modern nation state and the origins and
nature of total war. Alternate years.
320
DIPLOMATIC HISTORY
OF EUROPE SINCE 1789
A survey of the development of the European-
states system and the relations between the
European states since the beginning of the
French Revolution. Prerequisite: HIST 111 or
consent ofinstructor. Alternate years.
322
THE CRISIS OF LIBERALISM AND
NATIONALISM: EUROPE 1848-1870
An in-depth investigation of the crucial
"Middle Years" of 19th century Europe from
the revolutions of 1 848 through the unification
of Germany. The course centers on the
struggles for power within the major states of
Europe at this time, and how the vehicle of
nationalism was used to bring about one type
of solution. Alternate years.
328
AGE OF JEFFERSON AND JACKSON
The theme of the course is the emergence
of the political and social characteristics that
shaped modem America. The personalities of
Thomas Jefferson, John Marshall, John
Randolph, Aaron Bun, and Andrew Jackson
receive special attention. Special considera-
tion is given to the first and second party
systems, the decline in community cohesive-
ness, the westward movement, and the growing
importance of the family as a unit of social
organization. Alternate years.
332
CIVIL WAR AND RECONSTRUCTION
The problems and events leading to war, the
political and military history of the war, and the
bitter aftermath to the Compromise of 1 877.
340
20TH CENTURY UNITED STATES RELIGION
The study of historical and cultural develop-
ments in American society which relate to
religion or what is commonly called religion.
This involves consideration of the institutional
and intellectual development of several faith
groups as well as discussion of certain prob-
lems, such as the persistence of religious
bigotry and the changing modes of church-state
relationships. Alternate years.
416
HISTORY OF REFORMATION THOUGHT
A study of the ideas and systems of ideas
propounded prior to the Reformation, but which
are historically related to its inception, and of
the ideas and systems of ideas involved in the
formulation of the major Reformation Protestant
traditions, and in the Catholic Reformation.
Included are the ideas of the humanists of the
Reformation Era. Alternate years.
418
HISTORY OF RENAISSANCE THOUGHT
A study of the classical, humanist, and
scholastic elements involved in the develop-
ment of the Renaissance outlook on views and
values, both in Italy and in Northern Europe.
The various combinations of social and political
circumstances which constitute the historical
context of these intellectual developments will
be noted. Alternate years.
442
UNITED STATES SOCIAL AND
INTELLECTUAL HISTORY TO 1877
A study of the social and intellectual
experience of the United States from its colonial
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^M
LYCOMING COLLEGE
HISTORY • INSTITUTE FOR MANAGEMENT STUDIES AND MANAGEMENT SCHOLARS PROGRAM
antecedents through reconstruction. Among
the topics considered are Puritanism, Tran-
scendentalism, community Hfe and organiza-
tion, education, and social reform movements.
Prerequisites: Two courses from HIST 125,
126, 230: or consent of instructor.
443
UNITED STATES SOCIAL AND
INTELLECTUAL HISTORY SINCE 1877
A study of the social and intellectual
experience of the United States from recon-
struction to the present day. Among the topics
considered are social Darwinism, pragmatism,
community life and organization, education
and social reform movements. Prerequisite:
Two courses from HIST 125, 126, 230: or
consent of instructor.
449
HISTORICAL METHODS
This course focuses on the nature and
meaning of history. It will open to the student
different historical approaches and will
provide the opportunity to explore these
approaches in terms of particular topics and
periods. Majors are required to enroll in this
course in either their junior or senior year.
The course is open to other students who have
two courses in history or consent of instructor.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
Typically, history interns work for local
government agencies engaged in historical
projects or for the Lycoming County Histori-
cal Museum.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Recent topics include studies of the
immigration of American blacks, political
dissension in the Weimer republic, Indian
relations before the American Revolution, and
the history of Lycoming County.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
INSTITUTE FOR
MANAGEMENT
STUDIES (IMS) AND
MANAGEMENT
SCHOLARS
PROGRAM
Associate Professor: Madresehee (Director)
The purpose of the Institute for Management
Studies is to enhance the educational opportuni-
ties for students majoring or minoring in
accounting, business administration, or econom-
ics. It does this by offering an expanded intern-
ship program, special seminars on important
management topics, student involvement in
faculty research and professional projects,
executive development seminars, and a Manage-
ment Scholars program for academically
talented students (described below). In addition.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
INSTITUTE FOR MANAGEMENT STUDIES AND MANAGEMENT SCHOLARS PROGRAM
the IMS hosts guest speakers and conferences on
current management issues.
All students who have a declared major or
minor in accounting, business administration,
or economics and who are in good academic
standing are automatically members of the
IMS. However, the IMS Director may invite or
permit other students to join the IMS who do
not meet the first criterion, such as freshmen
who have not yet declared a major or minor.
210
MANAGEMENT SCHOLAR SEMINAR
Team-taught interdisciplinary seminar under
the direction of the IMS faculty. A different
interdisciplinary topic relevant to students in
all three IMS departments is offered at least
once a year. May be repeated for credit.
Completion of two semesters required by the
Management Scholars Program. One-quarter
unit of credit. Prerequisite: Membership in
the Management Scholars Program or
consent of IMS Director.
340
MANAGEMENT INTERNSHIP STUDY
A practicum in which students work as
interns for businesses, government agencies
and nonprofit organizations in the
Williamsport area and locations in Pennsylva-
nia, New Jersey, New York, Washington,
D.C., and other places. Reading, writing and
research assignments vary by the credit value
of the experience. Enrollments are limited to
the numbers of available placements. Most
internships are full-time paid positions,
although part-time and unpaid positions are
occasionally accepted. Four to eight semester
hours of credit. Prerequisite: Membership in
the Institute for Management Studies cmd
consent of the Director. May be repeated for
a maximum of 16 credits.
IMS Scholars Program
The IMS sponsors a Management Scholars
Program for academically talented students in
the three IMS departments. To join the
Management Scholars Program, a student must
satisfy the following criteria:
a) Have a declared major or minor in one
or more of the IMS departments.
However, the IMS Director may invite
or permit other students to join the
Management Scholars Program who
do not meet this criterion, such as
freshmen who have not yet declared a
major or minor.
b) Have an overall GPA of 3.00 or higher,
or exhibit strong academic potential if
the student is a first-semester freshman.
To graduate as a Management Scholar, a
student must meet the following criteria:
a) Successfully complete two semester-
hours of Management Scholar
Seminars.
b) Successfully complete a major or
minor in one of the three IMS
departments.
c) Graduate with a GPA of 3.00 or higher
in both overall college work, and
within an IMS major and/or minor.
d) Successfully complete an appropriate
internship, practicum or independent
study, or complete a special project
approved by the IMS Director.
At least one Management Scholar Seminar
is taught per academic year on an interdiscipli-
nary topic of relevance to students in all three
IMS departments. The seminars are normally
offered as one semester-hour courses and do
not result in overload charges for full-time
students.
Students who are currently Lycoming
College Scholars may also become
Management Scholars and participate in
both programs.
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
INTERNATIONAL
STUDIES (INST)
Professor: Larson (Coordinator)
The major is designed to integrate an
understanding of the changing social, poUtical,
and historical environment of Europe today
with study of Europe in its relations to the rest
of the world, particularly the United States. It
stresses the international relations of the North
Atlantic community and offers the student
opportunity to emphasize either European
studies or international relations. The
program provides multiple perspectives on the
cultural traits that shape popular attitudes and
institutions. Study of a single country is
included as a data-base for comparisons, and
study of its language as a basis for direct
communication with its people.
The program is intended to prepare a student
either for graduate study or for careers which
have an international component. International
obligations are increasingly assumed by gov-
ernment agencies and a wide range of business,
social, religious, and educational organizations.
Opportunities are found in the fields of journal-
ism, publishing, communications, trade, bank-
ing, advertising, management, and tourism. The
program also offers flexible career preparation
in a variety of essential skills, such as research,
data analysis, report writing, language skills,
and the awareness necessary for dealing with
people and institutions of another culture.
Preparation for related careers can be obtained
through the guided selection of courses outside
the major in the areas of business, economics,
foreign languages and literatures, government,
history, and international relations or through a
second major. Students should design their
programs in consultation with members of the
Committee on International Studies.
Students interested in teacher certification
should refer to the Department of Education
on page 90. By completing a major in the
foreign languages (five or more courses) and
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
the education program, students can be certified
to teach that language.
The International Studies program also
encourages participation in study abroad
programs such as programs at Westminster
College in Oxford, England, as well as the
Washington and United Nations semesters.
The following course has been approved to
be offered as a writing intensive course and
may be offered as such: INST 449. Students
must check semester class schedules to
determine which courses are offered as "W"
courses for that semester.
The major consists of 1 1 courses including
INST 449 plus the following:
International Relations Courses - Four or
two courses (if two, then four must be taken
from Area Courses). Courses within this
group are designed to provide a basic under-
standing of the international system and of
Europe's relations with the rest of the world.
PSCI 225 is required.
PSCI 225 International Relations
ECON 343 International Trade
HIST 320 European Diplomatic History
PSCI 439 American Foreign Policy
Area Courses - Four or two courses (if two,
then four must be taken from International
Relations Courses). Courses within this group
are designed to provide a basic understanding
of the European political, social, and eco-
nomic environment. HIST 1 1 1 and ECON
240 are required.
HIST 1 1 1 Europe 1 8 1 5-Present
ECON 240 Economic Geography
PSCI 22 1 Comparative Politics and
Geography
HIST 2 1 8 Europe in the Era of the
World Wars
HIST 219 Contemporary Europe
National Courses
Language - Two courses in one language.
FRN 22 1 , plus one course numbered 222
or above (except 228)
GERM 221, plus one course numbered 222
or above
SPAN 22 1 . plus one course numbered 222 or
above (except 311)
Country - One course. The student must
select, according to his or her language
preparation, one European country which will
serve as a social interest area throughout the
program. The country selected will serve as
the base for individual projects in the major
courses wherever possible.
France FRN 228 Modem France
Germany HIST N80 Topics in
German History
Spain SPAN 3 1 1 Hispanic Culture
Elective Course - One course which should
involve further study of some aspect of the
program. Appropriate courses are any area or
international relations courses not yet taken;
HIST 1 10, 3 16; PSCI 326, 438; related foreign
literature courses counting toward the fine arts
requirement and internships.
449
SENIOR SEMINAR
A one-semester seminar, taken in the
senior year, in which students and several
faculty members will pursue an integrative
topic in the field of international studies.
Students will work to some extent indepen-
dently. Guest speakers will be invited. The
seminar will be open to qualified persons
from outside the major and the College.
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
LITERATURE • MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES
LITERATURE (lit)
Associate Professor: Maples (Coordinator)
This major recognizes literature as a
distinct discipline beyond national boundaries
and combines the study of any two literatures
in the areas of English, French, German, and
Spanish. Students can thus explore two
literatures widely and intensively at the upper
levels of course offerings within each of the
respective departments while developing and
applying skills in foreign languages. The
major prepares students for graduate study in
either of the two literatures studied or in
comparative literature.
The major requires at least six literature
courses, equally divided between the two
literatures concerned. The six must be at the
advanced level as determined in consultation
with advisors (normally courses numbered
200 and above in English and 400 and above
in foreign languages). In general, two of
the advanced courses in each literature should
be period courses. The third course, taken
either as a regular course or an independent
study, may have as its subject another period,
a particular author, genre, or literary theme, or
some other unifying approach or idea.
Beyond these six, the major must include at
least two additional courses from among those
counting toward a major in the departments
involved. Any prerequisite courses in the
respective departments (for example: ENGL
106, FRN 221-222 or 228, GERM 221-222,
SPAN 221-222) should be taken during the
freshman year. Students should design their
programs in consultation with a faculty
member from each of the literatures con-
cerned. Programs for the major must be
approved by the departments involved.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
MATHEMATICAL
SCIENCES
Associate Professors: Haley, Sprechini
Assistant Professors: DeSilva,
Golshan (Chairperson), Peluso, Weida
Visiting Assistant Professor: Sutherland
Part-time Instructors: Abercrombie, Collins,
Davis
The Department of Mathematical Sciences
offers major and minor programs in
computer science and mathematics.
COMPUTER SCIENCE
(CPTR)
A major in computer science consists of 1 1
courses: MATH 116; either MATH 109 or 128;
eitherMATH 112, 129, or 130; CPTR 125,246,
247, 344, 445 , and three other computer science
courses numbered 220 or above including
approved internships, or MATH 338. Students
considering graduate work in computer science
should take both MATH 1 29 and 1 30. Recom-
mended extra-departmental courses: PHIL 225
and PS Y 3 37 . In addition to the regular courses
listed below, special courses are occasionally
available.
Students interested in computer science are
strongly recommended to take CPTR 1 25 and
I 1 998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES
ENGL 1 06 in the fall semester of their freshman
year so that they can take CPTR 246(W) in the
following spring semester.
The following courses have been approved
to be offered as writing intensive courses and
may be offered as such: CPTR 246, 344.
Students must check semester class schedules
to determine which courses are offered as
"W" courses for that semester.
Minor
A minor in computer science consists of
MATH 1 16, CPTR 125, 246, 247, and two
other computer science courses numbered 220
or above.
101
MICROCOMPUTER FILE MANAGEMENT
An introduction to a file-management
system, i.e. a database system that uses a
single file, in the MS-DOS environment.
One-half unit of credit. This course may not
be used to meet distribution requirements.
108
MATHEMATICAL PROBLEM-SOLVING
WITH MICROCOMPUTERS
An introduction to the use of microcom-
puter-based, integrated software in solving
problems from mathematics and related areas.
Included are uses of spreadsheet, database and
graphics functions to analyze, solve, and
display solutions to problems from the areas
of number theory, algebra, geometry, statis-
tics, and the mathematics of business and
finance. Emphasis is given to the processes
involved in mathematical modeling. Labora-
tory experience is included using current
software. Prerequisite: Credit for or exemp-
tion from MATH 1 00.
125
INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER SCIENCE
Introduction to programming utilizing a
block-structured high-level programming
language. Topics include algorithms, program
structure, and computer configuration.
Laboratory experience is included.
Prerequisite: Credit for or exemption from
MATH 100.
246
PRINCIPLES OF
ADVANCED PROGRAMMING
Principles of effective programming,
including structured programming, stepwise
refinement, assertion proving, style, debug-
ging, control structures, decision tables, finite
state machines, recursion, and encoding.
Utilities most recently used include SVS
Pascal, the UNIX operating system, C, and
Shell programming. Prerequisite: A grade of
C or better in CPTR 125.
247
DATA STRUCTURES
Representation of data and algorithms
associated with data structures. Topics
include representation of lists, trees, graphs
and strings, algorithms for searching and
sorting. Prerequisite: A grade of C or better
in CPTR 246 or consent of instructor.
Corequisite: MATH 116.
321
INTRODUCTION TO
NUMERICAL ANALYSIS
Topics from the theory of interpolation;
numerical approaches to approximation of roots
and functions, integration, systems of differen-
tial equations, linear systems, matrix inversion,
and the eigenvalue problem. Prerequisite:
CPTR 125 and MATH 129; MATH 130 strongly
recommended. Cross-listed as MATH 321.
344
MACHINE LANGUAGE
Principles of machine language program-
ming; computer organization and representa-
tion of numbers, strings, arrays, and list
structures at the machine level; interrupt
programming, relocatable code, linking load-
ers; interfacing with operating systems. Pre-
requisite: A grade ofC or better in CPTR 246;
CPTR 247 strongly recommended.
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES
345
INTRODUCTION TO
COMPUTER GRAPHICS
An introduction to graphics iiardware and
software with emphasis on the mathematics
necessary to represent, transform, and display
images of two- and three-dimensional objects.
Laboratory exercises will be designed to explore
the capabilities of the graphics system and to
test the students' understanding of the
principles discussed in class. Prerequisite:
CPTR 246 and either CPTR 247 or consent of
instructor; MATH 130 recommended. Alter-
nate years.
349
DATABASE SYSTEMS
External storage structures, hashed files,
indexed files; relational, network, and
hierarchical data models; relational algebra
and the relational calculus; design theory for
relational databases; query optimization;
concurrent operations; database protection.
Prerequisite: CPTR 247. Alternate years.
445
SYSTEMS PROGRAMMING
The emphasis in this course is on the
algorithms used in programming the various
parts of a computer system. These parts
include assemblers, loaders, editors, interrupt
processors, input/output schedulers, processor
and job schedulers, and memory managers.
Prerequisite: CPTR 247 and 344.
446
COMPILER CONSTRUCTION
The emphasis in this course is on the
construction of translators for programming
languages. Topics include lexical analysis,
block structure, grammars, parsing, program
representation, and run-time organization.
Prerequisite: CPTR 247. Alternate years.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
MATHEMATICS (MATH)
A major in mathematics consists of 10 unit
courses in the mathematical sciences and four
semesters of non-credit colloquia: CPTR 125,
MATH 128, 129, 130, 234, 238, 432, 434, and
two other mathematics courses numbered 220
or above, one of which may be replaced by
MATH 112, 1 16, or 214. Majors are required
to attend the colloquia during their junior and
senior years (MATH 339 and 449 respec-
tively). See the course description for further
information regarding the colloquium require-
ment. Students who are interested in pursuing
a career in actuarial science should consider
the actuarial mathematics major.
Students seeking secondary teacher certifi-
cation in mathematics are required to com-
plete MATH 330, 336, and one from 103, 214
or 332, and are advised to enroll in PHIL 217.
Also, all majors are advised to elect PHIL
225, 333 and PHYS 1 16, 225, 226. Other
courses required for certification are PSY 1 10,
138; EDUC 200, and EDUC 446, 447, 449.
In addition to the regular courses listed below,
special courses are occasionally available.
The following course has been approved to
be offered as a writing intensive course and
may be offered as such: MATH 234. Stu-
dents must check semester class schedules to
determine which courses are offered as "W"
courses for that semester.
Minor
A minor in mathematics consists of MATH
1 28, 1 29, 234, 238, and two additional courses
numbered 200 or above, one of which may be
replaced with MATH 130.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
e
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES
100
INDIVIDUALIZED LABORATORY
INSTRUCTION IN BASIC ALGEBRA
A self-paced study of arithmetic and
decimals, fractions, the real number line,
factoring, solutions to linear and quadratic
equations, graphs of linear and quadratic
functions, expressions with rational exponents,
algebraic functions, exponential functions, and
inequalities. This course is limited to students
placed therein by the Mathematics Depart-
ment. One-half unit of credit.
103
INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS
Topics include tabular and graphical
descriptive statistics, discrete and continuous
probability distributions. Central Limit
Theorem, one- and two-sample hypotheses
tests, analysis of variance, chisquared tests,
nonparametric tests, linear regression and
correlation. Other topics may include index
numbers, time series, sampling design, and
experimental design. Course also includes
some use of a microcomputer. Prerequisite:
Credit for or exemption from MATH 100.
106
COMBINATORICS
An introduction to the analysis of counting
problems. Topics include permutations,
combinations, binomial coefficients, inclu-
sion/exclusion principle, and partitions. The
nature of the subject allows questions to be
posed in everyday language while still
developing sophisticated mathematical
concepts. Prerequisite: Credit for or
exemption from MATH 100.
109
APPLIED ELEMENTARY CALCULUS
An intuitive approach to the calculus
concepts with applications to business,
biology, and social-science problems. Not
open to students who have completed MATH
128. Prerequisite: Credit for or exemption fron
MATH 100.
112
FINITE MATHEMATICS
FOR DECISION-MAKING
An introduction to some of the principal
mathematical models, not involving calculus,
which are used in business administration, social
sciences, and operations research. The course
will include both deterministic models such as
graphs, networks, linear programming and voting
models, and probabilistic models such as Markov
chains and games. Prerequisite: Credit for or
exemptionfrom MA TH 1 00.
116
DISCRETE MATHEMATICS
An introduction to discrete structures.
Topics include equivalence relations, partitions
and quotient sets, mathematical induction,
recursive functions, elementary logic, discrete
number systems, elementary combinatorial
theory, and general algebraic structures
emphasizing semi-groups, groups, lattices,
Boolean algebras, graphs, and trees. Prerequi-
site: CPTR 125 or consent of instructor.
127
PRECALCULUS MATHEMATICS
The study of polynomial, rational, exponen-
tial, logarithmic, and trigonometric functions,
their graphs and elementary properties. This
course is an intensive preparation for students
planning to take Calculus (MATH 1 28- 1 29),
those in the Scholars Program, or those whose
major specifically requires Precalculus. Pre-
requisite: Credit for or exemptionfrom
MATH 100.
128-129
CALCULUS WITH
ANALYTIC GEOMETRY I - II
Differentiation and integration of algebraic
and trigonometric functions, conic sections and
their applications, graphing plane curves,
applications to related rate and external prob-
lems, areas of plane regions, volumes of solids
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES
of revolution, and other applications; differen-
tiation and integration of transcendental
functions, parametric equations, polar coordi-
nates, infinite sequences and series, and series
expansions of functions. Prerequisite for 128:
Exemption from or a grade ofC or better in
MATH 127. Prerequisite for 129: exemption
from or a grade ofC or better in MATH 128.
130
INTRODUCTION TO MATRIX ALGEBRA
Systems of linear equations and matrix
arithmetic. Points and hyperplanes, infinite
dimensional geometries. Bases and linear
independence. Matrix representations of
linear mappings. The fixed point problem.
Special classes of matrices. Prerequisite:
MATH 127 or its equivalent.
205
MATHEMATICS IN
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
This course is intended for prospective
elementary school teachers and is required of
all those seeking elementary certification.
Topics include systems of numbers and
numeration, computational algorithms,
environmental and transformation geometry,
measurement, and mathematical concept
formation. Observation and participation in
Greater Williamsport elementary schools.
Prerequisite: PSY 338 and credit for or
exemption from MATH 100. Corequisite:
Any EDUC course numbered 341 or above
which is specifically required for elementary^
certification.
214
MULTIVARIABLE STATISTICS
The study of statistical techniques involv-
ing several variables. Topics include multiple
regression and correlation, one-and two-way
analysis of variance, analysis of covariance,
analysis of two- and three-way contingency
tables, and discriminant analysis. Other topics
may include cluster analysis, factor analysis
and canonical correlations, repeated measure
designs, time series analysis, and nonparamet-
ric methods. Course also includes extensive
use of a statistical package (currently BMDP).
Prerequisite: A grade ofC or better in MATH
103 or its equivalent, or MATH 332.
231
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
A study of ordinary differential equations
and linear systems. Solution techniques
include: reduction of order, undetermined
coefficients, variation of parameters, Laplace
transforms, power series, and eigenvalues and
eigenvectors. A brief discussion of numerical
methods may also be included. Prerequisite:
A grade ofC or better in MATH 129; MATH
130 recommended.
233
COMPLEX VARIABLES
Complex numbers, analytic functions,
complex integration, Cauchy's theorems and
their applications. Corequisite: MATH 238.
Alternate years.
234
FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS
Topics regularly included are the nature of
mathematical systems, essentials of logical
reasoning, and axiomatic foundations of set
theory. Other topics frequently included are
approaches to the concepts of infinity and
continuity, and the construction of the real
number system. The course serves as a bridge
from elementary calculus to advanced courses
in algebra and analysis. Prerequisite: A grade
ofC or better in MATH 129 or 130; both
courses recommended.
238
MULTIVARIABLE CALCULUS
Algebra, geometry, and calculus in
multidimensional Euclidean space; n-tuples,
matrices; lines, planes, curves, surfaces;
vector functions of a single variable, accelera-
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES
tion, curvature; functions for several variables,
gradient; line integrals, vector fields, multiple
integrals, change of variable, areas, volumes;
Green's theorem. Prerequisites: A grade of
C or better in MATH 129, and either MATH
130 or 231.
321
INTRODUCTION TO
NUMERICAL ANALYSIS
Topics from the theory of interpolation;
numerical approaches to approximating roots
and functions, integration, systems of differen-
tial equations, linear systems, matrix inver-
sion, and the eigenvalue problem. Prerequi-
site: CPTR 125 and MATH 129; MATH 130
strongly recommended. Cross-listed as
CPTR 321.
330
TOPICS IN GEOMETRY
An axiomatic treatment of Euclidean
geometry with an historical perspective.
Prerequisite: MATH 234. Alternate years.
332-333
MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS I-II
A study of probability, discrete and
continuous random variables, expected values
and moments, sampling, point estimation,
sampling distributions, interval estimation,
test of hypotheses, regression and linear
hypotheses, experimental design models.
Corequisite: MATH 238. Alternate years.
336
CONCEPTS OF MATHEMATICS
IN SECONDARY EDUCATION
A course designed for mathematics majors
who are planning to teach at the secondary
level. Emphasis will be placed on the mathe-
matics that form the foundation of secondary
mathematics. Ideas will be presented to
familiarize the student with the various
curriculum proposals, to provide for innova-
tion within the existing curriculum, and to
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
expand the boundaries of the existing
curriculum. Prerequisite: A grade ofC or
better in MATH 129; student must be junior or
senior mathematics major enrolled in the
secondary certification program.
338
OPERATIONS RESEARCH
Queuing theory, including simulations
techniques, optimization theory, including
linear programming, integer programming,
and dynamic programming; game theory,
including two-person zero-sum games, coopera-
tive games, and multiperson games. Prerequi-
site: MATH 1 12 or 130. Alternate years.
432
REAL ANALYSIS
An introduction to the rigorous analysis of
the concepts of real variable calculus in the
setting of normed spaces. Topics from:
topology of the Euclidean plane, complete-
ness, compactness, the Heine-Borel theorem;
functions on Euclidean space, continuity,
uniform continuity, differentiability; series
and convergence; Riemann integral. Pre-
requisite: MATH 238 and a grade of C or
better in MATH 234.
434
ABSTRACT ALGEBRA
An integrated approach to groups, rings,
fields, and vector spaces and functions which
preserve their structure. Prerequisite: MATH
130 and a grade ofC or better in MATH 234.
438
SEMINAR
Topics in modem mathematics of current
interest to the instructor. A different topic is
selected each semester. This semester is
designed to provide junior and senior mathe-
matics majors and other qualified students with
more than the usual opportunity for concen-
trated and cooperative inquiry. Prerequisite:
Consent of instructor. One-half unit of credit.
This course may be repeated for credit.
®
LYCOMING COLLEGE
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES • MILITARY SCIENCE
339 & 449
MATH COLLOQUIA
This non-credit but required course for
junior and senior mathematics and actuarial
mathematics majors offers students a chance
to hear presentations on topics related to. but
not directly covered in formal MATH courses.
Mathematics majors are required to attend
colloquia each semester of their junior (339)
and senior (449) years. Actuarial mathematics
majors are required to attend colloquia any
two semesters of their junior and senior years.
Mathematics majors must present two lectures,
one during the junior year and one during the
senior year. Actuarial mathematics majors
present one lecture during one of the semes-
ters in which they are enrolled. A letter grade
will be given in semesters in which the
student gives a presentation, otherwise the
grade will be P/F. Seniors are strongly
encouraged to give their presentations during
the fall semester. Mathematics majors
applying for the professional semester in
education are required to give their first
presentation before the eighth week of the fall
semester of their junior year, and the second
presentation before the eighth week of the fall
semester of their senior year. With Depart-
mental approval, mathematics majors will be
required to take three semesters of 339 or 449;
such approval is granted only in extraordinary
circumstances and will require the student to
give one presentation in each of the three
semesters. One hour per week.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
.^^
^ *>
m
M
1
III!
A^^A
Wk^.^ 1
■1 1
i
MILITARY
SCIENCE (MLsc)
The U.S. Army Reserve Officer Training
Corps (ROTC) program is offered to
Lycoming College students in cooperation
with Bucknell University. The introductory
courses are taught on Lycoming's campus and
the program provides transportation to
Bucknell University for the advanced courses.
Details of the ROTC program can be found on
page 41.
Oil
INTRODUCTION TO ROTC
The course is designed to acquaint the
student with the ROTC program and with the
Army as a potential employer after graduation.
Students will learn about the Army's history,
organization, equipment, and role in the
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
MILITARY SCIENCE
•
nation. Students will also learn some funda-
mental military skills, customs, and traditions.
No credit.
012
INDIVIDUAL MILITARY SKILLS
The course expands upon the skills learned
in the previous semester. Several classes will
be held at the rifle range to develop marks-
manship skills. There will also be training in
radio communication and first aid skills. No
credit.
021
LAND NAVIGATION
Students will learn how to use military
topographic maps and reference systems. The
course includes theory and practical exercises
in navigating using compass, map terrain
association. There will also be some instruc-
tion and practice in military writing and
briefing skills. No credit.
022
LEADERSHIP THEORY
The focus is on leading a small group of
individuals. The course examines the role of
the leader, military leadership concept,
personal character, decision-making, imple-
menting decisions, motivation and supervi-
sion. The course also includes instruction and
practice on conducting performance-oriented
training. No credit.
031
APPLIED LEADERSHIP
The student serves as a small unit leader in
the ROTC organization. Student leadership is
evaluated and developed. The student has
some responsibilities to care for and train
younger cadets. Instruction on small (infan-
try) unit tactics is used as a vehicle to provide
students a variety of leadership challenges.
No credit.
032
SMALL UNIT TACTICS
The course requires planning and practic-
ing tactical operations at small unit level.
Students continue to apply/develop leadership
skills in increasingly complex situations.
Topics include preparation of orders, offense,
defense, reconnaissance, patrolling, fire
support, and airmobile operations. No credit.
041
MENTORING AND MANAGING
The student serves as a cadet officer in the
ROTC organization and plans and organizes
several major training activities. Course work
includes delegating and con-trolling, setting
objectives, making leadership assessments,
counseling, supervising, and evaluating. No
credit.
042
PROFESSIONALISM AND ETHICS
The student serves in a different leadership
position and continues to develop and apply
the skills learned in the previous semester.
The course also examines military officership
as a profession and the ethical behavior
expected of an officer. The course also serves
to prepare the student for an initial assignment
as an Army lieutenant. No credit.
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
MUSIC
MUSIC (Mus)
Professor: Boerckel (Chairperson)
Associate Professor: Thayer
Assistant Professor: Janda
Part-time Instructors: Bailey, Burke,
Campbell, Comegys, Decker, Grube, Lakey,
Leidhecker, Mullen, Russell, Sarch, Stake
The student majoring in music is required
to take a balanced program of music theory,
history, applied music, and ensemble. A
minimum of eight courses (exclusive of all
ensemble, applied music and instrumental and
vocal methods courses) is required and must
include MUS 1 10, 11 1, 220, 221, 335, and
336. Each major must participate in an
ensemble (MUS 167, 168, and/or 169) and
take one hour of applied music per week for a
minimum of four semesters including the
entire period in which the individual is
registered as a music major (see MUS 160-
169). The major must include at least one-half
hour of piano in the applied program unless a
piano proficiency test is requested and passed.
Anyone declaring music as a second major
must do so by the beginning of the junior year.
Music majors seeking teacher certification in
music education (K- 1 2) must also take PS Y
1 1 and 1 38; EDUC 200, the pre-student
teaching participation, and the Professional
Semester; MUS 261-7, 333, 334, 340, 341,
446, and pass the piano proficiency examina-
tion. Students who wish to obtain certification
in music education should consult with the
department as soon as possible, preferably
before scheduling classes for the freshman year.
The Music Department recommends that
non-majors select courses from the following
list to meet distribution requirements: MUS
116, 117, 128, 135-8, 224, and 234. Applied
music and ensemble courses may also be used
to meet distribution requirements.
Student recitals offer opportunities to gain
experience in public performance. Music
majors and other students qualified in perfor-
mance may present formal recitals.
The following courses have been approved
to be offered as cultural diversity courses: MUS
116, 128, 234. Students must check semester
class schedules to determine which courses
are offered as "D" courses for that semester.
The following course has been approved to
be offered as a writing intensive course and
may be offered as such: MUS 336. Students
must check semester class schedules to
determine which courses are offered as "W"
courses for that semester.
110-111
MUSIC THEORY I AND II
A two-semester course, intended for students
who have some music-reading ability, which
examines the fundamental components and
theoretical concepts of music. Students develop
musicianship through application of applied
skills. Prerequisite to MUS 111: MUS 110.
116
INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC
A basic course in the materials and tech-
niques of music. Examples drawn from various
periods of western and non-western styles are
designed to enhance perception and apprecia-
tion through careful and informed listening.
117
SURVEY OF WESTERN MUSIC
A chronological survey of music in
Western civilization from Middle Ages to the
present. Composers and musical styles are
considered in the context of the broader
culture of each major era.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^A
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
MUSIC
•
128
AMERICAN MUSIC
An introductory survey of all types of Ameri-
can music from pre-Revolutionary days to the
present. Categories to be covered are folk music
of different origins, the development of show
music into Broadway musicals, serious concert
music for large and small ensembles, jazz, and
various popular musics from "Tin Pan Alley" to
Rock to New Wave. Alternate years.
135-136
INTRODUCTION TO DANCE I AND II
An introduction to the techniques of basic
movement and interpretation in ballet, jazz,
and modem dance. Classes include improvi-
sation and choreography. Prerequisite for
MUS 136: MUS 135 or consent of instructor.
One-half unit of credit each. Not open to
students who have received credit for THEA
135-136 or THEA 235-236.
137
HISTORY OF THE DANCE I
A survey of classical ballet from the Ballets de
cour of 1 7th century France to the present with
emphasis on the contributions of Petipa, Fokien,
Cecchetti,andBalanchine. One-half unit of
credit. Not open to students who have received
credit for THEA 137 or 138.
138
HISTORY OF THE DANCE II
A survey of the forms of dance, excluding
classical ballet, as independent works of art
and as they have reflected the history of
civilization from primitive times to the
present. Prerequisite: MUS 137 or consent of
instructor. One-half unit of credit. Not open
to students who have received credit for
THEA 137 or 138.
220-221
MUSIC THEORY III AND IV
A continuation of the integrated theory
course moving toward newer uses of music
materials. Prerequisite: MUS 111.
224
ELECTRONIC MUSIC I
A non-technical introduction to electronic
music and MIDI (Musical Instrument Digital
Interface) for the major and non-major alike.
The course traces the development of MIDI
from its origin to present-day digital synthesiz-
ers in combination with sequencing computers.
225
ELECTRONIC MUSIC II
Further consideration of recording tech-
niques. Use of microphones, multi-track
recording, mixing, special effects devices, and
synchronization will be introduced. Students
will take part in live recording of concerts and
rehearsals of a variety of ensembles. Student
projects will include complete recording
sessions and the production of electronic
music compositions utilizing classical studio
techniques and real-time networks. Prerequi-
site: MUS 224 or consent of instructor.
234
HISTORY OF JAZZ
A survey of jazz styles, composers, and
performers from 1890 to the present: origins,
ragtime, blues. New Orleans, Chicago, swing,
bebop, cool, funky, free jazz, third stream, and
contemporary.
235-236
INTERMEDIATE DANCE I AND II
Studies of the techniques of basic move-
ment and interpretation in ballet, jazz and
modem dance at the intermediate level.
Classes include improvisation and choreogra-
phy. Prerequisite for MUS 235: MUS 136 or
consent of instructor. Prerequisite for MUS
236: MUS 235 or consent of instructor. One-
half unit of credit each. Not open to students
who have received credit for THEA 135-136
or THEA 235-236.
330
COMPOSITION I
An introductory course for majors and non-
majors who wish to explore their composing
abilities. Guided individual projects in smaller
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^A
LYCOMING COLLEGE
MUSIC
instrumental and vocal forms, together with
identification and use of techniques employed
by the major composers of the 20th century.
Prerequisite: MUS 111 or consent of instructor.
333
CHORAL CONDUCTING
A study of choral conducting with frequent
opportunity for practical experience. Empha-
sis will be placed upon technical development,
rehearsal technique, and stylistic integrity.
Prerequisite: MUS 110-111 or consent of
instructor. Alternate years.
334
INSTRUMENTAL CONDUCTING
A study of instrumental conducting with an
emphasis on acquiring skills for self-analysis.
Topics include the physical skills and intellec-
tual preparation necessary for clear, expressive,
and informed conducting. Other areas such as
the development of rehearsal techniques and
improvement of aural skills will be addressed on
a continual basis. Prerequisite: MUS 110-111
or consent ofinstructor. Alternate years.
335
HISTORY OF WESTERN MUSIC I
The development of musical styles and
forms from Gregorian chant through Mozart,
including composers from the medieval.
Renaissance, baroque, and early classical eras.
336
HISTORY OF WESTERN MUSIC II
The development of musical styles and
forms from Beethoven to the present, includ-
ing composers from the late classical, roman-
tic, and modem eras.
339
ORCHESTRATION
A study of modem orchestral instmments
and examination of their use by the great
masters with practical problems in instmmen-
tation. The College Music Organizations
serve to make performance experience
possible. Prerequisite: MUS 110-111 or
consent of instructor. Alternate years.
340
TEACHING MUSIC IN THE
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
Methods and materials of teaching music in
the elementary school with emphasis on concep-
tual development through singing, moving,
listening, playing classroom instruments, and
creating music. Course work will include peer
teaching demonstrations, practical use of the
recorder and autoharp, as well as observation of
music classes in elementary schools in the
Greater Williamsport area. Alternate years.
341
TEACHING MUSIC IN SECONDARY
SCHOOLS
Methods and materials of teaching music in
the secondary schools with emphasis on the
development of concepts and skills for effective
instmction in all aspects of music learning. The
teaching of general music and music theory, as
well as the organizing and conducting of choral
and instmmental ensembles, will be examined.
Course work will include evaluation of
instmctional and performance materials,
practical use of the recorder and guitar in
middle school settings, as well as observation
of music classes in secondary schools in the
Greater Williamsport area. Alternate years.
440
COMPOSITION II
For students interested in intensive work
emphasizing the development of a personal
style of composing. Guided individual
projects in larger instrumental and vocal forms,
together with analysis of selected works from
the 20th century repertory. Pre-requisite: MUS
330 or consent of instructor.
445
SPECIAL TOPICS IN MUSIC
The intensive study of a selected area of
music literature, designed to develop research
techniques in music. The topic is announced at
the Spring pre-registration. Sample topics
include: Beethoven, Impressionism, Vienna
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
MUSIC
•
1900-1914. Prerequisite: M US 116, 1 17 or
221; or consent of instructor.
446
RECITAL
The preparation and presentation of a full-
length public recital, normally during the
student's senior year. MUS 446 may substi-
tute for one hour of applied music (MUS 160-
166). Prerequisite: Approval by the depart-
ment. May be repeated for credit.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
APPLIED MUSIC
AND ENSEMBLE
The study of performance in piano, harpsi-
chord, voice, organ, strings, guitar, brass,
woodwinds, and percussion is designed to
develop sound technique and a knowledge of
the appropriate literature for the instrument.
Student recitals offer opportunities to gain
experience in public performance.
Credit for applied music courses (private
lessons) and ensemble (choir, orchestra and
band) is earned on a fractional basis. One hour
lesson per week earns one hour credit. One half-
hour lesson per week earns one half-hour credit.
Ensemble credit totals one hour credit if the
student enrolls for one or two ensembles (for
more information, see course descriptions
below). When scheduling please note that an
applied course or ensemble should not be
substituted for an academic course, but should
be taken in addition to the normal four aca-
demic courses.
Extra fees apply for private lessons (MUS 1 60-
1 66) as follows: $ 1 75 per semester for a half-
hour lesson per week. $350 per semester for a
one hour lesson per week. Private lessons are
1 W8-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
given for 13 weeks. 160 Piano or Harpsichord,
161 Voice, 162 Strings or Guitar, 1630rgan, 164
Brass, 165 Woodwinds, 166 Percussion.
167
ORCHESTRAL ENSEMBLE
The Williamsport Symphony Orchestra
allows students with significant instrumental
experience to become members of this regional
ensemble. Participation in the W.S.O. is
contingent upon audition and the availability of
openings. Students are allowed a maximum of
one hour of Ensemble credit per semester. A
student who is enrolled in orchestra only should
register for MUS 167B (one hour credit). A
student may belong to two ensembles, choosing
either Choir or Concert Band as the second
group. Such a student will then register for MUS
1 67 A ( 1 /2 hour credit) plus either MUS 1 68 A
( 1/2 hour credit) or MUS 1 69A (1/2 hour credit).
168
CHORAL ENSEMBLE (CHOIR)
Participation in the College Choir is designed
to enable any student possessing at least average
talent an opportunity to study choral technique.
Emphasis is placed upon acquaintance with
choral literature, tone production, diction, and
phrasing. Students are allowed a maximum of
one hour of Ensemble credit per semester. A
student who is enrolled in Choir only should
register for MUS 168B (one hour credit). A
student may belong to two ensembles, choosing
either Orchestra or Concert Band as the second
group. Such a student will then register for MUS
168A (1/2 hourcredit) plus either MUS 167A(1/
2 hour credit) or MUS 169A( 1/2 hour credit). If a
student has auditioned and been selected for the
twenty- voice Chamber Choir (no credit
available), he/she should register for MUS 1 68C.
169
CONCERT BAND
The College Concert Band allows students
with some instrumental experience to become
acquainted with good band literature and develop
personal musicianship through partici-pation in
group instrumental activity. Students are allowed
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
MUSIC • NEAR EAST CULTURE AND ARCHAEOLOGY
;■*'"'
•'/' i-*-^^.
||r>
^^^^^
^^puT^tes
ii^
..-.M ..-i ■^....
'
a maximum of one hour of Ensemble credit per
semester. A student who is enrolled in Band
only should register for MUS 169B (one hour
credit). A student may belong to two en-
sembles, choosing either Orchestra or Choir as
the second group. Such a student will then
register for MUS 169 A (1/2 hour credit) plus
either MUS 167 A ( 1/2 hour credit) or MUS
168 A ( 1/2 hour credit). If a student has
auditioned and been selected for the wood-
wind or brass quintets (no credit available),
he/she should register for MUS 169C or 169D.
261-267
INSTRUMENTAL AND VOCAL METHODS
Instrumental and vocal methods classes are
designed to provide students seeking certifica-
tion in music education with a basic under-
standing of all standard band and orchestral
instruments as well as a familiarity with
fundamental techniques of singing.
MUS 261 Brass Methods (one hour credit)
MUS 262 Percussion Methods
(one hour credit)
MUS 263, 264 String Methods I and II
(one hour credit each)
MUS 265 Vocal Methods (one hour credit)
MUS 266, 267 Woodwind Methods I and II
(one hour credit each)
NEAR EAST
CULTURE AND
ARCHAEOLOGY
Professor: Guerra (Coordinator)
The Near East culture and archaeology
interdisciplinary major is designed to acquaint
students with the "cradle of Western civiliza-
tion," both in its ancient and modem aspects.
Majors will complete a minimum of eight to
ten courses related to the Near East.
Required courses are described in their
departmental sections and include:
1. Four courses in language and culture from:
REL 228 History and Culture of the
Ancient Near East
ART 222 History of Art
HIST 2 1 Ancient History
REL 1 13 Old Testament Faith and History
REL 224 Judaism and Islam
Two semesters of foreign language
HEBR 101-102, or GRK 101-102
2. Two courses in archaeology from:
REL 226, Biblical Archaeology, or
special archaeology courses, such as
independent studies or May or summer
terms in the Near East.
3 . Two courses in the cooperating departments
(art, history , political science, religion and
sociology-anthropology) or related depart-
ments. These two courses, usually taken in the
juniororsenioryears,canbeindependent
study. Topics shouldberelatedeitherto the
ancient orthemodemNearEastand must be
approved in advance by the committee
supervising the interdisciplinary program. The
study ofmodem Arabic or Hebrew is
encouraged.
Other courses may be suggested by the
supervisory committee within the hmits of a 10-
course major. The number of courses taken
within this program applicable toward fulfilling
the College distribution requirements will vary
according to the selection of courses.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
NURSING
NURSING (NURS)
Professor: Pagana
Associate Professor: Parrish (Chairperson),
Assistant Professor: Ficca
Instructors: Anderer, Lauver, Slotleski-Krum
Visiting Instructors: Hartung, Ingram, Painter,
Part-time Instructors: Hepburn-Smith, Hoy,
Maloney, Sawyer, Terry-Manchester
Students wishing to major in nursing will be
admitted to the College under the usual admis-
sion procedures. Freshmen are required to
satisfactorily complete ENGL 106 or 107, BIO
110-111 and PSY 110. In addition, to be
considered for continuation in nursing, a
minimum GPA of 2.50 is required at completion
of the freshman year, and any student who did
not successfully complete high school chemis-
try must satisfactorily complete one semester
of college chemistry. A declaration of major
form should be submitted to the Department of
Nursing by April 30 of the Freshman year.
Major in Nursing
The major in nursing consists of: NURS
120, 121, 200. 221, 324, 330, 331, 332, 333,
337, 338, 339, 340, 424; 432 and 433, or 435;
438, 439, 440, 441, and 442. Statistics also is
required. Courses are ordered and must be
taken in sequence. In addition, the following
are prerequisites for specific nursing courses:
BIO 1 10, 1 1 1. 323, 328; PSY 1 10. NURS 339
and 340 are taken the May Term between the
junior and senior years.
The following courses have been approved
to be offered as writing intensive courses and
may be offered as such: NURS 221 and 435.
Students must check semester class schedules
to determine which courses are offered as
"W" courses for that semester.
Second Degree Students
The Department of Nursing offers a unique
opportunity for individuals who have already
earned a baccalaureate degree in another
discipline to complete the requirements for a
B.S.N, in 18 months. Students interested in
pursuing this FasTrack program must complete
the liberal arts and general science requirements
prior to beginning this 18 month clinical track.
Applications are accepted throughout the
academic year with clinical nursing courses
beginning in Summer Session I. Individual-
ized advisement is available on an ongoing
basis through the Department of Nursing.
Registered Nurses
The Department of Nursing offers an
alternative curriculum for registered nurses
within the existing B.S.N, program. The goals
of this alternative curriculum are to provide
registered nurses with the opportunity to earn
an educationally sound B.S.N, degree while
completing the degree requirements in as short
a time period as possible, and to meet the
unique needs of registered nurses. NURS 302
is open only to registered nurses and is
required as part of the alternative curriculum.
The Department of Nursing supports the
Pennsylvania Articulation Model which
promotes the practice of providing educational
programs for nurses from state approved and
National League for Nursing accredited
schools which facilitates progression into the
next educational program without unnecessary
repetition. Validation testing (ACT PEP
exams, Mosby Assess Test, or NLN Mobility
Exams) will be required for ( 1 ) individuals
who graduated from any nursing program
more than 10 years prior to application, (2)
individuals who graduated more than 3 years
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
NURSING
prior to application and who have not worked
at least 1000 hours in the preceding 3 years,
or (3) individuals who graduated from non-
NLN accredited nursing programs.
RNs from an NLN accredited program who
graduated within 3 years of matriculating into
the B.S.N, program and RNs who graduated
from an NLN accredited program more than 3
but not more than 10 years before matriculat-
ing into the B.S.N, program and who have
worked for at least 1000 hours within the last
three years will receive transfer credit for
NURS 200 (1 credit), 221 (3 credits), 330,
331, 332, 333, 337, 338, 340, and 440 upon
successful completion of NURS 441, Compre-
hensive Nursing Care.
To obtain the B.S.N., all RNs will be
required to successfully complete NURS 302,
339, 424; 432 and 433. or 435; 438, 439, 441,
and 442. In addition, RNs will be required to
take any 4 science courses chosen from
CHEM 108 or higher, BIO 1 10 or higher,
PHYS 225 or higher, or other courses ap-
proved by the Department of Nursing upon
evaluation of a student's transcript.
Additional information for registered
nurses seeking the B.S.N is available from the
Department of Nursing. Individual advising is
offered to all registered nurses.
School Nurse Certification
The Department of Nursing, in collaboration
with the Department of Education, offers an
additional curriculum for the Registered Nurse
with a B.S.N, (or a Lycoming College nursing
student) who wishes to be certified as a school
nurse. The goal of this program is to provide
the RN with a B.S.N, an opportunity for career
mobility. Courses required for completion of
the certification program consist of EDUC
200, an approved education-related elective,
PSY 138, and NURS 422, 423, 424, 430, and
43 1 . In addition, the following are prerequisites
for specific courses: PSY 1 10 and 117.
Additional information for registered
nurses seeking School Nurse Certification is
available from the Department of Nursing.
Individualized advising is offered to all prospec-
tive School Nurse Candidates.
Clinical Learning Resources
In addition to the College's modem, well-
equipped Nursing Skills Lab complete with
Critical Care Unit and interactive video technol-
ogy, opportunity for self-learning is provided in
the adjacent Learning Center which is equipped
with electronic study carrels and audio-visual
materials.
A wide variety of health-care agencies in the
surrounding area is utilized for clinical experi-
ences. Cooperating hospitals and agencies
include: Susquehanna Health Services, Evangeli-
cal Hospital, Geisinger Medical Center, Leader
Nursing Home and Rehabilitation Center,
Danville State Hospital, Pennsylvania Depart-
ment of Health, Regional Home Health Ser-
vices, Rose View Manor, and The Williamsport
Home.
Expenses of the Nursing Program
Students are responsible for their own tran-
sportation to assigned clinical areas. The student
of nursing assumes all financial obligations
listed in the section on fees in this bulletin
including a $50 lab fee for each of the clinical
nursing courses (NURS 200, 221, 330, 331,
332, 333, 340, 438, 439, 440, and 441). Addi-
tional expenses include uniforms, name pin,
watch with second hand, bandage scissors,
stethoscope, blood pressure cuff, annual health
examinations, and standardized achievement tests.
Students must also maintain annual Health
Provider CPR certification as offered by the
American Heart Association or American Red
Cross.
Policies Specific to Nursing
In addition to the Lycoming College continu-
ance policies, the following policies are specific
to all declared majors in the Department of
Nursing:
1 . A grade of C- or better is required in all
clinical nursing courses to continue in the
nursing program. These courses are NURS
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
NURSING
200, 221, 330, 331, 332, 333, 340, 438,
439, 440, and 44 1 . Students who earn a
grade of less than 70 percent or 1 .67 in
either the theoretical or clinical component
of a nursing course will be required to
repeat both components of the course
before being permitted to continue in the
nursing sequence. Students who do not
satisfy this requirement in the second
attempt will be dismissed from the nursing
program.
2. Policies regarding absence from classes or
from the clinical portion of nursing
courses are determined by the instructor(s)
responsible for the course. No absence
from the clinical portion of the course will
be excused other than for illness or family
emergency. In individual cases, students
may make an^angements with instructors to
be excused for extracurricular activities.
Excessive absence for any reason will
necessitate repeating the entire course.
Nursing Scholars Program
The Nursing Scholars Program is a
departmental honors program designed to
recognize and support continued development
of the academically talented student. Students
who are invited to membership in this
program participate in special nursing
seminars, have internships and/or independent
study experiences and give formal presenta-
tions during the senior year.
To be invited to become a Nursing
Scholar, a student must have:
a. Declared a major in nursing.
b. Participated in three activities sponsored
by the Center for Nursing Excellence
(CNE).
c. Demonstrated academic excellence with
an overall GPA of 3.25 or higher.
d. Demonstrated those qualities most
conducive to a positive and contributing
member of the nursing profession
including professional commitment and
community service.
To graduate as a Nursing Scholar,
the student must :
a. Complete an approved internship,
practicum and/or independent study or
honors project;
b. Maintain an overall GPA of 3.25 and a
nursing GPA of 3.25.
c. Continue to participate in CNE
sponsored activities.
d. Continue to develop those attributes
necessary for professional success,
including a commitment to the profession
and community service.
Students with a major in nursing and who ar
currently Lycoming College Scholars may
become Nursing Scholars and participate in bot
programs.
Center for Nursing Excellence
The Center for Nursing Excellence (CNE)
provides educational opportunities for Lycomin
College students as well as health care profes-
sionals in the greater Williamsport community.
The CNE offers professional education in the
form of courses-for-credit and non-credit
continuing education (CE) courses.
All students who have a declared major in
nursing or who are designated prenursing are
encouraged to participate in career and profes-
sional development seminars offered by faculty
from the Department of Nursing. In addition, a
limited number of internships are available to
qualified applicants. Additional information is
available through the Center for Nursing
Excellence.
101
TOPICS IN HEALTH
Exploration of health-related topics designee
for the prenursing or first-year nursing student
and non-majors. Topics vary. May be repeated
for credit. No prerequisites. 1/2 unit of credit.
May not be used to satisfy major requirements.
120
NURSING SEMINAR I
Designed for the pre-nursing student. Focus
is on career opportunities available to nurses.
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^M
LYCOMING COLLEGE
NURSING
roles and responsibilities of nurses, educa-
tional requirements, and history of nursing.
Emphasis is also placed on survival skills for
college and for the nursing major. The grade
will be P/F. Non-credit course. One hour per
week. This course is required of all pre-
nursing students.
Ill
NURSING SEMINAR II
Continuation of Nursing Seminar I. Focus
is on the development of professional writing
skills pertinent to nursing, professional
behaviors, and portfolio development. The
grade will be P/F. Non-credit course. One
hour per week. This course is required of all
pre-nursing students.
200
HEALTH PROMOTION AND WELLNESS
ACROSS THE LIFESPAN
Primary focus on wellness which includes
normal growth and development, health
promotion and essentials of normal nutrition.
Introductory therapeutic communication and
teaching/learning skills are explored. Appli-
cation of theory to individuals, families and
communities occurs during clinical experi-
ences in the community setting. One hour of
lecture and 3 1/2 hours of clinical lab. 1/2
unit of credit. Prerequitisites: BIO 1 10, 11 1
and GPA of 2.50 or higher at the completion
of the Freshman year. Corequisite: BIO 323
or 338.
Ill
FOUNDATIONS OF
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE
Introduction of major theoretical elements
underlying professional practice. Focus on
common health problems and basic rehabilita-
tion principles while recognizing the multi-
directional influence of the individual, family
and environment. The student will utilize the
nursing process in assisting clients to attain a
maximum level of functioning. Two hours of
lecture and seven hours of clinical laboratory.
1 unit of credit. Prerequisites: BIO 110, 111;
Prerequisite or Corequisite: BIO 323 or 338.
Open to nursing majors only.
302
PERSPECTIVES ON
PROFESSIONAL NURSING
This course introduces the student to the
historical and political development of the
profession of nursing. The foundations of
professional nursing practice are discussed
with a critical view on nursing theory,
professionalism in nursing, and career
development. Meets 2 hours weekly for 1/2
unit of credit. Open to RNs only.
324
HEALTH ASSESSMENT
Identification and demonstration of basic
physical assessment skills. Emphasis placed
on assessment findings across the life span.
Focus on normal findings with attention on
development of skill and confidence in
performing physical assessments. Meets two
hours weekly for 1/2 unit. Corequisite:
NURS 330, 332, or consent of instructor.
Open to non-majors by consent of instructor.
330-331
NURSING CARE OF
THE DEVELOPING FAMILY
Examination of health and nursing needs of
beginning and developing families. Initial
emphasis on nursing needs of mothers and
infants within the family unit as well as the
common health problems of children through
adolescence. Subsequent emphasis on nursing
needs of children and mothers with health
problems of acute and long term nature, the
influence of illness on the family. Three
hours of lecture, 7 hours clinical laboratory.
1 1/4 units each. Prerequisite for NURS 330:
NURS 221; Corequisite s: NURS 324, 332,
and 337. Prerequisite for NURS 331 : NURS
324, 330, 332, and 337; Corequisites:
NURS 333, 338, and 424.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
NURSING
332-333
NURSING CARE OF THE ADULT
Identification of adult health care needs and
implementation of nursing activities based on
an understanding of growth and development,
pathophysiology, communication skills, inter-
personal dynamics, and psychosocial interven-
tions. Three hours of lecture, 7 hours clinical
laboratory'. J 1/4 units each. Prerequisite for
NURS 332: NURS 221, Corequisites: NURS
324, 330, and 337. Prerequisites for NURS
333: NURS 330, 332, and 337. Corequisites:
NURS 331, 338, and 424.
337-338
BASIC CONCEPTS OF PHARMACOLOGY
AND THERAPEUTICS I and II
Fundamentals of pharmacology and
therapeutics are presented for the various
classes of drugs. Relationships of pharmaco-
logical mechanisms to the affected biochemi-
cal and physiological processes. Interactions
and toxicological aspects of drug therapy are
reviewed. Two hours of lecture for 1/2 unit of
credit each. Corequisites for NURS 337: NURS
324, 330, and 332, or consent of instructor.
Corequisites for NURS 338: NURS 331, 333,
and 424, or consent of instructor. Open to non-
nursing majors with appropriate science back-
ground, corequisites waived for non-majors.
339
PATHOPHYSIOLOGY
The study of physiologic mechanisms
altered by illness, injury or disease processes
in humans. Fundamental disease processes,
specific illnesses, and their effects on human
homeostasis will be discussed. The links
between pathophysiology, diagnosis, and
therapeutic interventions will be emphasized.
One-half unit of credit. Prerequisites: NURS
331, 333, 338, or consent of instructor. Open
to non-majors by consent of instructor.
340
CLINICAL PRACTICUM
Focus is on the integration of concepts
from pathophysiology, application of knowl-
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
edge while caring for clients with complex
health problems in a variety of nursing
settings. Students will enhance current
skill level and organization of care. 96 hours
of clinical laboratory. One-half unit of credit.
Prerequisites: NURS 331, 333, 338.
Corequisite: NURS 339
All
HEALTH EDUCATION
Examination of learning theories appropriate
to all age groups. Discussion of the concepts
and techniques necessary for assessment, plan-
ning, implementation, and evaluation of the
teaching/learning process. Emphasis will be
placed on self care. Two hour lecture for 1/2
unit of credit. Required for school nurse
candidates. Prerequisite: Senior standing or
consent of instructor.
423
HEALTH EDUCATION CLINICAL
Clinical practice includes teaching experience
in the public school system. This practice
results in a culmination of the theoretical con-
tent contained in NURS 422. Five hour clinical
laboratory for 1/2 unit ofcedit. Required for
School Nurse Candidates. Prerequisites:
Senior standing or consent of instructor.
424
ADVANCED HEALTH ASSESSMENT
Identification and demonstration of
advanced assessment techniques with an
emphasis on abnormal findings. Learning
experiences are provided to develop a
systematic approach to physical assessment.
Throughout the course, emphasis is placed on
the correlation of assessment findings and
major health deviations. Meets nvo hours
weekly for 1/2 unit of credit. Corequisites:
NURS 331 and 333, or consent of instructor.
425
ADVANCED HEALTH ASSESSMENT
CLINICAL LABORATORY
A clinical laboratory that allows additional
practice for the student enrolled in NURS 424.
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
NURSING
Five hours clinical laboratory for 1/2 unit of
credit. Prerequisite: Senior standing or
consent of instructor.
431
SCHOOL NURSE PRACTICUM
Essentials of school health, school nursing,
and health promotion. These concepts serve as
a basis for the development of an understand-
ing of the role of the school with the opportu-
nity to function in the role of the school nurse.
It is a course built on the culmination of know-
ledge obtained in previous nursing courses
and nursing experiences. 2J0 hours clinical
and seminar. Prerequisite: OPEN TO SCHOOL
NURSE CANDIDATES who have met all
other requirements for certification and have
obtained departmental approval. Must have a
valid Pennsylvania RN license.
432
NURSING RESEARCH I
Introduction to the theory and process of
research with emphasis on critical analysis of
research and the development of a research
proposal. Two hours of lecture for 1/2 unit of
credit. Prerequisites: Statistics, successful
completion ofNURS 331 and 333, or consent
of instructor. Not open to students who have
completed NURS 435. Open to non-nursing
majors.
433
NURSING RESEARCH II
Implementation of the research process.
Proposals submitted in NURS 432 will
provide the basis for data collection, analysis
and reporting of research findings. Continued
development of critical analysis skills. Two
hours of lecture for 1/2 unit of credit. Prereq-
uisite: NURS 432 or consent of instructor.
Not open to students who have completed
NURS 435. Open to non-nursing majors with
consent of instructor.
435
RESEARCH IN NURSING
Expansion of theoretical basis of research
methodology with emphasis on analyzing,
criticizing, and interpreting nursing research.
Development and implementation of a research
proposal focusing on a nursing problem. Four
hours of lecture. 1 unit. Prerequisites: statis-
tics, NURS 331 and 333, or consent of instruc-
tor. Open to non-nursing majors.
438
HIGH ACUITY NURSING
Combines conceptual foundations and clinical
decision making regarding the care of high
acuity patients. Designed to bridge the gap
between core medical surgical content and
more advanced critical care concepts. Three
hours of lecture and 3.5 hours of clinical lab.
1 unit of credit. Prerequisite: NURS
339 or consent of instructor.
439
NURSING CARE IN THE COMMUNITY
Overview of the role of the community
health nurse in a variety of community and
mental health venues. Discussion of the
history and future of community health nursing
including attributes of practice. Health and
wellness promotion; health teaching; economic
political, legal and ethical influences; environ-
mental issues; epidemiology; communicable
disease and vulnerable populations (including
the psychiatric or mental health client) will be
addressed. Focus is on the application and
integration of health and wellness concepts.
Three hours lecture and 7 hours clinical
laboratory. 1 1/4 units. Prerequisites: NURS
440, 438, or consent of instructor.
440
NURSING CARE OF THE EMOTIONALLY
TROUBLED INDIVIDUAL AND FAMILY
Examination of disturbed human relation-
ships with focus on intrapsychic, interpersonal,
and physiologic etiology. Emphasis on ad-
vanced therapeutic nurse-patient relationships
within the context of family, community, and
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
PHILOSOPHY
•
health care systems. Three hours of lecture and
7 hours clinical laboratory. 1 unit. Prerequi-
sites: NURS331, 333, 339, and 340.
441
COMPREHENSIVE NURSING CARE
Culminating nursing course with focus on
leadership and management issues in health
care. Seminars provide opportunities for
students to share commonalities and unique
aspects of professional practice. A concen-
trated clinical practicum will provide students
the opportunity to integrate practice skills and
course concepts. Three hours of lecture and
128 hours of clinical laboratory. 1 1/4 units.
Prerequisites: NURS 438 and 440.
442
PROFESSIONAL ISSUES
An analysis of nursing issues in the context
of the historical background of the profession,
the social forces which influence nursing, and
nursing's impact upon society. Two-hour
seminar. 1/2 unit of credit. Prerequisite:
Senior standing or consent of instructor.
443
TOPICS IN NURSING
Selected topic courses in nursing designed
to permit students to pursue subjects which,
because of their specialized nature, may not be
offered on a regular basis. 1/2 unit of credit.
May be repeated for credit with departmental
permission Prerequisite: Senior standing or
consent of instructor.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY IN NURSING
An opportunity to develop and implement
an individual plan of study under faculty
guidance.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDIES FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
PHILOSOPHY (PHIL)
Professors: Griffith, Whelan
Assistant Professor: Herring (Chairperson)
The study of philosophy develops a critical
understanding of the basic concepts and
presuppositions around which we organize our
thought in morality, law, religion, science,
education, the arts and other human endeavors.
A major in philosophy, together with other
appropriate courses, can provide an excellent
preparation for policy-making positions of
many kinds, for graduate study in several
fields, and for careers in education, law, and
the ministry. The major in philosophy consists
of eight courses including PHIL 223. 224,
440, and at least four other courses numbered
225 or above. PHIL 340 can be counted
toward the major only once.
Students interested in teacher certification
should refer to the Department of Education
on page 90.
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^A
LYCOMING COLLEGE
PHILOSOPHY
The following courses have been approved to
be offered as writing intensive courses and
may be offered as such: PHIL 2 1 6, 2 1 8, 2 19,
301, 332, 333, 334, 335, 449. Students must
check semester class schedules to determine
which courses are offered as "W" courses for
that semester.
Minors
The Philosophy Department offers three
minors. (1) A minor in philosophy consists of
any four philosophy courses numbered 220 or
above; or any five philosophy courses, three
of which must be numbered 220 or above.
(2) A minor in philosophy and science
consists of four courses from PHIL 223, 225,
333, 340 and independent studies. (3) A
minor in philosophy and law consists of four
courses from PHIL 224, 225, 334, 335, 337,
340 and independent studies. Since topics in
PHIL 340 and independent studies vary, these
courses may count toward a minor only if they
are approved by the department.
105
PRINCIPLES OF CRITICAL THINKING
An introduction to the elements of critical
thinking centered on developing the skills
necessary to recognize, describe, and evaluate
arguments. Not open to students who have
completed two courses in philosophy.
114
PHILOSOPHY AND PERSONAL CHOICE
An introductory philosophical examination
of a number of contemporary moral issues
which call for personal decision. Topics often
investigated include: the "good" life, obliga-
tion to others, sexual ethics, abortion, suicide
and death, violence and pacifism, obedience to
the law, the relevance of personal beliefs to
morality. Discussion centers on some of the
suggestions philosophers have made about
how to make such decisions. Not open to
students who have completed two courses in
philosophy.
115 ,
PHILOSOPHY AND PUBLIC POLICY |
An introductory philosophical examination
of the moral and conceptual dimensions of
various contemporary public issues, such as
the relation of ethics to politics and the law,
the enforcement of morals, the problems of
fair distribution of goods and opportunities,
the legitimacy of restricting the use of natural
resources, and the application of ethics to
business practice. Discussion centers on some
of the suggestions philosophers have made
about how to deal with these issues. Not open
to students who have completed two courses
in philosophy.
215
PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES
IN COMMUNICATION
An introduction to the foundations of
communication. Theories of truth and meaning
will be illustrated by means of practical
examples, with special attention given to the
issue of objectivity and bias in communication.
216
PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES IN BUSINESS
An introductory philosophical examination
of a variety of moral problems that arise
concerning the American business system.
Included are a systematic consideration of
typical moral problems faced by individuals
and an examination of common moral
criticisms of the business system itself.
217
PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES
IN EDUCATION
An examination of the basic concepts
involved in thought about education, and a
consideration of the various methods for
justifying educational proposals. Typical of
the issues discussed are: Are education and
indoctrination different? What is a liberal
education? Are education and schooling
compatible? What do we need to learn?
Alternate years.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
PHILOSOPHY
218
PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES
IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE
An introductory examination of various
philosophical issues and concepts which are of
special importance in legal contexts. Discus-
sion includes both general topics, such as the
justification of punishment, and more specific
topics, such as the insanity defense and the
rights of the accused. Readings are arranged
topically and include both classical and
contemporary sources.
219
PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES
IN HEALTH CARE
An investigation of some of the philosophi-
cal issues which arise in therapy and in health
research and planning. Topics typically
include euthanasia, confidentiality, informed
consent, behavior control, experimentation on
humans and animals, abortion, genetic
engineering, population control, and distribu-
tion of health care resources.
220
CENTRAL PROBLEMS IN PHILOSOPHY
A study of several central philosophical
problems, such as the problem of free will and
determinism, the relationship between the mind
and the body, the nature and limits of human
knowledge, arguments about the existence of
God, and the problem of personal identity.
223
HISTORY OF SCIENCE
AND METAPHYSICS
An historical survey of the attempt to
understand the physical universe. Particular
attention is paid to common origins of
philosophy and science in the works of the
ancient Greek philosophers, to the question of
how scientific and philosophical thinking
differs from mythological and technological
thinking, to the rationalism-empiricism
dispute in science and metaphysics, and to the
interaction between philosophy and science in
formulating fundamental questions about the
physical universe and in developing and
criticizing concepts designed to answer them.
Alternate years.
224
HISTORY OF SOCIAL AND
POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY
An historical survey of the most important
social and political philosophers from Socrates
to Marx. Special attention is paid to the
relationship between ethics and politics as
seen by Plato and Aristotle and to the social
contract theories of Hobbes, Locke, and
Rousseau. Alternate years.
225
SYMBOLIC LOGIC
A study of modem symbolic logic and its
application to the analysis of arguments.
Included are truth-functional relations, the
logic of propositional functions, and deductive
systems. Attention is also given to
various topics in the philosophy of logic.
Alternate years.
301
ANCIENT GREEK PHILOSOPHY
A critical examination of the ancient Greek
philosophers, with particular emphasis on
Plato and Aristotle. Prerequisite: Two
courses in philosophy or consent of instructor.
332
PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
A philosophical examination of religion.
Included are such topics as the nature of
religious discourse, arguments for and against
the existence of God, and the relation between
religion and science. Readings from classical
and contemporary sources. Prerequisite:
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
PHILOSOPHY
Students without previous study in philosophy
must have consent of instructor. Alternate
years.
333
PHILOSOPHY OF NATURAL SCIENCE
A consideration of philosophically impor-
tant conceptual problems arising from
reflection about natural science, including
such topics as the nature of scientific laws and
theories, the character of explanation, the
importance of prediction, the existence of
"non-observable" theoretical entities such as
electrons and genes, the problem of justifying
induction, and various puzzles associated with
probability. Prerequisite: Students without
previous study in philosophy must have
consent of instructor. Alternate years.
334
CONTEMPORARY POLITICAL
PHILOSOPHY
A close reading of four or five definitive
works of contemporary political philosophy,
beginning with A Theory of Justice by John
Rawls. Prerequisite: Students without
previous study in philosophy must have
consent of instructor. Alternate years.
335
ETHICAL THEORY
An inquiry concerning the grounds which
distinguish morally right from morally wrong
actions. Central to the course is critical
consideration of the proposals and the
rationales of relativists, egoists, utilitarians,
and other ethical theorists. Various topics in
metaethics are also included. Prerequisite:
Students without previous study in philosophy
must have consent of instructor.
336
CONTEMPORARY MORAL PHILOSOPHY
A close reading of four or five centrally
important works of contemporary moral
philosophy. Prerequisite: Students without
previous study in philosophy must have
consent of instructor. Alternate years.
337
PHILOSOPHY OF LAW
An introduction to the philosophy of law
using both classical and contemporary
sources. General theories concerning the
nature of law, as well as philosophical issues
which arise primarily within a legal context,
will be discussed. Prerequisite: Students
without previous study in philosophy must
have consent of instructor. Alternate years.
340
SPECIAL TOPICS
Study of selected philosophical problems,
texts, writers, or movements. Recent topics
include ethical obligations to animals, lying
and lawbreaking, environmental ethics,
research on human subjects, and artificial
intelligence. With consent of the instructor,
this course may be repeated for credit.
440
PHILOSOPHICAL RESEARCH
AND WRITING
In-depth instruction in both the independent
and the cooperative aspects of philosophical
research and writing. Each student will
undertake an approved research project and
will produce a substantial philosophical paper.
Open only to, and required of senior philoso-
phy majors.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
PHYSICS • PHYSICAL EDUCATION
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Recent independent studies in philosophy
include Nietzsche, moral education, Rawls'
theory of justice, existentialism, euthanasia,
Plato's ethics, and philosophical aesthetics.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
PHYSICS
(See Astronomy/Physics)
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
PHYSICAL
EDUCATION
Instructor: Holmes (Chairperson)
ATHLETIC TRAINING
INTERNSHIP (AT)
Lycoming College established an apprentice-
ship program in 1979 after recognizing two cond-
itions: the importance of the care and preven-
tion of athletic injuries by trained professionals,
and the career's promising growth potential.
To complete the internship students are
required to take the four courses below as well
as BIO 213 and 214 and one nutrition course.
Students also are required to undergo practical
work under the supervision of Lycoming's
certified athletic trainer. Students are officially
accepted into the Internship program after
successful completion of the first year of
practical work and AT 1 10.
Students who finish the Internship program
become eligible to participate in the National
Athletic Trainers Association (N.A.T.A.) Cert-
ification examination to earn the status of an
N.A.T.A. certified trainer. This Internship program
also allows the passing students to qualify for
the State examination to become Class B athletic
trainers under Pennsylvania Act 63 P.S.S 1310.1.
Students interested in this program should
contact the Physical Education Department.
Athletic training classes do not count toward
fulfilling graduation requirements except as the
physical education requirements of two courses.
110
BASIC ATHLETIC TRAINING
Covers the basics in prevention, evaluation,
treatment, and rehabilitation of athletic injuries.
Two lectures, one lab per week. Three credit
hours. Prerequisite: CPR certification and
Basic First Aid certification.
215
ANALYSIS OF HUMAN MOVEMENT
Basic concepts of Kinesiology, the study of
human movement, and Biomechanics, the study
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
•
of mechanical aspects of human movement.
Three lectures per week, project. Three credit
hours. Prerequisite: BIO 213 and 214.
310
ADVANCED ATHLETIC TRAINING
A more in-depth course in injury evalu-
ation, rehabilitation, and therapeutic modali-
ties. Three lectures per week. Three credit
hours. Prerequisite: AT 110.
410
EXERCISE PHYSIOLOGY
The study of the effects of exercise on the
human body. Two lectures and one lab per
week. Three credit hours. Prerequisite:
consent of instructor. Alternate years.
PHYSICAL ACTIVITIES,
WELLNESS, AND COMMUNITY
SERVICE
This program is designed to promote
students' physical welfare, health awareness,
and encourage a sense of civic responsibility.
Students must successfully complete any
combination of two semesters of course work
selected from the following:
1 . Designated Physical Activities courses
2. Designated varsity athletics
3. Designated wellness courses
4. Designated community service projects.
PHYSICAL ACTIVITY
COURSES (PHED)
102
PHYSICAL EDUCATION ACTIVITIES
This topics course satisfies one-half
semester of physical education. Coeduca-
tional classes meet twice a week with basic
instruction in fundamentals, knowledge, and
appreciation of various sports. Emphasis is on
the potential use of activities as recreational
and leisure time interests.
105
PHYSICAL EDUCATION ACTIVITIES
This topics course satisfies one semester of
physical education. Coeducational classes
meet twice a week with basic instruction in fund-
amentals, knowledge, and appreciation of various
sports. Emphasis is on the potential use of
activities as recreational and leisure time interests.
110-120
VARSITY ATHLETICS
Students who compete on a varsity sports
team may register for a semester of Physical
Activity during the semester listed. A full
season must be completed to satisfy the
Physical Activity requirement. It is the
student's responsibility to withdraw from the
course should they not complete the season.
110 -BASKETBALL
111 -CROSS COUNTRY
112 - FOOTBALL
113 - GOLF
114 - SOCCER
115 - SOFTBALL
116 -SWIMMING
117 -TENNIS
118 - TRACK
119- VOLLEYBALL
120 - WRESTLING
121 - LACROSSE
WELLNESS (WELL)
102
TOPICS IN WELLNESS
This topics course satisfies one -half semester
of wellness study. Wellness courses meet two
hours per week covering various topics that may
include Stress Management, Preventing Commu-
nicable Diseases, Personal Health and Wellness,
and other current health issues. These courses
promote student wellness during their stay at
Lycoming as well as their post graduate years.
This course may be repeated with the same
topics only with departmental consent.
105
TOPICS IN WELLNESS
This topics course satisfies one semester of
wellness study. Wellness courses meet two hours
per week covering various topics that may
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
POLITICAL SCIENCE
include Stress Management, Preventing
Communicable Diseases, Personal Health and
Wellness, and other current health issues.
These courses promote student wellness
during their stay at Lycoming as well as their
post graduate years. This course may be
repeated with the same topics only with
departmental consent.
106
FIRST AID/CPR
This course satisfies one semester of
wellness study. This course will prepare
students to recognize emergencies and make
appropriate decisions for first aid care. Also
included are an emphasis on safety and
assessment of personal habits to reduce risk of
injury and illness. American Red Cross First
Aid and CPR certifications are earned upon
successful completion of the course.
COMMUNITY SERVICE (COMS)
These courses require 2-3 hours per week
in a combination of seminars and agency
placement.
105
COMMUNITY SERVICE I
This course satisfies one semester of
community sennce. An experiential learning
opportunity accomplished in conjunction with
local agencies or college departments. The
outcome of such service will promote stu-
dents' personal and social development as well
as civic responsibility. Students must pre-
registerfor this course. May not he repeated.
106
COMMUNITY SERVICE II
This course satisfies one semester of
community service. Students may elect to
enroll in a second semester of community
service to satisfy the graduation requirement.
This will require the student to be engaged in
a somewhat more sophisticated level of
learning and service. Students must preregis-
terfor this course. Prerequisite: COMS 105.
POLITICAL
SCIENCE (psci)
Professors: Giglio, Roskin (Chairperson)
Visiting Professor of Legal Studies: Raup
Part-time Instructor: Wolf
The major is designed to provide a systematic
understanding of government and politics at the
international, national, state, and local levels.
Majors are encouraged to develop their skills to
make independent, objective analyses which
can be applied to the broad spectrum of the
social sciences.
Although the political science major is not
designed as a vocational major, students with
such training may go directly into government
service, journalism, teaching, or private admin-
istrative agencies. A political science major can
provide the base for the study of law, or for
graduate studies leading to administrative work
in federal, state, or local governments, interna-
tional organizations, or college teaching.
Students seeking certification to teach secon-
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^M
LYCOMING COLLEGE
POLITICAL SCIENCE
dary school social studies may major in political
science but should consult their advisors and the
education department.
A major consists of eight political science
courses, including PSCI 106. Prospective
majors are encouraged to take this course their
freshman year. An exemption will be granted
only if it strengthens the student's program. In
addition to 106, students must satisfactorily
complete two courses in area A, one course in
area B and two courses in area C. Students
must pass PSCI 400, Political Analysis,
normally taken in their senior year.
Students interested in teacher certification
should refer to the Department of Education on
page 90.
The following courses have been approved
to be offered as cultural diversity courses: PSCI
220, 326, 340. Students must check semester
class schedules to determine which courses are
offered as "D" courses for that semester.
The following courses have been approved to
be offered as writing intensive courses and may
be offered as such: PSCI 223. 244, 334, 400.
Students must check semester class schedules to
determine which courses are offered as "W"
courses for that semester.
Minors
For non-majors, the department offers three
minors: a minor in Political Science consists of
any four courses numbered 200 or above from
areas A to C; a minor in World Politics consists
of four courses selected from area C; and a minor
in Legal Studies consists of four courses in area
B. Students are encouraged to consult with
department members on the selection of a minor.
106
INTRODUCTION TO POLITICS
An introductory course in political science
that asks how and why people form political
communities, what holds them together, and
how political systems may either improve or
damage themselves. Includes comparison of
the U.S. with other countries and discussion of
current political and pubhc-policy issues.
210
COMMUNICATION AND SOCIETY
Reviews and critiques the impact of the
mass media on American society. Consider-
ation of how the media form attitudes,
nominate and elect candidates, cover news,
and monitor governmental activities as well as
possible remedies to media-related problems.
400
POLITICAL ANALYSIS
A capstone course required for majors in
Political Science normally taken in their
senior year. Students will integrate their
knowledge of political phenomena and deepen
their methodological sophistication by
applying several analytical approaches to a
series of case studies. Open to non-majors
with pennission of instructor.
A. American Politics
110
GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS
IN THE UNITED STATES
An introduction to American national
government which emphasizes both structural-
functional analysis and policy-making processes.
In addition to the legislative, executive, and
judicial branches of government, attention will
be given to political parties and interest groups,
elections and voting behavior, and constitu-
tional rights. Recommended to all social
science-education candidates and to those
students who have had inadequate or insuffi-
cient preparation in American government.
Ill
STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT
An examination of the general principles,
major problems, and political processes of the
states and their subdivisions, together with
their role in a federal type of government.
223
PRESIDENCY AND CONGRESS
The constitutional roles, campaign styles, and
interactions of the U.S. presidency and
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
POLITICAL SCIENCE
•
congress. Special attention is given presi-
dents, senators, and congresspersons who
substantially contribute to the democratic
process. Alternate years.
244
THE POLITICAL FILM
The great and enduring political questions
presented in fiction movies, for classroom
discussion and papers. Course draws from a
library of cinema classics on videotape to
probe political an-angements, power relation-
ships, and the legal process. Alternate years.
333
BUREAUCRACY AND PUBLIC
ADMINISTRATION
The business of making government work
at the administrative level. The organizational
structure, relevant laws and court cases, and
legislative oversight of federal, state, and local
public bureaucracy. Alternate years.
347
WOMEN AND POLITICS
The historical, philosophical, and practical
context and conduct of women in a variety of
political roles. This course considers both
elective and nonelective activities, and includes
analyses of women' s issues currently on
legislative and court agendas. Alternate years.
448
PUBLIC OPINION AND POLLING
A course dealing with the general topic
and methodology of polling. Content includes
exploration of the processes by which
people's political opinions are formed, the
manipulation of public opinion through the
uses of propaganda, and the American
response to politics and political issues.
Alternative years.
B. Legal Studies
331
CIVIL RIGHTS AND LIBERTIES
What are our rights and liberties as
Americans? What should they be? A frank
discussion of the nature and scope of the
constitutional guarantees. First Amendment
rights, the rights of criminal suspects and
defendants, racial and sexual equality, and
equal protection of the laws. Students will
read and brief the more important Supreme
Court decisions. Prerequisite: junior or
senior standing, or consent of instructor.
332
COURTS AND THE CRIMINAL
JUSTICE SYSTEM
The course consists of two components:
criminal law and criminal procedure. Crimi-
nal procedure carefully explores constitutional
law and procedural rules which dominate
court handling of criminal cases. Criminal
law explores concepts relating to criminal
responsibility and the establishment of
selected offenses. Emphasis is placed on "hot
button" issues in the field: balancing protec-
tion of fundamental freedoms against society's
need to solve an prevent crime; plea negotia-
tions; the politicizing of the criminal justice
system; mandatory sentencing schemes;
management challenges to fast handling of
criminal cases; the changing line between
juvenile and adult criminal court; wisdom of
using criminal punishment in an attempt to
control some forms of behavior. There will be
two field trips to court proceedings. Prerequi-
site: junior or senior standing, or consent of
instructor.
334
LEGAL RESEARCH AND WRITING
Students learn to perform legal research
with realistic problems in civil and criminal
cases drawing upon statutory, constitutional,
regulatory, procedural and common law.
They will write briefs and memoranda based
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
POLITICAL SCIENCE
upon the research in the form expected of
legal interns and paralegal personnel. Some
classes may be held at the Lycoming County
Courthouse law library. Alternate years.
Prerequisite: junior or senior standing.
335
LAW AND SOCIETY
An examination of the nature, sources,
functions, and limits of law as an instrument
of political and social control. Included for
discussion are legal problems pertaining to the
family, crime, deviant behavior, poverty, and
minority groups. Prerequisite: junior or
senior standing, or consent of instructor.
341
THE JUVENILE COURT
This course will examine the history of the
juvenile court: typical law enforcement
handling of juvenile offenses; the trends in
youth crime; the wave of state laws that are
making juvenile court function more like adult
criminal court; the strategies and weaknesses,
the successes and failures of juvenile court in
the 1990s. Includes field trip to juvenile
court. Alternate years.
436
MASS MEDIA LAW AND REGULATION
An examination of the legal structure and
the system by which mass communication is
controlled in this society. The forces which
shape, influence, and make policy will be
considered. Prerequisite: junior or senior
standing, or consent of instructor.
C. World Politics
221
COMPARATIVE POLITICS
AND GEOGRAPHY
The politics and geography of nations in
Europe, Asia, the Middle East, Africa, And
South American in a search for comparisons
and patterns. Includes history, institutions,
cultures, borders, regions, and map exercises.
225
INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS
The basic factors and concepts of interna-
tional relations, such as international systems,
national interest and security, wars, decolon-
ization, nationalism, economic development,
trade blocs, and international law and
organizations.
243
THE VIETNAM WAR
The background and context of the war, how
the United States got involved, the military
lessons, and the war's impact on U.S. society,
politics, and economy. Alternate years.
326
POLITICAL CULTURES
An exploration of the "people" aspects of
political life in several countries. The way
people interact with each other and with
government, what they expect from the
system, how they acquire their political
attitudes and styles, and how these contribute
to the type of government. Alternate years.
340
EAST EUROPEAN POLITICS
A review of the geographical, historical,
and political factors effecting East Europe,
how the region broke out of the Soviet sphere,
and its chances for developing a stable
democracy and market economy. Includes
Balkan security problems such as the breakup
of Yugoslavia and ongoing boundary and
ethnic quarrels. Alternate years.
439
AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY
The U.S. role in the world in geographic,
strategic, historical, and ideological perspec-
tives, plus an examination of the domestic
forces shaping U.S. policy. Alternate years.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
PSYCHOLOGY
•
D. Special Programs
470-479
INTERNSHIPS (See index)
Students may receive academic credit for
serving as interns in structured learning situations
with a wide variety of public and private
agencies and organizations. Students have
served as interns with the Public Defender' s
Office, the Lycoming County Court Adminis-
trator, and the Williamsport City government.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Current studies relate to elections — local,
state, and federal — while past studies have
included Soviet and world politics.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
PSYCHOLOGY (psy)
Associate Professors: Berthold, Ryan
Assistant Professors: Hakala,
01 sen (Chairperson),
Visiting Instructor: Cimini
The major provides training in both theoreti-
cal and applied psychology. It is designed to
meet the needs of students seeking careers in
psychology or other natural or social sciences.
It also meets the needs of students seeking a
better understanding of human behavior as a
means of furthering individual and career
goals in other areas. Psychology majors and
others are urged to discuss course selections in
psychology with members of the department
to help insure appropriate course selection.
A major consists of 32 semester hours in
psychology, including PSY 1 10, 431, 432, and
436. Statistics also is required.
Students interested in teacher certification
should refer to the Department of Education
on page 90.
The following course has been approved to
be offered as a cultural diversity course: PSY
341. Students must check semester class
schedules to determine which courses are
offered as "D" courses for that semester.
The following courses have been approved
to be offered as writing intensive courses and
may be offered as such: PSY 225, 43 1, 432.
Students must check semester class schedules
to determine which courses are offered as
"W" courses for that semester.
Minor
A minor in psychology consists of 20
semester hours in psychology including PSY
110 and four other psychology courses (diree
of which must be numbered 200 or above)
which must be approved by the department.
101
TOPICS
Exploration of a specific basic or applied
topic in psychology. Different topics will be
LYCOMING COLLEGE
PSYCHOLOGY
explored different semesters. Potential topics
include the psychology of disasters, applied
behavioral psychology, and organizational
psychology. The course is open to elementary
and advanced undergraduates. No Prerequi-
sites. One-half unit of credit. May be repeat-
ed once for credit with departmental permis-
sion. May not be used to satisfy distribution
or major requirements.
110
INTRODUCTORY PSYCHOLOGY
An introduction to the empirical study of
human and other animal behavior. Areas
considered may include: learning, personality,
social, physiological, sensory, cognition, and
developmental.
112
GROUP PROCESSES AND
INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION
An introduction to research and theories on
small group formation, structure, and perfor-
mance. Topics include group communication,
conformity, leadership, conflict, and decision-
making. Emphasis will be placed upon applying
principles of group dynamics to different types
of groups. Prerequisite: PSY 1 10 or consent of
instructor. May term only.
116
ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY
An introduction to the patterns of deviant
behavior with emphasis on cause, function, and
treatment. The various models for the concept-
ualization of abnormal behavior are critically
examined. Prerequisite: PSY 1 10.
117
DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY
A study of the basic principles of human
growth and development throughout the life
span. Prerequisite: PSY 110.
118
ADOLESCENT PSYCHOLOGY
The study areas will include theories of
adolescence; current issues raised by as well
as about the "generation of youth"; research
findings bearing on theories and issues of
growth beyond childhood, and self-explora-
tion. Prerequisite: PSY 110.
138
EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
An introduction to the empirical study of
the teaching-learning process. Areas consid-
ered may include educational objectives, pupil
and teacher characteristics, concept learning,
problem-solving and creativity, attitudes and
values, motivation, retention and transfer,
evaluation and measurement. Prerequisite:
PSY 110 or consent of instructor.
THE PSYCHOLOGY OF
CLOSE RELATIONSHIPS
This course will review current theory and
research on love. The progress of close,
interpersonal relationships from initiation to
termination will be discussed. In addition, the
relation between love and sex will be ex-
plored, and current research on sexuality
reviewed. Prerequisite: PSY 110.
225
INDUSTRIAL AND
ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
The application of the principles and
methods of psychology to selected industrial
and organizational situations. Prerequisite:
PSY 1 10 or consent of instructor.
237
COGNITION
An in-depth examination of the field of human
cognition. Topics include perception,
attention, short and long term memory,
reading comprehension, problem solving and
decision making. Emphasis will be placed on
understanding the scientific nature of the
discipline. Prerequisite: PSY 110.
239
BEHAVIOR MODIFICATION
A detailed examination of the applied
analysis of behavior. Focus will be on the
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
PSYCHOLOGY
•
application of experimental method to the
individual clinical case. The course will cover
targeting behavior, base-rating, intervention
strategies, and outcome evaluation. Learning-
based modification techniques such as contin-
gency management, counter-conditioning,
extinction, discrimination training, aversive
conditioning, and negative practice will be
examined. Prerequisite: PSY 1 10 or consent
of instructor.
240
PSYCHOLOGY OF ADULT
PERSONAL ADJUSTMENT
A study of psychological theories and
research on coping with normal developmental
changes and common problems of adult-hood.
Focus will be upon adult transitions, stress
management, intimate relationships, sexuality,
parenting skills, and work adjustment. Prereq-
uisite: PSY 110.
324
SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
The scientific exploration of interpersonal
communication and behavior. Topics include
attitudes and attitude change, attraction and
communication, social perception and social
influence, prosocial and antisocial behavior
and group processes. Prerequisite: PSY 110.
333
PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY
An introduction to the physiological
psychologist's method of approach to the
understanding of behavior as well as the set of
principles that relate the function and organiza-
tion of the nervous system to the phenomena
of behavior. Prerequisite: PSY 110 or
consent of instructor.
334
PRINCIPLES OF MEASUREMENT
Psychometric methods and theory, including
scale transformation, norms, standardization,
validation procedures, and estimation of
reliability. Prerequisites: PSY 1 10 and
statistics.
341
PSYCHOLOGY OF WOMEN
A review of contemporary theory and
research on the psychology of gender differ-
ences. Special topics include sex differences in
achievement, power, and communication; sex-
role stereotypes; beliefs about masculinity and
femininity; and gender influences on mental
health. Prerequisite: PSY 1 10.
410
DYSFUNCTIONAL FAMILIES AND CHILD
DEVELOPMENT
This course will explore the relations
between a variety of types of family dysfunc-
tions and child development and psychopathol-
ogy. Specifically, topics in child abuse,
neglect, sexual abuse, and children from violent
homes, alcoholic homes, and homes with
mentally ill parents will be studied. The course
will focus on empirical literature about dys-
functional families and child development,
biographical and political perspectives.
Prerequisite: PSY 116 and 117, or consent of
instructor.
431
EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY
A study of the scientific method, experimen-
tal design and the application of statistics to
psychology. Emphasis will be placed on
understanding the place of research in the field
of psychology. Prerequisites: PSY J 10 and
statistics.
432
SENSATION AND PERCEPTION
The examination of psychophysical method-
ology and basic neurophysiological methods as
they are applied to the understanding of sensor
processes. Prerequisites: PSY ] 10 and
statistics.
436
PERSONALITY THEORY
A review of the major theories of personal-
ity development and personality functioning.
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
PSYCHOLOGY • RELIGION
In addition to covering the details of each
theory, the impUcations and appUcations of
each theory are considered. This course is best
taken by Psychology majors in the senior year,
because it integrates material from diverse
areas of psychology. Prerequisite: PSYllO.
448-449
PRACTICUM IN PSYCHOLOGY
An off-campus experience in a community
setting offering psychological services,
supplemented with classroom instruction and
discussion. PSY 448 covers the basic
counseling skills, while PSY 449 covers the
major theoretical approaches to counseling.
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
Internships give students an opportunity to
relate on-campus academic experiences to
society in general and to their post-baccalaure-
ate objectives in particular. Students have, for
example, worked in prisons, public and
private schools, county government, and for
the American Red Cross.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Independent study is an opportunity for
students to pursue special interests in areas for
which courses are not offered. In addition,
students have an opportunity to study a topic
in more depth than is possible in the
regular classroom situation. Studies in the
past have included child abuse, counseling of
hospital patients, and research in the psychol-
ogy of natural disasters.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
Honors in psychology requires original
contributions to the literature of psychology
through independent study. The most recent
honors project was a study of the effect of
self-esteem on attitude-behavior consistency.
RELIGION (RED
Professors: Guerra, Hughes
Associate Professor: Van Voorst (Chairperson)
A major consists of 10 courses, including
REL 1 13, 1 14, and 120. At least seven
courses must be taken in the department. The
following courses may be counted toward
fulfilling the major requirements: GRK 221
and 222, HEBR 221 and 222, HIST 340 and
416, PHIL 332, and SOC 333.
The following courses have been approved
to be offered as cultural diversity courses:
REL 1 10, 224, 225, 226, 228. Students must
check semester class schedules to determine
which courses are offered as "D" courses for
that semester.
The following courses have been approved
to be offered as writing intensive courses and
may be offered as such: REL 230, 331, 337.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
RELIGION
Students must check semester class schedules
to determine which courses are offered as
"W" courses for that semester.
Minors
A minor in religion consists of one course
from REL 110, 1 13 or 114 and four religion
courses numbered 200 or above.
An interdisciplinary minor in Biblical
Languages requires the completion of GRK
221, 222 and HEBR 221 and 222.
110
INTRODUCTION TO RELIGION
Designed for the beginning student, this
course examines what it means to be religious.
Some of the issues are the definition of
religion, the meaning of symbolism, concepts
of God, ecstatic phenomena. Specific
attention will be devoted to the current
problem of cults and religious liberty.
113
OLD TESTAMENT FAITH AND HISTORY
A critical examination of the literature
within its historical setting and in the light of
archaeological findings to show the faith and
religious life of the Hebrew-Jewish commu-
nity in the Biblical period, and an introduction
to the history of interpretation with an
emphasis on contemporary Old Testament
criticism and theology.
114
NEW TESTAMENT FAITH
AND HISTORY
A critical examination of the literature
within its historical setting to show the faith
and religious life of the Christian community
in the Biblical period, and an introduction to
the history of interpretation with an emphasis
on contemporary New Testament criticism
and theology.
119
RELIGION AND POPULAR CULTURE
An examination of the interaction of religion
and culture in an historical perspective
followed by a direct analysis of the ethical and
religious issues raised by contemporary
American popular culture. Readings include
artistic and social-scientific as well as ethical
and religious approaches to popular culture.
120
DEATH AND DYING
A study of death from personal, social and
universal standpoints with emphasis upon what
the dying may teach the living. Principal issues
are the stages of dying, bereavement, suicide,
funeral conduct, and the religious doctrines of
death and immortality. Course includes, as
optional, practical projects with terminal
patients under professional supervision. Only
one course from the combination of REL 120
and 121 may be used for distribution.
121
AFTER DEATH AND DYING
An examination of the question of life after
death in terms of contemporary clinical
studies, the New Testament resurrection
narratives, the Asian doctrine of reincarnation,
and the classical theological beliefs of
providence and predestination. REL 120 is
recommended but not required. Only one
course from the combination of REL 120 and
121 may be used for distribution.
222
PROTESTANTISM IN THE
MODERN WORLD
An examination of Protestant thought and
life from Luther to the present against the
backdrop of a culture rapidly changing from
the 17th century scientific revolution to
Marxism, Darwinism, and depth psychology.
Special attention will be paid to the constant
interaction between Protestantism and the
world in which it finds itself.
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
RELIGION
•
223
THE BACKGROUNDS OF CHRISTIANITY
A study of the historical, cuhural, and rel-
igious background of the formation of
Christianity and the antecedents of Christian
belief and practice in post-exilic Judaism and
in Hellenism.
224
JUDAISM AND ISLAM
An examination of the rise, growth, and
expansion of Judaism and Islam with special
attention given to the theological contents of
the literatures of these religions as far as they
are normative in matters of faith, practice, and
organization. Also, a review of their contribu-
tions to the spiritual heritage of mankind.
225
ORIENTAL RELIGION
A phenomenological study of the basic
content of Hinduism, Buddhism, and Chinese
Taoism with special attention to social and
political relations, mythical and aesthetic
forms, and the East- West dialogue.
226
BIBLICAL ARCHAEOLOGY
A study of the role of archaeology in
reconstructing the world in which the Biblical
literature originated with special attention
given to archaeological results that throw light
on the clarification of the Biblical text. Also,
an introduction to basic archaeological method
and a study in depth of several representative
excavations along with the artifacts and material
culture recovered from different historical
periods.
227
HISTORY AND THEOLOGY
OF THE EARLY CHURCH
An examination of the life and theology of
the church from the close of the New Testa-
ment to the fifth century. Special attention
will be given to the struggles of the church
with heretical movements, the controversies
concerning the person and nature of Christ,
and the encounter of the church with the
Roman Empire.
228
HISTORY AND CULTURE
OF THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST
A study of the history and culture of
Mesopotamia, Anatolia, Syria-Palestine, and
Egypt from the rise of the Sumerian culture to
Alexander the Great. Careful attention will be
given to the religious views prevalent in the
ancient Near East as far as these views
interacted with the culture and faith of the
Biblical tradition.
230
PSYCHOLOGY OF RELIGION
A study into the broad insights of psychol-
ogy in relation to the phenomena of religion
and religious behavior. The course concen-
trates on religious experience or manifesta-
tions rather than concepts. Tentative solutions
will be sought to questions such as: What
does it feel like to be religious or to have a
religious experience? What is the religious
function in human development? How does
one think psychologically about theological
problems?
331
CHRISTIAN SOCIAL ETHICS
A study of Christian ethics as a normative
perspective for contemporary moral problems
with emphasis upon the interaction of law and
religion, decision-making in the field of
biomedical practice, and the reconstruction of
society in a planetary civilization.
332
CONTEMPORARY PROBLEMS IN
CHRISTIAN SOCIAL ETHICS
An examination of the approach of religion
and other disciplines to an issue of current
concern; current topics include the theological
significance of law, the ethics of love, and the
Holocaust. May be repeated for credit if the
topic is different from one previously studied.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
RELIGION
337
BIBLICAL TOPICS
An in-depth study of Biblical topics related
to the Old and New Testaments. Topics include
prophecy, wisdom literature, the Dead Sea
Scrolls, the teachings of Jesus, Pauline
theology, Judaism and Christian origins,
redaction criticism - the way the Synoptic
Gospels and John give final form to their
message. Course will vary from year to year
and may be repeated for credit once if the
topic is different from one previously studied.
341
CONTEMPORARY RELIGIOUS ISSUES
A study of the theological significance of
some contemporary intellectual developments
in Western culture. The content of this course
will vary from year to year. Subjects studied
in recent years include the theological
significance of Freud, Marx, and Nietzsche;
Christianity and existentialism; theology and
depth psychology; the religious dimension of
contemporary literature.
342
THE NATURE AND MISSION
OF THE CHURCH
A study of the nature of the Church as
"The People of God" with reference to the
Biblical, Protestant, Orthodox, and Roman
Catholic traditions.
401
FIELD ARCHAEOLOGY
Participation in an archaeological dig in the
Near East. Instruction in excavation techniques,
recording and the processing of artifacts. A
survey of excavation and research and the use
of archaeology as a tool for elucidating
historical and cultural changes. Special fees
apply. May Tern] or Summer Sessions only.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
Interns in religion usually work in local
churches under the supervision of the pastor
and a member of the faculty.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Current study areas are in the Biblical
languages. Biblical history and theology.
Biblical archaeology, comparative religions,
and the ethics of technology.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
GREEK (GRK)
Greek is not offered as a major. An interdis-
ciplinary minor in Biblical Languages requires
the completion of GRK 221, 222 and HEBR
221,222.
101-102
NEW TESTAMENT
GRAMMAR AND READINGS
Fundamentals of New Testament Greek
grammar and readings of selected passages of
the Greek text. Does not satisfy humanities
requirement.
221
READINGS IN THE SYNOPTIC GOSPELS
A comparative study of the synoptic tradition
in Greek. Prerequisite: GRK 102 or equiva-
lent. Does not satisfy humanities requirement.
Ill
READINGS IN THE PAULINE EPISTLES
Selected readings from the letters of Paul
in Greek. Prerequisite: GRK 22] or equivalent.
Does not satisfy humanities requirement.
HEBREW (HEBR)
Hebrew is not offered as a major. An
interdisciplinary minor in Biblical Languages
requires the completion of GRK 221, 222 and
HEBR 221, 222.
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
®
LYCOMING COLLEGE
RELIGION • SCHOLAR PROGRAM
101-102
OLD TESTAMENT
GRAMMAR AND READINGS
Fundamentals of Old Testament Hebrew
grammar and readings of selected passages of
the Hebrew text. Does not satisfy humanities
requirement.
221
READINGS IN OLD
TESTAMENT NARRATIVE
A critical reading of the Hebrew text of
selected narrative portions of the Old Testa-
ment with special attention being given to
exegetical questions. The text read varies
from year to year. Prerequisite: HEBR 102
or equivalent. Does not satisfy humanities
requirement.
Ill
READINGS IN THE PROPHETIC BOOKS
AND WISDOM LITERATURE
A critical reading of the Hebrew text of
selected portions of Old Testament prophecy
and wisdom literature with special attention
being given to exegetical questions. The text
read varies from year to year. Prerequisite:
HEBR 221 or equivalent. Does not satisfy
humanities requirement.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
SCHOLAR
PROGRAM (scHOL)
Professor: Boerckel (Director)
The Lycoming College Scholar Program is a
special program designed to meet the needs and
aspirations of highly motivated students of
superior intellectual ability. The Lycoming
Scholar satisfies the College distribution
requirements, generally on a more exacting
level and with more challenging courses than
the average student. Lycoming Scholars also
participate in special interdisciplinary seminars
and in serious independent study culminating
in a senior project.
301
LYCOMING SCHOLAR SEMINAR
Team taught interdisciplinary seminar held
each semester under the direction of the
Lycoming Scholar Council. May be repeated
for credit. Completion of five semesters is
required by the Scholar Program. Prerequisite:
Acceptance into the Lycoming Scholar
Program. One-quarter unit of credit. Grade
will be recorded as "A " or "F. "
450
SENIOR SEMINAR
During the senior year, Lycoming Scholars
complete independent studies or departmental
honors projects. These projects are presented
to scholars and faculty in the senior seminar.
Non-credit course. Prerequisite: Acceptance
into the Lycoming Scholar Program.
^^
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY
SOCIOLOGY-
ANTHROPOLOGY
(SOC)
Professor: Wilk (Chairperson)
Assistant Professors: S. Alexander, Strausei
Instructor: Ross
The Sociology-Anthropology Department
offers two tracks in the major. Both tracks
introduce the students to the fundamental
concepts of the discipline, and both tracks
prepare the student for graduate school.
Track I emphasizes the theoretical aspects
of sociology and anthropology. Track II
emphasizes the application of sociology and
anthropology to human services.
Track I - Sociology-Anthropology requires
the core course sequence SOC 110, 114, 229,
444, and 447 and three other courses within
the department with the exception of 115, 222,
223, 225, 440, and 443. REL 226 may also be
counted toward the major.
Track II - Human Services in a Socio-
Cultural Perspective requires SOC 1 10, 222,
229, 443, 444, and 447. In addition, students
must select two courses from among the
following: SOC 220, 221, 227, 228, 300, 334,
and 335. Students are also required to choose
two units from the following courses: PSY
1 10, ECON 224, PSCI 333, and SOC 230.
Recommended courses: ACCT 1 10, 226;
SPAN 111,112; HIST 126; and PHIL 334.
Majors in both tracks are encouraged to
participate in the internship program.
Students interested in teacher certification
should refer to the Department of Education on
page 90.
The following courses have been approved
to be offered as cultural diversity courses: SOC
229, 331, 334, 335, 336, 337, 338. Students
must check semester class schedules to deter-
mine which courses are offered as "D" courses
for that semester.
The following courses have been approved
to be offered as writing intensive courses and
may be offered as such: SOC 229, 441. Students
must check semester class schedules to deter-
mine which courses are offered as "W" courses
for that semester.
Minor
A minor in sociology and anthropology
consists of SOC 1 1 and four other SOC
courses approved by the department, three of
which must be numbered 220 or above. SOC
1 1 5, 223, 225, 339, and 440 cannot count
toward the minor.
110
INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY
An introduction to the problems, concepts,
and methods in sociology today, including
analysis of stratification, organization of
groups and institutions, social movements,
and deviants in social structure.
114
INTRODUCTION TO ANTHROPOLOGY
An introduction to the subfields of anthro-
pology; its subject matter, methodology, and
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY
goals, examination of biological and cultural
evolution, the fossil evidence for human
evolution, and questions raised in relation to
human evolution. Other topics include race,
human nature, primate behavior, and prehis-
toric cultural development.
115
INTRODUCTION TO AMERICAN
CRIMINAL JUSTICE SYSTEM
An introduction to the role of law enforce-
ment, courts, and corrections in the admini-
stration of justice; the historical development
of police, courts, and corrections; jurisdiction
and procedures of courts; an introduction to
the studies, literature, and research in criminal
justice; careers in criminal justice.
220
MARRIAGE AND THE FAMILY
The history, structure, and functions of
modem American family life, emphasizing
dating, courtship, factors in marital adjustment,
and the changing status of family members.
Prerequisite: SOC 110 or consent of instructor.
221
JUVENILE DELINQUENCY
A multidisciplinary approach to the study
of the constellation of factors that relate to
juvenile delinquency causation, handling the
juvenile delinquent in the criminal justice
system, treatment strategies, prevention, and
community responsibility. Prerequisite: SOC
1 10 or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
Ill
INTRODUCTION TO HUMAN SERVICES
The course is designed for students inter-
ested in learning about, or entering, the human
services profession. It will review the history,
the range, and the goals of human services
together with a survey of various strategies
and approaches to human problems. It will
include practical discussions of social behav-
ioral differences as they relate to stress and
conflict in people's lives. Prerequisite: SOC
110 and/or PSY 110; or consent of instructor.
223
INTRODUCTION TO
LAW ENFORCEMENT
Principles, theories, and doctrines of the
law of crimes, elements in crime, analysis of
criminal investigation, important case law.
Prerequisite: SOC 115 or consent of
instructor.
lis
INTRODUCTION TO
CRIMINAL INVESTIGATION
This course is designed for advanced
criminal justice majors. Emphasis is placed on
an in-depth study of detection and investigation
of major crimes. Particular attention is placed
on the use of criminalistics, legal parameters of
evidence and interrogation, and prosecutory
procedures. Prerequisite: SOC 223 or consent
of instructor. Will not be counted toward the
sociology-anthropology major.
116
SOCIAL MOVEMENTS
An analysis of the dynamics, structure, and
reactions to social movements with focus on
contemporary social movements. Prerequisite:
SOC 110 or consent of instructor.
Ill
SOCIAL PROBLEMS
The course examines the causes, character-
istics, and consequences of social problems in
America from diverse socio-cultural perspect-
ives. Topics discussed typically include crime,
urban crises, family disorganization, poverty,
race problems, drug abuse, and other related
issues. Prerequisite: SOC 110 or consent of
instructor.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY
228
AGING AND SOCIETY
Analysis of cross-cultural characteristics of the
aged as individuals and as members of groups.
Emphasis is placed upon variables: health,
housing, socio-economic status, personal
adjustment, retirement, and social participation.
Sociological, social psychological, and anthro-
pological frames of reference utilized in analysis
and description of aging and its relationship to
society, culture, and personality, health,
housing, socio-economic status, personal
adjustment, retirement, and social participation.
229
CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY
An examination of cultural and social
anthropology designed to familiarize the
student with the analytical approaches to the
diverse cultures of the world. The relevancy of
cultural anthropology for an understanding of
the human condition will be stressed. Topics to
be covered include the nature of primitive
societies in contrast to civilizations, the concept
of culture and cultural relativism, the individual
and culture, the social patterning of behavior
and social control, an anthropological perspec-
tive on the culture of the United States.
230
SELF AND SOCIETY
This course is concerned with the behavior
of individuals who occupy positions in social
structures, organizations and groups. The
focus is on the behavior of individuals as it is
controlled, influenced, or limited by the social
environment; and the manner in which the
behavior of individuals reacts upon, shapes
and alters social structures and enters into the
functioning of groups. This course will also
explore symbolic interactionism, a major
theoretical perspective in sociology which
focuses primary attention on the way in which
individuals define and continually redefine
reality on the basis of social interaction.
Prerequisite: SOC 110 or consent of instructor.
300
CRIMINOLOGY
Analysis of the sociology of law; conditions
under which criminal laws develop; etiology of
crime; epidemiology of crime, including
explanation of statistical distribution of
criminal behavior in terms of time, space, and
social location. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10 or
consent of instructor.
331
SOCIOLOGY OF WOMEN
A sociological examination of the role of women
in American society through an analysis of the
social institutions which affect their devel-opment.
Role-analysis theory will be applied to the past,
present, and future experience of women as it
relates to the role options of society as a whole.
Students will do an original research project on
the role of women. Prerequisite: SOC 110.
332
INSTITUTIONS
Introduces the student to the sociological
concept of social institution, the types of social
institutions to be found in all societies, and the
interrelationships between the social institu-
tions within a society. The course is divided
into two basic parts: 1 . That aspect which deals
with the systematic organization of society in
general, and 2. The concentration on a particu-
lar social institution: economic, political,
educational, or social welfare. Prerequisite:
SOC 110 or consent of instructor.
333
SOCIOLOGY OF RELIGION
An examination of the major theories of
the relationship of religion to society and a
survey of sociological studies of religious
behavior. Prerequisite: SOC 110 or consent of
instructor.
334
RACIAL AND CULTURAL MINORITIES
Study of racial, cultural, and national
groups within the framework of American
cultural values. An analysis will include
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^«
LYCOMING COLLEGE
SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY
historical, cultural, and social factors underly-
ing ethnic and racial conflict. Field trips and
individual reports are part of the requirements
for the course. Prerequisite: SOC 110 or
consent of instructor.
335
CULTURE AND PERSONALITY
Introduction to psychological anthropol-
ogy, its theories and methodologies. Empha-
sis will be placed on the relationship between
individual and culture, national character,
cognition and culture, culture and mental
disorders, and cross-cultural considerations of
the concept of self. Prerequisite: SOC 229 or
consent of instructor.
336
THE ANTHROPOLOGY
OF PRIMITIVE RELIGIONS
The course will familiarize the student with
the wealth of anthropological data on the
religions and world views developed by prim-
itive peoples. The functions of primitive rel-
igion in regard to the individual, society, and
various cultural institutions will be examined.
Subjects to be surveyed include myth, witch-
craft, vision quests, spirit possession, the
cultural use of dreams, and revitalization
movements. Particular emphasis will be given
to shamanism, transcultural religious experi-
ence, and the creation of cultural realities
through religions. Both a social scientific and
existential perspective will be employed. Pre-
requisite: SOC 229 or consent of instructor.
337
THE ANTHROPOLOGY OF
AMERICAN INDIANS
An ethnographic survey of native North
American Indian and Eskimo cultures, such as
the Iroquois, Plains Indians, Pueblo, Kwakiutl,
and Netsilik. Changes in native lifeways due
to European contacts and United States
expansion will be considered. Recent cultural
developments among American Indians will
be placed in an anthropological perspective.
338
LEGAL AND POLITICAL
ANTHROPOLOGY
The course is designed to familiarize the
student with the techniques of conflict
resolution and the utilization of public power
in primitive society as well as the various
theories of primitive law and government.
The rise of the state and an anthropological
perspective on modem law and government
will be included. The concepts of self-
regulation and social control, legitimacy,
coercion, and exploitation will be the organiz-
ing focus. Prerequisite: SOC 229 or consent
of instructor.
339
THE AMERICAN PRISON SYSTEM
Nature and history of punishment, evolu-
tion of the prison and prison methods with
emphasis on prison community, prison
architecture, institutional programs, inmate
rights, and sentences. Review of punishment
versus treatment, detention facilities, jails,
reformatories, prison organization and
administration, custody, and discipline.
Prerequisite: SOC 115.
440
PROBATION AND PAROLE
A course designed for the advanced criminal
justice major. While the course concerns the
study of probation and parole as parts of the
criminal justice system and their impact on the
system as a whole, the primary emphasis is the
impact on the offender. Particular attention is
given to diagnostic report writing on offenders,
pre-sentence investigation, offender classifica-
tion, and parole planning. Prerequisites: SOC
115 and 339.
441
SOCIAL STRATIFICATION
An analysis of stratification systems with
specific reference to American society. The
course will include an analysis of poverty,
wealth, and power in the United States.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY
Particular attention will be given to factors
which generate and maintain inequality, along
with the impact of inequality on the lives of
Americans. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10 or
consent of instructor.
443
HUMAN SERVICES IN
HELPING INSTITUTIONS
The course examines the organizational
and conceptual context within which human
services are delivered in contemporary society.
Subjects to be covered include ethnographic
study of nursing homes, prisons, therapeutic
communities, mental hospitals, and other
human service institutions. The methodology
of fieldwork will be explored so as to sensitize
the student to the socio-cultural dimensions of
helping environments and relationships.
Prerequisite: SOC 110 or 229, or consent of
instructor. Alternate years.
444
SOCIAL THEORY
The history of the development of sociologi-
cal thought from its earliest philosophical
beginnings is treated through discussions and
reports. Emphasis is placed upon sociological
thought since the time of Comte. Prerequisite:
SOC 110 or consent of instructor.
445
ANTHROPOLOGICAL THEORY
The history of the development of anthro-
pological thought from the 1 8th century to the
present. Emphasis is placed upon anthropo-
logical thought since 1 850. Topics include
evolutionism, historical-particularism, cultural
idealism, cultural materialism, functionalism,
structuralism, and ethnoscience. Prerequisite:
SOC 229 or consent of instructor.
447
RESEARCH METHODS IN
SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY
Study of the research process in sociology-
anthropology. Attention is given to the
process of designing and administering
research and the application of research.
Different methodological skills are consid-
ered, including field work, questionnaire
construction, and other methods of data
gathering and the analysis of data. Prerequi-
site: SOC 110 and MATH 103, or consent of
instructor.
448-449
PRACTICUM IN SOCIOLOGY
Introduces the student to a practical work
experience involving community agencies in
order to effect a synthesis of the student's
academic course work and its practical
applications in a community agency. Specif-
ics of the course to be worked out in conjunc-
tion with department, student and agency.
Prerequisite: SOC 110 and consent of
instructor.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
Interns in sociology-anthropology typically
work off campus with social service agencies
under the supervision of administrators.
However, other internship experiences, such
as with the Lycoming County Historical
Museum, are available. Interns in
criminaljustice work off campus in criminal
justice agencies, such as penal institutions and
probation and parole departments, under the
supervision of administrative personnel.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
An opportunity to pursue specific interests
and topics not usually covered in regular
courses. Through a program of readings and
tutorials, the student will have the opportunity
to pursue these interests and topics in
greater depth than is usually possible in a
regular course.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THEATRE
THEATRE (thea)
Professor: R. Falk
Associate Professor: Allen (Chairperson)
Visiting Assistant Professor: Beetem
Part-time Instructor: Clark
The primary responsibilities of the Theatre
Department are to teach appreciation, service,
foundational and specialized courses; to
prepare students for advanced study and
training; and to sponsor worthwhile produc-
tion programs in which students can practice
the art and craft of theatre, and which will be a
dynamic contribution to the cultural life of the
College community.
Production groups sponsored by the
Theatre Department are the Arena Theatre,
The Arena Summer Theatre, The Emerald
City Players, The Alpha Psi Omega Fraternity
and the Downstage Theatre. Facilities used
for performances by these groups are an
intimate thrust stage (The Arena) and a small
black box studio theatre (The Downstage
Theatre) in the Academic Center.
The department offers several courses to be
selected for distribution requirements: THEA
100, 112, 114, 148, 332, 333, 335 (Fine Arts)
THEA 333, 335 (Humanities and Literature).
The following courses have been approved
to be offered as cultural diversity courses:
THEA 1 12, 1 14, 332, 333, 335, 410. Students
must check semester class schedules to
determine which courses are offered as "D"
courses for that semester.
The following courses have been approved
to be offered as writing intensive courses and
may be offered as such: THEA 332, 333.
Students must check semester class schedules
to determine which courses are offered as
"W" courses for that semester.
Major
The major consists of the equivalent of 10
to 10.5 units. All theatre majors are required
to complete the following: THEA 100, 148,
332, 333, 410 and the equivalent of 1 full unit
of THEA 160 and/or 161 (6 units).
The department offers three major tracks:
Track I: ACTING (4.5 Units) THEA 140,
226, 240, 232 (1/2 unit); and one from the
following: 335 or 402.
Track II: DIRECTING: (4.0 Units) THEA
140, 226, 336; and one from the following:
335 or 402.
Track IH: DESIGN/TECH (4.5 Units) THEA
228, 229, 232 ( 1/2 unit), 320; and one from
the following: 335, 402, 425, 428, 429, 431.
Majors are urged to include courses in art,
music, psychology, and English, or other areas
of special interest.
Majors are urged to include THEA 440 in
Track I, THEA 426 in Track II, and THEA
430 in Track III.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^R
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
THEATRE
Minors
Three minors are available in the Theatre
Department.
• A minor in Performance consists of THEA
100, 140, 226, 240, 336.
• A minor in Technical Theatre consists of
THEA 100, 148, 228, 229, and 320 or 430.
• A minor in Theatre History and Literature
consists of THEA 100, 332, 333, 335 and
410.
100
INTRODUCTION TO THEATRE
A comprehensive introduction to the
aesthetics of theatre. From the spectator's
point of view, the nature of theatre will be
explored, including dramatic literature and the
integral functioning of acting, directing and all
production aspects. Concurrent enrollment in
THEA 148 prohibited.
112
AMERICA ON SCREEN
Introduction to the art of understanding
moving images to discover the cultural values
of American filmmakers and their audiences.
Comparison of the ways in which films and
television use comedy, drama, and the docum-
entary to examine topics having to do with
values, beliefs, and cultural diversity in
America.
114
FILM ART: MOTION PICTURE
MASTERPIECES
Study of selected classic experimental and
narrative films from around the world as well
as from Hollywood. Consideration of what
makes a classic through examination of such
topics as acting, writing, directing, style, and
genre.
135-136
INTRODUCTION TO DANCE I AND II
An introduction to the techniques of basic
movement and interpretation in ballet, jazz.
and modern dance. Classes include improvi-
sation and choreography. Prerequisite for
THEA 136: THEA 1 35 or consent of instruc-
tor. One-half unit of credit each. Not open to
students who have received credit for MUS
135- 136 or MUS 235-236.
137
HISTORY OF THE DANCE I
A survey of classical ballet from the
Ballets de cour of 17th-century France to the
present with emphasis on the contributions of
Petipa, Fokine, Cecchetti, and Balanchine.
One-half unit of credit. Not open to students
who have received credit for MUS 137 or 138.
138
HISTORY OF THE DANCE II
A survey of the forms of dance, excluding
classical ballet, as independent works of art and
as they have reflected the history of civil-
ization from primitive times to the present. Pre-
requisite: THEA 137 or consent of instructor.
One-half unit of credit. Not open to students
who have received credit for MUS 137 or 138.
140
ACTING I
An introductory study of the actor's pre-
paration with emphasis on developing the
actor's creative imagination through improvisa-
tions and scene study. Prerequisite: THEA
100.
148
PLAY PRODUCTION
Stagecraft and the various aspects of
production are introduced. Through material
presented and laboratory work on the Arena
Theatre productions, students will acquire
experience with design, scenery, properties,
costumes and lighting. Prerequisite: THEA
100. Concurrent enrollment in THEA 100
prohibited.
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THEATRE
160
TECHNICAL THEATRE PRACTICUM
161
REHEARSAL AND PERFORMANCE
PRACTICUM
Supervised participation in the various
aspects of technical production, rehearsal and
performance of the Theatre Department's
major presentations in the Arena Theatre.
Credit for Theatre Practicum is earned on a
fractional basis. Students may register for
one-half semester hour course credit per
production for active participation in the
designated area of technology and performance,
limited to one semester hour credit per
semester and eight semester hours credit over
four years. Credit may not be used to satisfy
distribution requirements in Fine Arts. Students
may not register for Theatre Practicum while
taking THE A 148 without permission of the
instructor. When scheduling, students should
register for Theatre Practicum in addition to
the normal four academic courses. Because
students may not be cast or assigned duties in
time to meet the drop/add deadline, late
registration for THEA 160 and 161 (Rehearsal
and Performance) will be pemiitted without
penalty.
220
VOICE AND DICTION
Introduction to the fundamental techniques
of vocal production for the theatre. Empha-
sizes an individual program of personal vocal
development. Dialects and phonetic study of
the major European accents and English
accents. Includes oral practice of relevant
literature. Alternate years. One-half unit of
credit.
226
DIRECTING I
An introductory study of the function of the
director in preparation, rehearsal and perfor-
mance. Emphasis is placed on developing the
student's ability to analyze scripts.
and on the development of the student's
imagination. Prerequisite: THEA 140. Alter-
nate years.
228
SCENE DESIGN
Development of scene design techniques
through study of the practice in rendering,
perspective drawing, plan drafting, sketching
and model building. Beginning work in
theory, techniques, and practices in scenery
painting for the theatre. Participation on Arena
Theatre productions will be part of the class-
room requirements. Prerequisite: THEA 148.
229
LIGHTING DESIGN
The theory of stage and lighting design with
emphasis on their practical application to the
theatre. Prerequisite: THEA 148.
231
SUMMER THEATRE PRACTICUM
Practical application in construction, design
and production problems and techniques
through laboratory and plays in production. Pre-
requisite: THEA 148. Offered summer only.
232
STAGE MAKEUP
Essentials in stage makeup: straight,
character, special types. Effects of light on
makeup are included. Recommended for
performers and directors of educational, church
and community theatres. Prerequisite: THEA
148. One-half unit of credit. Alternate Years.
233
ADVANCED MAKEUP
Advanced techniques in makeup design.
Three-dimensional and prosthetic makeups are
included, with emphasis on nonrealistic and
nonhuman forms. Prerequisite: THEA 232.
One-half unit of credit. Alternate years.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
THEATRE
235-236
INTERMEDIATE DANCE I AND II
Studies of the techniques of basic move-
ment and interpretation in ballet, jazz, and
modern dance at the intermediate level.
Classes include improvisation and choreogra-
phy. Prerequisite for THEA 235: THEA 136
or consent of instructor. Prerequisite for
THEA 236: THEA 235 or consent of instruc-
tor. One-half unit of credit each. Not open to
students who have received credit for MUS
135-136 or MUS 235-236.
240
ACTING II
Continued practice in character analysis.
The study of acting styles is introduced with a
strong emphasis on performing Shakespeare's
plays. Prerequisite: THEA 140
320
COSTUME DESIGN
The theory of costuming for the stage,
elements of design, planning, production and
construction of costumes for the theatre.
Students will participate in the construction of
costumes for Arena Theatre productions.
Prerequisite: THEA 148 or consent of
instructor.
332
THEATRE HISTORY I
A historical survey of Western and Non-
Western styles of theatre from the beginning
to the present. Included is a study of the
evolution of theatre architecture and perfor-
mance space as well as technical develop-
ments. Alternate years.
333
THEATRE HISTORY II: LITERATURE
A study of the major dramatic literature
that shapes the Western and non-Western
theatre. Benchmark plays that are identified
with specific periods and styles will be
explored in depth. Prerequisite: THEA 332.
335
MODERN DRAMA
A study of the major dramatic literature in
depth that constitutes the body of the modern
theatre, from 1875 to the present. Included
will be a survey of alternative theatre styles,
both scripted and non-scripted. Ethnic,
minority and contemporary problem plays will
be surveyed as well.
336
DIRECTING II
Emphasis is placed on the student's ability
to function as a director in the rehearsal
process. Practical experience involves the
directing of two one-act plays from the
contemporary theatre in the Downstage
Theatre. Prerequisite: THEA 226.
337
PLAYWRITING
An investigation of the techniques of
playwriting with an emphasis on creative
writing, culminating in a written one-act
play. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107 and
THEA 226. Alternate years.
402
SHAKESPEARE ON STAGE
A study of Shakespeare's plays in produc-
tion terms. Emphasis will be on translating
works from the page to the stage, with special
attention to language, poetry, acting styles as
well as technical problems. Contemporary
productions will be viewed
410
THEATRE AND CULTURE
Exploration of one or more historic periods
in a specific locale to discover the nature of
the theatre in its cultural context. Included
will be a study of the art, music, literature,
political and social framework of the period
and locale. Prerequisite: THEA 332 and 333.
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^»
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THEATRE
425
ADVANCED COSTUME DESIGN STUDIO
Practical application of costume design for
the studio or main stage productions.
Prerequistie: THEA 320 and consent of
instructor. May be repeated for credit.
426
DIRECTING III
Emphasis will be placed on the student's
ability to produce a major three-act play from
the script to the stage for public performance.
Prerequisite: THEA 336.
428
ADVANCED SCENE DESIGN STUDIO
Practical application of scene design for the
studio or main stage productions. Prerequi-
site: Consent of instructor. May be repeated
for credit.
429
ADVANCED LIGHTING DESIGN STUDIO
Practical application of lighting design for
the studio or main stage productions. Prereq-
uisite: Consent of instructor. May be repeated
for credit.
430
PROPERTY DESIGN
The theory of properties design for the
stage, including the production of specific
properties for staging use. Elements of design,
fabrication, and the construction of properties
employing a variety of materials and applica-
tion of new theatrical technology. Prerequi-
sites: THEA 228 and 320. Alternate years.
431
ADVANCED PROPERTY DESIGN STUDIO
Practical application of properties design
for studio or main stage productions. Prereq-
uisite: THEA 430 and consent of instructor.
May be repeated for credit.
440
ACTING III
Preparation of monologues and two
character scenes, contemporary and classical,
and preparation of a professional acting
audition. The student will appear in major
campus productions. Prerequisite: THEA 240.
441
ADVANCED ACTING STUDIO
Practical application of acting for studio or
main stage productions. Prerequisite: THEA
240 and consent of instructor. May be
repeated for credit.
444
ADVANCED DIRECTING STUDIO
Practical application of directing for studio
or main stage productions. Prerequisite:
Consent of instructor and THEA 336. May be
repeated for credit.
470 - 479
INTERNSHIP (See Index)
Students in the theatre work off campus in
theatres such as the Guthrie Theatre, Minne-
apolis, and the Hartford Stage and the Trinity
Repertory.
N80/N89
INDEPENDENT STUDIES (See Index)
Subjects for Independent Studies are
chosen in conjunction with faculty members.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS
Students who qualify for Departmental
Honors will produce a major independent
project in research or technical theatre.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
WOMEN'S STUDIES
WOMEN'S STUDIES
(WMST)
Assistant Professor: Hungerford (Coordinator)
Although a major in women's studies is
available only under the policies regarding
Individual Interdisciplinary Majors (page 40),
an established minor in women's studies is
provided. WMST 320 and three of the
following courses are required for the minor.
ART 339 Women in Art
ENGL 334 Women and Literature
HIST 3 1 Women in History
PSCI 347 Women and Politics
PS Y 34 1 Psychology of Women
SOC 33 1 Sociology of Women
With the approval of the coordinator, an
appropriate special course or independent
studies project may be substituted for one of
the four courses required for the minor. To
receive credit for a minor in women's studies,
a student must maintain at least a 2.00 average
in courses taken for that minor.
The following course has been approved to
be offered as a cultural diversity course:
WMST 320. Students must check semester
class schedules to determine which courses
are offered as "D" courses for that semester.
320
ISSUES IN WOMEN'S STUDIES
An examination of women's issues from an
interdisciplinary perspective. The course will
explore the social construction of gender,
feminist research methods and theories, and
the role of patriarchy in women's lives.
Topics may involve language, art, science,
politics, culture, violence, race, class, ethnic
differences, sexuality, and pornography.
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^R
LYCOMING COLLEGE
PRIZES AND AWARDS
Prizes And Awards
Endowed Funds
William T. and Ruth S. Askey Music Prize
is given to a graduating senior who is recog-
nized for his/her proficiency as a music major.
Jack C. Buckle Award is given annually to a
junior male student with high moral qualities,
who has at least a 2.00 cumulative GPA and,
who has made an unusual contribution to campus
life through leadership in student activities.
Byron C. Brunstetter Science Award is
given to a senior chemistry/biology major for
outstanding achievement in chemical and
biological sciences.
The Class of 1907 Prize is granted to a
senior, who is in the upper half of the class,
LYCOMING COLLEGE
and who has contributed to campus life
through participation in athletics and other
student activities.
Benjamin C. Conner Prize is given to the
graduating student who has done outstanding
work in mathematics.
Criminal Justice Society Prize is given to
the criminal justice major who has demon-
strated outstanding classroom performance, a
promise of leadership and service to college
and community.
W. Arthur Faus Memorial Prize is given in
memory of Dr. W. Arthur Faus, a former
Professor of Philosophy at Lycoming College,
to the graduating senior who has done
outstanding work in philosophy.
Durant L. Furey III Memorial Prize is
given to the senior accounting major who has
shown outstanding achievement in accounting.
Gillette Foreign Language Prizes are given
to French, German, and Spanish majors who
have achieved excellence in these foreign
languages.
Dan Gustafson Award, in memory of a
former member of the English Department, is
given to the senior English major whose
analytical writing demonstrates the highest
standards of literary and critical excellence.
Helen R. Hoover Community Service Prize
is given annually to a graduating senior who
has demonstrated a personal commitment to
serving the fortunate citizens in either greater
Williamsport or their own community of
permanent residence.
Elisha Benson Kline Prize is given to the
senior mathematics major with outstanding
achievement in the field.
Charles J. Kocian Awards are given to the
accounting, business administration, and
economics majors who show the greatest
proficiency in statistics; the mathematics
^m
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
PRIZES AND AWARDS
•
major who shows the greatest proficiency in
appHed mathematics; the graduating senior
who shows the greatest proficiency in
computer science; the graduating senior who
shows the greatest proficiency in operations
research; the graduating senior business
administration major with the highest grade
point average; the graduating political science
major with the highest grade point average;
the graduating senior with the highest average
in the class and the graduating nursing major
with the highest grade point average.
Alfred Kohler Studio Artist Award - The
award is to be given to a deserving art studio
major for the purchase of supplies in their
chosen studio area. The award may or may
not be given each year. The Lycoming Art
Department will administer the award.
Student selection is based upon meritorious
achievement through a portfolio review.
Don Lincoln Larrabee Law Prize is given to
the graduating student who has shown
outstanding scholarship in legal principles.
The John M. Lindemuth Endowed Prize
Fund, established in 1986 by Mr. and Mrs.
John M. Lindemuth of Williamsport, Pennsyl-
vania, provides annual cash awards for
varsity football players who earn the highest
cumulative grade point average in their chosen
field of academic study at Lycoming College.
This prize is managed in compliance with
current NCAA regulations concerning
scholastic awards for athletes.
C. Daniel and Jeanne Little Award,
presented in memory of two Lycoming
alumni, is given to the outstanding student in
public administration.
Pheobe R. Lyon Prize is given to a student of
the graduating class who has achieved
outstanding attainments in the study of
English as evidenced by a combination of
writing skills, grade point average, and service
to department.
The Gertrude B. Madden Mass Communi-
cation Award, established in 1985 by the
students of the Mass Communication Society,
is presented annually to the senior mass com-
munication major who, in the judgment of his
or her peers, has best integrated academic
excellence, professional development in a mass
media field and contribution to campus media.
The McDowell Prize is given to the senior
ministerial student who excels in scholarship,
deportment, and promise of usefulness, and
who declares his intention to make the
ministry his life work.
The Metzler Prize is given to a junior for
superior work in Junior English.
M.B. Rich Prizes are given to: the student in
the freshman class who attains the highest
rank in scholarship and deportment; to the two
students who at a public contest excel in
reading the Scriptures; and to the two students
who excel in writing and delivering an
original oration.
The Professor Logan A. Richmond
Accounting Prize is awarded annually to a
graduating senior who has done outstanding
work in accounting and demonstrated excep-
tional proficiency in writing.
The Janet A. Rodgers Academic Award,
established in honor of the founding chair of
the Department of Nursing, provides an
annual $100 award to a senior nursing student
who demonstrates exceptional academic
achievement and has been an active partici-
pant in health-related programs.
Mary L. Russell Award, named in honor of a
professor emeritus of music, is given for
outstanding musical achievement.
Nathan A. Scheib Memorial Music Fund, in
memory of a friend of the College, provides
financial assistance to qualified deserving
students for advanced training in music.
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^»
LYCOMING COLLEGE
PRIZES AND AWARDS
Trask Chemistry Prize is given to the senior
chemistry major who has done outstanding
work in the field.
The James E. Wehr Award is presented to a
student who has demonstrated a personal
expertise in the subject of financial accounting.
Williamsport Rotary Club Nursing Prize
This prize is awarded to a part-time student
taking courses on a regular basis in the B.S.N,
program. Preference will to be given to a
registered nurse with the highest cumulative
GPA who is also a permanent resident of the
greater Williamsport community.
The Sol "Woody" Wolfe Athletic Prize is
awarded annually to that participant in an
authorized N.C.A.A. sport who has shown the
most improvement in intercollegiate competi-
tion in his first three years in college.
Annual Prizes
American Chemical Society Award, spon-
sored by the Susquehanna Valley Chapter of
the society, is given to the outstanding senior
in chemistry.
Accounting Society Service Award is given
for outstanding service to the Lycoming
College Accounting Society.
American Institute of Chemists Prize, given
by the Philadelphia section of the Institute, goes
to a senior major with an outstanding record of
leadership, ability, character and scholastic
achievement.
Arena Theatre Awards:
Performance - This award is given to the
senior who has demonstrated outstanding
ability in theatre performance.
Technical Theatre - This award is given to the
senior who has demonstrated outstanding
ability in technical theatre.
Biology Service Award is given to the
student who has shown good academic work
and has fostered the ideals of the department
LYCOMING COLLEGE
by willingness to become involved in the
activities of the department.
The Financial Management Award is given
to a graduating student for outstanding
achievement in the financial management field.
Freshman Biology Award is given to the
freshman who has obtained the highest overall
average in BIO 110-111 (major biology
lecture and laboratory).
CRC Press Chemistry Achievement Award
is given to that freshman who has demonstrated
outstanding achievement in general chemistry.
Chieftain Award, the College's most presti-
gious award, is given to the senior who has
contributed most to Lycoming through support
of school activities; who has exhibited out-
standing leadership qualities; who has worked
effectively with other members of the College
community; who has evidenced a good moral
code; and whose academic rank is above the
median for the preceding senior class.
Civic Choir Award is given to the College
choir member who has outstanding musical
ability and who has made significant leader-
ship contributions to the choir.
Contribution Award is awarded to the
chapter who through volunteerism or philan-
thropic work has contributed to either or all
of the area, campus, or world communities.
Elizabeth Cowles Dedication to Greek Life
Award is awarded in honor of the Alpha Rho
Omega advisor from 1983-1994 to the
individual who has dedicated his/her time and
energy for the betterment of Greek life at
Lycoming College.
Durkheim Prize is given to the outstanding
senior sociology/anthropology major(s).
The Bishop William Perry Eveland Prize is
granted to a senior resident student, who is in
the upper half of the class, for progress in
^^
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
PRIZES AND AWARDS
scholarship, loyalty, school spirit, and part-
icipation in school activities.
Excellence in Two-Dimensional Art Award
is given to the outstanding senior art major in
this field.
Excellence in Three-Dimensional Art
Award is given to the outstanding senior art
major in this field.
Excellence in Political Science Award is
given to the senior political science major who
has performed with excellence.
Faculty Award for Achievement in Fine Art
is given to an outstanding senior art major in
the field of studio art or art history.
J.W. Feree Award, given in memory of the
first mathematics professor at Lycoming's fore-
runner, the Dickinson Seminary, goes to the
student most active in mathematical sciences.
The Faculty Prize is granted to a senior
commuting student who has participated in
student activities and who is in the upper
half of the class.
Freshman Academic Award is given to the
freshman student(s) with the highest GPA
after the fall semester.
The General Management Award is given
to a graduating student for outstanding
achievement in the general management field.
John P. Graham Award, named in honor of
a professor emeritus, is given to the senior
English major who achieves the highest
average in English.
Edward J. Gray Prizes are given to the
graduating students with the highest and
second highest averages.
Greek Man of the Year is bestowed upon the
man of outstanding character within the Greek
community. He is one who has contributed
greatly to the Greek system as well as his
chapter while at Lycoming College.
Greek Woman of the Year is bestowed upon
the woman of outstanding character within the
Greek community. She is one who has cont-
ributed greatly to the Greek system as well as
her chapter while at Lycoming College.
The John G. Hollenback Award is given for
high academic performance and outstanding
service to the Business Department.
The International Business Management
Award is given to a graduating student for
outstanding achievement in the international
business management field.
IRUSKA Awards denote membership in the
society for juniors who are very active on
campus.
Junior Book Award is given to the outstand-
ing junior political science major.
The Kramer and Hoffman Associates
Award is given for superior achievement in
the study of federal income tax.
The Makisu Award is given for outstanding
service to the college community, for dedica-
tion above and beyond the realm of one's
obligations to the College.
The Marketing Management Award is
given to a graduating student for outstanding
achievement in the marketing management
field.
Department of Mathematical Sciences
Award is given to that student demonstrating
excellence in computer programming. [Or
other criterion to be specified (by the depart-
ment); e.g. "outstanding scholarship"]
Ethel McDonald Pax Christi Award is given
for outstanding but quiet consistency in the
life of faith and the practice of Christianity,
noteworthy personal integrity and humble
loving compassion expressed in daily life.
Walter G. Mclver Award, named after
Lycoming's former choir director, is given to
an outstanding and dedicated choir member
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
PRIZES AND AWARDS
who has made significant campus contribu-
tions outside of choir.
New Member Class Academic Excellence is
awarded to the new member class (pledge
class) who has achieved the highest GPA
within the Greek system.
Most Improved Pledge Grades is awarded to
the pledge class whose GPA has shown the
greatest improvement within the Greek
system.
Most Improved GPA for a Greek Chapter
is awarded to the chapter whose entire chapter
has shown the greatest improvement within
the Greek system.
Department of Nursing Award for Clinical
Excellence is given for outstanding achieve-
ment in the clinical setting.
Department of Nursing Faculty Award is
given to the senior nursing major who best
exemplifies the spirit of the profession.
Lycoming College Nursing Honor Society
Research Recognition Award is given to the
nursing student who has demonstrated an in-
depth understanding of the research process,
as evidenced by a completed research project,
with formal dissemination of the results of the
study.
Pennsylvania Institute of Certified Public
Accountants Award is given to the senior
accounting major who has demonstrated high
scholastic standing and qualities of leadership.
The Penguin Award, in memory of Robert T.
Guellich, II, '92, recognizes the junior student
who has excelled in English, preferably with a
concentration in political science, and who has
contributed significantly to campus life.
Pocahontas Award is given to Lycoming's
outstanding female athlete.
Psi Chi Service Award is given for contribu-
tions to the Psychology Department.
Richard L. Mix and Miriam S. Mix Re-
search and Writing Prize in History is given
to the student submitting the best paper in
Historical Methods.
Sadler Prize is given to the student with the
highest achievement in calculus, foundations
of mathematics, algebra, and analysis.
Senior Management Award is given to the
business major(s) whose senior management
project was judged best by the Business
Administration Department.
Robert H. Ewing Senior Scholarship Prize
in History is given to the senior major with
the highest average.
Service to Lycoming Award, sponsored by
the Office of Student Services, is given to
students who have made outstanding
contributions to Lycoming.
Frances K. Skeath Award is given to the
senior with outstanding achievement in
mathematics.
J. Milton Skeath Award is given for superior
undergraduate achievement and potential for
further work in psychology.
Sophomore Intermediate Accounting
Award is given for the accounting major with
the highest average in Intermediate Account-
ing at the end of the spring term.
The John A. Streeter Memorial Award in
Economics is given to a graduating student for
outstanding achievement in economics.
The John A. Streeter Memorial Award in
Music is given to the College band member
who has outstanding musical ability and who
has made significant leadership contributions
to the band.
Tomahawk Award is given to Lycoming's
outstanding male athlete.
The Wall Street Journal Award is given to a
senior who has demonstrated excellence in
economics.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES
The Board Of Trustees
OFFICERS
Robert L. Shangraw '58
Chairman
First Vice President
for Investments
Merrill Lynch. Pierce,
Fenner & Smith
Wiliiamsport. PA
Donald E. Failor '68 Vice
Chairman
Owner/Chartered
Underwriter
D.E. Failor Associates
Harrisburg, PA
John C. Schultz
Secretary
President
Jersey Shore Steel
Jersey Shore, PA
Ann S. Pepperman
Assistant Secretary
Partner
McNemey, Page,
Vanderlin & Hall
Wiliiamsport, PA
William J. Ainsworth '63
Partner, Management
Consulting
KPMG, Peat Marwick
Atlanta, GA
David R. Bahl
Partner
McCormick Law Firm
Wiliiamsport, PA
David Y. Brouse '47
Manager/Retired
GTE
Montoursville, PA
Melvin H.
Campbell, Jr. '70
Owner/President
Campbell, Harrington
& Brear
York, PA
Harold D. Chapman
Chairman
Cobblers, Inc.
Wiliiamsport, PA
Jay W. Cleveland, Sr.
Owner/President
Cleveland Brothers
Equipment Company
Harrisburg, PA
Richard W. DeWald '61
Chairman
Montgomery Plumbing
Montoursville, PA
James E. Douthat
President
Lycoming College
Wiliiamsport, PA
Michael J. Hayes '63
President and CEO
Fred's
Memphis, TN
James L. Hebe '71
President
Freightliner Corporation
Portland, OR
Harold D.
Hershberger, Jr. '51
President
Deer Mountain Associates
Wiliiamsport, PA
Marjorie Ferrell
Jones '50
Editor
Jones Chemicals, Inc.
LeRoy, NY
Kenrick R, Khan '57
Clergy/Teacher, Retired
Penney Farms, FL
Dale N. Krapf '67
Owner
Krapfs Coaches, Inc.
West Chester, PA
David B. Lee '61
CEO/Chairman
Omega Financial Corp.
State College, PA
Margaret D. L'Heureux
President/Realtor
Peggy L'Heureux
Real Estate
Wiliiamsport, PA
Robert G. Little '63
Family Physician
Community Medical
Association
Harrisburg, PA
D. Stephen Martz '64
Omega Financial
President and COO
State College, PA
Holiday Trust
President and CEO
Hollidaysburg, PA
Thomas J. McElheny '69
President, Christian
Purchasing Network
Sarasota, FL
Norman B. Medow '60
Physician/Surgeon
Manhattan Eye, Ear &
Throat Hospital
New York, NY
George A. Nichols '59
President/General Manager
Inn at Nichols Village
Clarks Summit, PA
V. Jud Rogers
Senior Relationship Mgr.
Northern Central Bank
Towanda, PA
Henry D. Sahakian
CEO, Unico Corporation
State College, PA
Harold H.
Shreckengast, Jr. '50
Audit Partner/Retired
Price Waterhouse
Jenkintown, PA
Hugh H. Sides '60
President
Robert M. Sides
Music, Inc.
Wiliiamsport, PA
Clinton W. Smith '55
President Judge, Court of
Common Pleas
29th Judicial District
Wiliiamsport, PA
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^R
Jeanne K. Twigg '74
Former owner -
nursing home
Montoursville, PA
Burke R. Veley '60
IBM CFO, Retired
West Chester, PA
Phyllis L. Yasui
Nurse/Retired/Homemaker
Wiliiamsport, PA
Alvin M. Younger, Jr. '71
Managing Director,
Treasurer, Secretary
T. Rowe Price
Associates, Inc.
Baltimore, MD
EMERITI
Samuel H. Evert '34
Owner, Retired
S. H. Evert Company
Bloomsburg, PA
Kenneth E. Himes
Treasurer, Retired
Lycoming College
Wiliiamsport, PA
W. Gibbs McKenney '37
Partner, Retired
McKenney, Thom.sen
& Burke
Lutherville, MD
William Pickelner
Owner
Pickelner Fuel Oil
Company
Wiliiamsport, PA
Marguerite Rich VI
Homemaker
Woolrich, PA
Wallace F. Stettler
President, Wyoming
Seminary, Retired
Dallas, PA
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF
Administrative Staff
James E. Douthat (1989)
President
A.B., The College of William and Mary
M.Div., Duke University
Ed.D., Duke University
John F. Piper, Jr. (1969)
Dean of the College
A.B., Lafayette College
B.D., Yale University
Ph.D., Duke University
Daniel G. Fultz (1989)
Executive V.P. and Treasurer
B.A., Lycoming College
M.B.A., Bucknell University
M. Ben Hogan (1992)
Dean of Student Affairs
B.A., St. Francis College
M.S., University of Southern Maine
Ed.D., Vanderbilt University
James D. Spencer (1989)
Dean of Admissions & Financial Aid
B.A., Concordia College
Kevin J. McTernan (1997)
Vice President for Development
and College Relations
B.A., Hamilton College
M.Div., Yale University
Daniel Ashlock, Jr. (1994)
Director of Student Programs/Leadership
B.S., Northern Arizona University
M.S. Central Connecticut State
Geoffrey K. Bailey (1996)
Student Life Coordinator
B.S., Guilford College
M.S., University of North Carolina
at Greensboro
Jeffrey G. Baird (1992)
Director of Safety & Security
B.A., Mansfield University
Dale V. Bower (1968)
Director of Planned Giving
B.S., Lycoming College
B.D., United Theological Seminary
Mark Britten (1994)
Director of Counseling Services
B.A., Mansfield University
M.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University
Steven Caravaggio (1992)
Director of Academic Computing
& End User Services
B.A., Lycoming College
M.A., University of Pittsburgh
Bonnie Clark (1996)
Counselor, Health Services
B.A., M.S., Mansfield University
Benjamin H. Comfort, III (1996)
Director of Financial Aid
B.S., Pennsylvania State University
Molly Costello (1991)
Director of College Relations
A.B., Mount Holyoke College
M.B.A., Southeastern Massachusetts University
Tara Crebs (1994)
Admissions Counselor
B.A., Lycoming College
Robert L. Curry (1969)
Associate Director of Athletics
B.A., Lycoming College
Denise Davidson (1994)
Asst. Dean, Director of Residence Life
B.A., Clark University
M.S., Miami University of Ohio
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF
«
Jerry S.Falco( 1990)
Director of Career Development Center
B.S., Westminster College
M.A., Bowling Green State University
Sister Catherine Ann Gilvary IHM (1994)
Catholic Campus Minister
A.B., M.A., M.S., Marywood College
Frank L.Girardi( 1984)
Director of Athletics & Head Football Coach
B.S., West Chester State College
Murray J. Hanford (1991)
Publications Manager
Daniel J. Hartsock (1981)
Assistant Dean for Sophomores
Director of Academic Resource Center and
Coordinator of Advising
B.H., The Pennsylvania State University
M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Alice N. Heaps (1986)
Associate Director of Admissions
B.S., Shippensburg University
David Heffner (1994)
Assoc. Dean/Director of
Communications Technology
B.S., The Pennsylvania State University
M.S., Bloomsburg University
David Heiney (1997)
Director of Administrative Services
B.A., Lycoming College
M.A., Bucknell University
Ed.D., Nova University
Thomas J. Henninger (1966)
Director of Administrative
Computing and Data Networks
B.S., Wake Forest College
M.A., University of Kansas
Rebecca L. C. Hile (1995)
Registrar
B.A., Point Park College
M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
J. Marco Hunsberger (1989)
Campus Minister
B.A., Mercer University
M.Div., United Theological Seminary
Janet Hurlbert (1985)
Associate Dean
B.A., M.A., University of Denver
Nancy Hollick (1990)
Staff Accountant
A.A.S., Pennsylvania College of Technology
B.S., Lock Haven University
Michelle M. Jones (1996)
Director of Accounting
B.A., Lycoming College
Wayne E.Kinley( 1990)
Controller and Assistant Treasurer
B.A., Lycoming College
A. Sue B. McCormick (1997)
Director of Alumni and Parent Programs
B.S., Lycoming College
Wendy Mahonski (1995)
Assistant Director of Financial Aid
B.A., Lycoming College
Wanda McDonough (1994)
Director of Annual Giving
B.A., Bloomsburg University
Jeffrey A. Michaels (1995)
Sports Information Director
B.A., Lycoming College
M.S., Slippery Rock University
Anne L. Petcavage (1996)
Coordinator of Internships and
Assistant to the Director of IMS
B.A., Bloomsburg University
H. Karen Ransdorf (1990)
Campus Store Manager
LeannM. Ritter(1995)
Registered Nurse, Health Services
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^«
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF
Thomas L. Ruhl (1995)
Director of Major Gifts
B.S., Bloomsburg University
Nicole Scott (1997)
Admissions Counselor
B.A., Central Methodist College
William C. Sherwood (1990)
Business Manager
B.S., Lycoming College
M.B.A., Michigan State University
Kimberly Janne Smith (1997)
Prospect Research Coordinator
B.A., Lycoming College
Jeremy Spencer (1995)
Admissions Counselor
B.A., Lycoming College
Sondra L. Stipcak (1995)
Nurse, Director of Health Services
B.S.N. , Indiana University of PA
Eric Szentesy (1996)
Admissions Counselor
B.A., Lycoming College
Elissa Totin (1997)
Admissions Counselor
B.S., Lycoming College
Diana VanFleet (1993)
Development Officer
B.A., Bloomsburg University
Elizabeth Westley (1997)
Student Life Coordinator
B.A., James Madison University
M.A., Bowling Green State University
Mary B. Wolf (1985)
Assistant Dean for Freshmen
B.A., St. Mary's College
M.P.A., University of Michigan
Emeriti
Jack C. Buckle
Dean of Students Emeritus
A.B., Juniata College
M.S., Syracuse University
Harold H. Hutson
President Emeritus
B.A., LL.D., Wofford College
Ph.D., University of Chicago
L.H.D., Ohio Wesley an University
Bishop D. Frederick Wertz
President Emeritus
A.B., Dickinson College
M.A., Boston University
S.T.B., Boston University
LL.D., Dickinson College
D.D., Lycoming College
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
FACULTY
FACULTY
* On Sabbatical Fall Semester - 1998
** On Sabbatical Spring Semester 1999
*** On Sabbatical Academic Year 1998-99
* * * * On Sabbatical Calendar Year 1 998
***** On leave Academic Year 1998-99
Professors
Robert B. Angstadt (1967)
Biology
B.S., Ur sinus College
M.S., Ph.D., Cornell University
Gary M. Boerckel (1979)
Music
Director of Lycoming Scholars
B.A., B.M., Oberlin College
M.M., Ohio University
D.M.A., University of Iowa
Jon R. Bogle (1976)***
Art
B.F.A., B.S., M.F.A., Tyler School of Art;
Temple University'
Jack D. Diehl, Jr. (1971)
Biology
B.S., M.A., Sam Houston State University
M.S., Ph.D., University of Connecticut
Robert F. Falk (1970)
Theatre
B.A., B.D., Drew University
M.A., Ph.D., Wayne State University
David A. Franz (1970)
Chemistry
Marshal of the College
A.B., Princeton University
M.A.T., The Johns Hopkins University
Ph.D., University of Virginia
Ernest D. Giglio (1972)
Political Science
B.A., Queens College
M. A., SU NY at Albany
Ph.D., Syracuse University
Stephen R. Griffith (1970)
Philosophy
A.B., Cornell University
M.A., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Eduardo Guerra (1960)
Religion
B.D., Southern Methodist University
S.T.M., Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary
Richard A. Hughes (1970)
M.B. Rich Chair in Religion
B.A., University of Indianapolis
S.T.B., Ph.D., Boston University
Emily R. Jensen (1969)
English
B.A., Jamestown College
M.A., University of Denver
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University
Robert H. Larson (1969)
History
B.A., The Citadel
M.A., Ph.D., University of Virginia
Paul A. MacKenzie (1970) **
German
A.B., A.M., Ph.D., Boston University
Carole Moses (1982)
English
B.A., Adelphi University
M.A., The Pennsylvania State University
Ph.D., SUNY at Binghamton
Kathleen D. Pagana (1982)
Nursing
B.S.N. , University of Maryland
M.S.N., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
John F. Piper, Jr. (1969)***
History
Dean of the College
A.B., Lafayette College
B.D., Yale University
Ph.D., Duke University
David J. Rife (1970)**
English
John F. Graham Teaching Chair
B.A., University of Florida
M.A., Ph.D., Southern Illinois University
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
FACULTY
Michael G. Roskin (1972)**
Political Science
A.B., University of California at Berkeley
M.A., University of California at Los Angeles
Ph.D., The American University
Roger D. Shipley (1967)
Art
B.A., Otterbein College
M.F.A., Cranbrook Academy of Art
John M. Whelan, Jr. (1971)
Philosophy
B.A.. University of Notre Dame
Ph.D., The University of Texas at Austin
Stanley T. Wilk (1973)
Anthropology
B.A., Hunter College
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Associate Professors
Jerry D. Allen (1984)
Theatre
B.F.A., M.F.A., Utah State University
Susan K. Beidler (1975) **
Collection Management Services Librarian
B.A., University of Delaware
M.L.S., University of Pittsburgh
Howard C. Berthold, Jr. (1976)
Psychology
B.A., Franklin and Marshall College
M.A., University of Iowa
Ph.D., The University of Massachusetts
Barbara F. Buedel (1989)**
Spanish
B.A., University of Kentucky
M.A., M. Phil., Ph.D., Yale University
Richard R. Erickson (1973)
Astronomy and Physics
B.A., University of Minnesota
M.S., Ph.D., University of Chicago
David Fisher (1984)
Physics
B.S., The Pennsylvania State University
M.S., Ph.D., University of Delaware
LYCOMING COLLEGE
Edward G. Gabriel (1977)
Biology
B.A., M.A., Alfred University
M.S., Ph.D., The Ohio State University
Amy Golahny (1985)
Art
B.A., Brandeis University
M.A., Williams College - Clark Art Institute
M. Phil., Ph.D., Columbia University
David K. Haley (1980)
Mathematics
B.A., Acadia University
M.S., Ph.D., Queens University
Habil, Universitat Mannheim
G. W. Hawkes (1989)
English
B.A., University of Washington-Seattle
M.A., Ph.D., SUNY-Binghamton
Bruce M. Hurlbert (1982)
Director of Library Services
B.A., The Citadel
M.S.L.S., Florida State University
Janet Hurlbert (1985)
Instructional Services Librarian and
Associate Dean
B.A., M.A., University of Denver
EldonF.Kuhns,II(1979)
Accounting
B.A., Lycoming College
M. Accounting, University of Oklahoma
C.P.A. (Pennsylvania)
Darby Lewes (1993)
English
D. Litt, Wilson College (Honoris Causa)
B.A., Saint Xavier College
M.A., Northwestern University
Ph.D., University of Chicago
D. Litt, Wilson College (Honoris Causa)
Mehrdad Madresehee (1986)
Economics
B.S., University of Tehran
M.S., National University of Iran
M.S., University of Idaho
Ph.D., Washington State University
^^
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
FACULTY
Robert J. B. Maples (1969)
French
A.B., University of Rochester
Ph.D., Yale University
Chriss McDonald (1987)
Chemistry
B.S., Manchester College
Ph.D., Miami University of Ohio
Richard J. Morris (1976) **
History
B.A., Boston State College
M.A., Ohio University
Ph.D., New York University
Doris P. Parrish (1983)
Nursing
B.S., SUNY at Plattsburgh
M.S., Russell Sage College
Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin
Kathryn M.Ryan (1981)
Psychology
B.S., University of Illinois
M.S., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Gene D. Sprechini (1981) ****
Mathematics
B.S., Wilkes College
M.A., Ph.D., SUNY at Binghamton
Fred M. Thayer, Jr. (1976)
Music
A.B., Syracuse University
B.M., Ithaca College
M.M., SUNY at Binghamton
D.M.A., Cornell University
Robert E. Van Voorst (1989)
Rehgion
B.A., Hope College
M.Div., Western Theological Seminary
S.T.M., Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary
David H. Wolfe (1989)
Physics
B.S., Lock Haven State College
M.S., Pennsylvania State University
Ph.D., Kent State University
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
H. Bruce Weaver (1974)
Business Administration
B.B.A., Stetson University
J.D., Vcmderbilt University
M.B.A., University of Central Florida
Robert A. Zaccaria (1973)
Biology
B.A., Bridgewater College
Ph.D., University of Virginia
Melvin C. Zimmerman (1979)
Biology
B.S., SUNY at Cortland
M.S., Ph.D., Miami University
Assistant Professors
Susan Alexander (1991)
Sociology
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., American University
Holly D.Bendorf (1995)
Chemistry
B.S., The Pennsylvania State University
Ph.D., University of California-Los Angeles
James Blair (1994)
Education
B.S., Bloomsburg University
M.E., D.Ed. The Pennsylvania State University
Michelle Briggs (1992)
Biology
B.S., Cornell University
M.S., University of Iowa
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University
Gloria Clark (1993)
Foreign Languages
B.A., Lycoming College
M.A. University of Delaware
Ph.D., SUNY—Binghamton
John H. Conrad (1959)
Education
B.S., Mansfield State College
M.A., New York University
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
FACULTY
•
Santusht S. deSilva (1983)
Mathematics
B. Sc, University of Sri Lanka
M.A., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
B. Lynn Estomin (1993)
Art
B.A., Antioch College
M.F.A., University of Cincinnati
Sascha Feinstein (1995)
English
B.A., University of Rochester
M.F.A., Ph.D., Indiana University
Michelle S. Ficca (1985)
Nursing
B.S., Stroudsburg State University
M.S., The Pennsylvania State University
Bahram Golshan (1989)
Mathematical Science
B.S., Jundi Shapour University, Iran
M.S., Edinboro State University of
Pennsylvania
M.S., Kent State University
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University
Gary Hafer (1992)
English
B.A., M.A., Kutztown University
Ph.D., Purdue University
Christopher M. Halcala (1996)
Psychology
B.A., Castleton State College
M.A., Ph.D., University of New Hampshire
Edward Henninger (1988)
Business Administration
B.S., Shippensburg University
M.B.A., Shippensburg University
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University
Owen F. Herring (1965)
Philosophy
B.A., Wake Forest College
Rachael Hungerford (1989)
Education
A.A., Cayuga County Community College
B.S., State University of New York at Plattsburgh
Ph.D., University of Massachusetts/Amherst
LYCOMING COLLEGE ■
Diane C.Janda (1988)
Music
B.M., University of Texas at Austin
M.M., D.M.A., University of Cincinnati,
College-Conservatory of Music
Sandra Kingery (1998)
Spanish
B.S., Lawrence University
M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin Madison
Steven Koehn (1997)
Communication
B.A., VA Polytechnic & State Univ.
M.A., Pepperdine Univ.
D.Ed., West Virginia Univ.
Charles H. Mahler (1994)
Chemistry
B.A., The Ohio State University
M.S., Ph.D., Northwestern University
Jeffrey D. Newman (1995)
Biology
B.S., University of South Carolina
Ph.D., Marquette University
Kurt H. Olsen (1993)
Psychology
Marshal of the College
B.S., St. Lawrence University
M.S., Ph.D., University of Rochester
Eileen M. Peluso (1998)
Mathematics
B.S., Bloomsburg University
M.S., Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
Donald Slocum (1995)
Accounting
B.S., Cornell University
M.S., The American University
Ph.D., Syracuse University
C.P.A., Washington, DC
Philip W. Sprunger (1993)
Economics
B.S., B.A., Bethel College
M. A., Ph.D., Indiana University
^^
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
FACULTY
Arthur Sterngold (1988)
Business Administration
B.A., Princeton University
M.B.A., Northwestern University
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University
Larry R. Strauser (1973)
Sociology
B.A., Lycoming College
M.P.A., University of Arizona
Mark Toncar (1994)
Business Administration
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Kent State University
Richard Weida (1987)
Mathematics
B.S., Muhlenberg College
M.S., Ph.D, University of Delaware
Richard E. Wienecke (1982)
Accounting
B.A., Lycoming College
M.S., Bucknell University
M.B.A., Long Island University
C.P.A. (Pennsylvania and New York)
Fredric M. Wild, Jr. (1978)
Communication
B.A., Emory University
M. Div., Yale Divinity School
M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State University
David B. Yerger (1996)
Economics
B.S., Lock Haven University
M.S., Cornell University
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University
Instructors
Tammy Anderer (1995)
Nursing
B.S.N., Bloomsburg University
M.S.N., College Misericordia
Deborah J. Holmes (1976)
Physical Education
B.S., M.S., The Pennsylvania State University
Lori Lauver (1995)
Nursing
B.S.N., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
M.S.N., College Misericordia
Susan M.Ross (1998)
Sociology
B.A., Millersville University
M.A., University of New Hampshire
Susan Siotleski-Krum (1994)
Nursing
B.S.N., M.S.N., College Misericordia
Visiting, Special, and
Part-time Appointments
Diane Abercrombie (1988)
Mathematics
B. Bus. Admin., Bernard M. Baruch College,
CUNY
Albert Alexander (1993)
Business Administration
B.S., M.S., Syracuse University
Jaye Beetem (1997)
Visiting Assistant Professor of Theatre
B.F.A., University of Utah
M.A., Louisiana University
M.F.A., Wayne State University
Betsy Boring (1992)
Spanish
B.S., Bloomsburg State University
George Bossert (1991)
Education
B.S., Lock Haven University
M.S., Bucknell University
David Bower (1994)
Nursing
B.S., Lock Haven University
M.Ed.. Pennsylvcmia State University
Katharine Cimini (1992)
Visiting Instructor of Psychology
B.A., Lycoming College
M.A., College of William and Mary
Joan Moyer Clark (1987)
Music/Theatre
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
FACULTY
Regina Collins (1991)
Mathematics
B.A., Rosemont College
Natasha Cooper (1993)
Instructional Services Librarian
Assistant Professor
B.A., Colgate University
M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
M.L.S., Syracuse University
Harry Davis (1994)
Nursing
B.A., Millersville State University
M.A., Liberty University
Richard S. Coulter (1990)
Music
B.F.A., M.F.A., Carnegie-Mellon University
Roger Davis (1984)
Mathematics
B.S.Ed., Clarion State College
M.S.Ed., Bucknell University
David Ellis (1992)
Psychology
B.A., State University of New York at Oswego
M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Psy.D., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Amy Falk (1991)
French & Spanish
B.A., Lycoming College
M.A., The Pennsylvania State University
Joseph D. Galanti (1996)
Education
B.S., M.S., University ofScranton
Sheila Hartung (1994)
Visiting Instructor of Nursing
B.S.N., M.S.N., Villanova University
Kimberly Golden (1996)
Music Education
B.A., University of Richmond
M. Mas., Virginia Commonwealth University
Ph.D., Ohio State University
Phoebe Haupert (1996)
Nursing
B.S.N., Albright College
M.S.N., Villanova University
LYCOMING COLLEGE
Dorothy Hoy (1993)
Nursing
B.S.N., Messiah College
Millie Hepburn-Smith
Nursing
B.S.N., State University of New York, Brockport
Sherril Ingram (1991)
Visiting Instructor of Nursing
B.S.N. , University of Pittsburgh
M.S.N. , Virginia Commonwealth University
OcieKilgus(1994)
Spanish
B.A., Bucknell University
Don M. Larrabee, II (1972)
Lecturer in Law
A.B., Franklin and Marshall College
LL.B., Fordham University
Timothy Mahoney (1992)
Sociology
B.A., Lock Haven State University
M.S., Eastern Kentucky University
Alison Maloney (1995)
Nursing
B.S.N., Bloomsburg University
M.S.N., College Misericordi
Lou Ann Miller (1993)
Chemistry
A.B., Lycoming College
M.S., Bucknell University
Bruce Mosser (1990)
Education
B.S., Lock Haven State University
M.Ed., D.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
John S. Olszowka (1998)
Visiting Instructor of History
B.A., M.A., State University of
New York at Buffalo
Ami Pagana (1995)
Nursing
B.S.N., Thomas Jefferson University
M.S.B.A., Bucknell University
®
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
FACULTY
•
Lynn Painter (1995)
Visiting Instructor of Nursing
B.S.N. , Bloomsburg University
M.S.N. , College Misericordia
Thomas Raup (1995)
Visiting Professor of Legal Studies
A.B., Columbia College
J.D., Columbia School of Law
Anthony Salvatori (1988)
Education
B.S., Lock Haven State University
M.Ed., Bloomsburg University
Dianne Todd Sawyer (1994)
Adjunct Instructor in Nursing
B.S., Hartwick College
M.S., University of Rochester
Gary Steele (1988)
Music
B.M., Juilliard School
M.M., Eastman School of Music
Melissa Sutherland (1998)
Visiting Instructor of Mathematics
B.A., University of New York at Geneseo
M.A,, University of New York at Albany
Ronald Straub (1989)
Education
B.S., East Stroudsburg University
M.S., Lehigh University
Brenda Terry-Manchester (1995)
Nursing
B.S.N., Lycoming College
M.S.N., College Misericordia
David S. Witwer (1994)*****
Visiting Assistant Professor of History
B.A., DePauw University
M.A., Ph.D., Brown University
Mary Wolf (1985)
Assistant Dean for Freshmen/Political Science
B.A., St. Mary^'s College
M.P.A., University of Michigan
JohnJ. Zalonis(1995)
Education
B.S., M.Ed., Bloomsburg State College
Applied Music Instructors
Diana L. Bailey (1986)
Saxapiione
B.S., Susquehanna University
Judith D. Burke (1991)
Clarinet
B.S., Mansfield University
Richard W. Campbell (1991)
Bassoon
B.M., Eastman School of Music
Kate Comegys (1995)
Voice
B.S., The College of St. Rose
Sarah Hopkins
Voice
B.A., University of Richmond
B.M., University of Miami
M.A., University of Chicago
D.M.A., University of Maryland
Richard J. Lakey (1979)
Organ and Piano
A.B., Westminster Choir College
M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Robert Leidhecker (1989)
Percussion
B.M., Mansfield University
W. Stanley Mullen (1994)
Guitar
B. Mus., The Pennsylvania State University
Mary L. Russell (1936)
Music
B.S., Susquehanna University
Conservatory of Music
M.A., The Pennsylvania State University
Kelli Smoker (1997)
Voice
B.S., Faith Baptist Bible College
M. Mus., Indiana University
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
FACULTY
Adjunct Faculty & Staff
Galal Amed, M.D.
Medical Director, School of
Medical Technology
Divine Providence Hospital
Williamsport, PA 17701
Paul J. Cherney, M.D.
Medical Director, School of
Medical Technology
Abington Memorial Hospital
Abington, PA 19001
Gerald R. Fahs, M.D.
Medical Director, School of
Medical Technology
The Lancaster General Hospital
Lancaster, PA 17603
Nadine Gladfelter, M.S., MT (ASCP)
Program Director, School of Medical
Technology
The Lancaster General Hospital
Lancaster, PA 17603
Phyllis Gotkin, Ph.D., MT (ASCP)
Program Director, Clinical Laboratory
Science Program
Allegheny University Hospitals/Elkins Park
ElkinsPark,PA19117
Joseph T. King, M.D.
Medical Advisor & Associate Pathologist
Clinical Laboratory Science Program
Robert Packer Hospital
Sayre,PA 18840
Loretta A. Moffatt, B.S., MT (ASCP)
Program Director, School of
Medical Technology
Divine Providence Hospital
Williamsport, PA 17701
Kathleen Sazama, M.D., J.D.
Medical Director, School of Clinical
Laboratory Science Program
Allegheny University Hospitals/Elkins Park
Elkins Park, PA 19027
LYCOMING COLLEGE
Barbara J. Scheelje, B.S., MT (ASCP)
Program Director, School of
Medical Technology
Abington Memorial Hospital
Abington, PA 19001
Brian D. Spezialetti, M.S., M.T. (ASCP)
Program Director
Clinical Laboratory Science Program
Robert Packer Hospital
Say re, PA 18840
Emeriti
Clarence W. Burch
Professor Emeritus of Physical Education
B.S., M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
John P. Graham
Professor Emeritus of English
B.A., Dickinson College
M.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University
John G. Hancock
Professor Emeritus of Psychology
B.S., M.S. Bucknell University
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University
John G. Hollenback
Professor Emeritus of Business
Administration
B.S., M.B.A., University of Pennsylvania
James K. Hummer
Professor Emeritus of Chemistry
B.N.S., Tufts University
M.S., Middlebury College
Ph.D., University of North Carolina
M. Raymond Jamison
Assistant Professor Emeritus of Physics
B.S., Ur sinus College
M.S., Bucknell University
Walter G. Mclver
Professor Emeritus of Music
Mus.B., Westminster Choir College
A.B., Bucknell University
M.A., New York University
^^
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
FACULTY • ATHLETIC STAFF
Roger W. Opdahl
Professor Emeritus of Economics
A.B., Hofstra University
M.A., Columbia University
D. Ed., The Pennsylvania State University
Robert W. Rabold
Professor Emeritus of Economics
B.A., The Pennsylvania State University
M.A., Ph.D., University' of Pittsburgh
John A. Radspinner
Professor Emeritus of Chemistry
B.S., University of Richmond
M.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute
D.S., Carnegie Mellon Institute
Logan A. Richmond
Professor Emeritus of Accounting
B.S., Lycoming College
M.B.A., New York University
C.P.A. (Pennsylvania)
Mary Landon Russell
Associate Professor Emeritus of Music
Mus. B., Susquehanna University
Conservatory of Music
M.A., The Pennsylvania State University
Louise R. Schaeffer
Associate Professor Emeritus of Education
B.A., Lycoming College
M.A., Bucknell University
D. Ed., The Pennsylvania State University
James W. Sheaffer
Associate Professor Emeritus of Music
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
M.S., University of Pennsylvania
Frances K. Skeath
Professor Emeritus of Mathematics
A.B., M.A., Bucknell University
D. Ed., The Pennsylvania State University
John A. Stuart
Professor Emeritus of English
B.A., William Jewell College
M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
Athletic Staff
Joseph M. Bressi
Head Men's Basketball Coach
B.S., East Stroudsburg University
George Camp
Head Track Coach
Gerald J. Cournoyer
Head Swimming Coach
B.S., Norn'ich University
Roger Crebs
Head Wrestling Coach
B.A., Lycoming College
Robert L. Curry
Associate Athletic Director
B.A., Lycoming College
O
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ATHLETIC STAFF
•
Christen Ditzler
Head Women's Basketball Coach
Head Women's Softball Coach
B.A., Franklin & Marshall College
Mike Fiamingo
Assistant Wrestling Coach
B.S., Mansfield University
Robyn Flaherty
Assistant Women's Basketball Coach
Assistant Women's Softball Coach
B.A., Lycoming College
Frank L. Girardi
Director of Athletics
Head Football Coach
B.S., West Chester State College
Thomas R. Griffith
Assistant Men's Basketball Coach
B.S., Pennsylvania State University
Gene Haupt
Assistant Football Coach
M.S., Pennsylvania State University
Deborah J. Holmes
Women's Tennis Coach
B.S., Pennsylvania State University
M.S., Pennsylvania State University
Sonny Kirkpatrick
Head Volleyball Coach
B.A., Lycoming College
Joe Lumbis
Equipment Manager
Terry Mantle
Assistant Football Coach
B.S., Lock Haven University
Joe Mark
Men's Tennis Coach
Anna Madigan
Assistant Women's Soccer Coach
B.S., Bloomsburg University
Yvonne M. Meuse
Cheerleading Advisor
LYCOMING COLLEGE
Dan Muthler
Assistant Wresding Coach
B.S., U.S. Naval Academy
Frank Neu
Head Athletic Trainer
B.A., Central College
M.S., Drake University
Gene J. Peluso
Head Lacrosse Coach
B.S., Nazareth College of Rochester
Pat Schemery
Assistant Football Coach
B.S., Mansfield University
Jack Shafer
Head Soccer Coach
B.A., Bethany College
M.A., Washington College
Michael J. Silecchia
Asst. Football Coach & Golf Coach
B.A., Mansfield University
M.A., Mansfield University
Eric Szentesy
Assistant Men's Soccer Coach
B.A., Lycoming College
Nicki Thol
Assistant Athletic Trainer
B.S., Kutztown University
Mike Weber
Assistant Football Coach
B.A., Lycoming College
Steve Wiser
Assistant Football Coach
B.A., Lycoming College
Matt Yonkin
Assistant Wrestling Coach
B.A., Lycoming College
^^
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANTS
Administrative Assistants
Victoria G. Anderton
Campus Store Assistant
Melody A. Bartlett
Purchasing Coordinator
Michael J. Beatty
Security Supervisor
Nathalie R. Beck
Assistant to the President
Brigitte C. Brahms
Telecommunications Coordinator
Julia L. Brink
Secretary, Business Manager
Sandra L. Burrows
Secretary, College Relations
Diane M. Carl
Secretary to President
Barbara J. Carlin
Executive Secretary to Dean of
Admissions & Financial Aid
Diana L. Cleveland
System Administrator
Richard L. Cowher II
Printing Services Coordinator
June V. Creveling
Secretary, Buildings & Grounds
and Safety & Security
Mary E. Dahlgren
Data Information Specialist & Project
Supervisor
Terri R. Driscoll
Secretary, Athletics
Gladys M. Engel
Faculty Secretary
Orlan J. Fisher
Mailroom Coordinator
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
Paula M. Fisher
Prospect Data Information Specialist &
Secretary
Nicole S. Franquet
Network Administrator
Sue C. Hartranft
Secretary, Alumni & Parent Programs &
Alumni Association
Diane J. Hassinger
Executive Secretary to Dean of College
Loraine M. Hembury
Student Information Specialist
Esther L. Henninger
Secretary, Athletics
Barbara E. Horn
Faculty Secretary
David M. Kelchner
Programmer Analyst
Shelly A. LaForme
Cashier & Bookkeeper
Sandra L. Lander
Systems Analyst
Richard D. Lane
Library Evening Proctor
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANTS
Donna M. Laughrey
Campus Store Assistant
Peggie A. LeFever
Personnel Coordinator
B. Brian Leonard
Media Technology Coordinator
Tina J. Lorson
Faculty Secretary
John J. Maness
Security Supervisor
Dorothy E. Maples
Box Office Manager
NieUn L. Meredith
Assistant Admissions Data Entry Clerk
Tracy B. Miles
Secretary, Campus Ministry
Rebecca R. Miller
Secretary, Financial Aid
Yvonne L. Miller
Technical Support Analyst
Virginia A. Montville
Communications Officer
Brian M. Moyer
Security Supervisor
Marlene L. Neece
Library Technician, Document Delivery
Judith E. Noble
Library Technician, Acquisitions
Marion R. Nyman
Bursar/Executive Secretary
to the Treasurer & Controller
Sherry L. Schaefer
Secretary, Residence Life
Pamela S. Smith
Secretary, Career Development Center
Gail M. Spencer
Library Technician, Circulation
LYCOMING COLLEGE
Robin J. Straka
Assistant to the Registrar
Sheran L. Swank
Faculty Secretary
Carolyn L Vander Weide
Faculty Secretary
Judy E. Walker
Secretary, Health & Counseling Services
Nancy A. Walker
Faculty Secretary
Deborah E. Weaver
Manager, Residence Halls Operations
Donna A. Weaver
Assistant, Student Programs/
Leadership Development
Sandra Wenzel
Campus Store Clerk
Geraldine H. Wescott
Library Technician, Periodicals
Roberta Wheeler
Secretary, Assistant Dean for Freshmen
Jean C. Wool
Executive Secretary to Dean of Student Affairs
Amy M. Yocum
Faculty Secretary
^^
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ALUMNI ASSOCIATION
Alumni Association
The Alumni Association of Lycoming
College has a membership of over 13,000 men
and women. It is governed by an Executive
Board consisting of 24 members-at-large. The
Board includes members representing various
class years and geographic areas, the senior
class president, the current student body pres-
ident, and past presidents of the last graduating
class and the Student Senate of Lycoming
College. The Director of Alumni and Parent
Programs manages the activities of the Alumni
Office.
The Alumni Association has the following
purpose as stated in its constitution: "As an
off-campus constituency, the association's
purpose is to seek ways of maintaining an
active and mutually beneficial relationship
between the College and its alumni, utilizing
their talents, resources, and counsel to further
the objectives and programs of Lycoming
College."
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
All former students of Williamsport
Dickinson Seminary and all former students
who have successfully completed one year of
study at Williamsport Dickinson Junior
College or Lycoming College are considered
members of the association.
Acting as the representative of alumni on
the campus and working also with under-
graduates, the Alumni Office is responsible
for keeping alumni informed and interested in
the programs, growth, and activities of the
College through regular publications mailed to
all alumni on record. Arrangements for
Homecoming, Class Reunions, club meetings,
and similar activities are coordinated through
this Office. Through the Lycoming College
Annual Fund, the Alumni office is closely
associated with the development program of
the College. Communications to the Alumni
Association should be addressed to the
Alumni and Parent Programs Office.
^«
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ALUMNI ASSOCIATION EXECUTIVE BOARD
Alumni Association executive board
TERM EXPIRES OCTOBER 2001
Daniel W. Bythewood '68
Robert P. Crockett '61
D. Keigh Earisman '58
William R. Lawry '64
Erman E. Lepley, Jr. '78
James G. Scott '70
Linda Porr Sweeney '78
Ronalee B. Trogner '69
TERM EXPIRES OCTOBER 2000
Julie A. Hottle Day '88
Helen H. Fultz '57
Angela V. Kyte '73
Julie M. Makatche '92
Jon C. Vandevander '79
Dennis G. Youshaw '61
TERM EXPIRES OCTOBER 1999
N. Mark Achenbach '58
Jay W.Cleveland Jr. '88
Kenneth L. Koetzner '61
Otto L. Sonder '46
Members of the Board
Serving a One- Year Term
Student Senate of Lycoming College
(SSLC) President
Veronica Buttari
SSLC Past President
Tiffany A. Blaski
1998 Senior Class President
Christy L. Smoyer
1999 Senior Class President
Casey B. Barnes
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
INDEX
Index
Academic Advising 43
Academic Calendar 2
Academic Honesty/Standing 28
Academic Honors 28
Academic Program 29
Accounting Curriculum 49
Accounting-Mathematics (EIM) 53
Admission to Lycoming 10
Advanced Placement 24
Advanced Standing by Transfer 26
Allopathic Medicine, Preparation 44
Alumni Association 181
American Studies (EIM) 54
Anthropology Curriculum 149
Application Fee and Deposits 13
Applied Music Requirements 123
Art Curriculum 55
Astronomy and Physics 61
Astronomy Curriculum 61
Athletic Training 1 35
Audit 25
Awards 160
Biology Curriculum 66
Board of Trustees 165
B.S.N. Degree 31
Business Administration Curriculum 73
Campus Facilities 6
Capitol Semester 48
Career Development Services 20
Chemistry Curriculum 78
Christian Ministry, Advising for 44
Class Attendance 25
College and the Church 6
College Level Examination
Program (CLEP) 24
Communication Curriculum 82
Community Service Curriculum 137
Computer Science Curriculum 112
Conduct, Standards of 22
Contingency Deposits 13
Cooperative Programs 36
Engineering 36
Environmental Studies 37
Forestry 37
Medical Technology 37
Military Science 39
Optometry 38
Podiatry 38
Counseling, Personal 20
Course Credit by Examination 24
Creative Writing 94
Criminal Justice (EIM) 86
Cultural Diversity 33
Degree Programs/Requirements 30
Dental School, Preparation 44
Departmental Honors 43
Deposits/Deposit Refunds 14
Distribution Requirements 32
English 32
Fine Arts 32
Foreign Language 32
Humanities 32
Mathematics 32
Natural Sciences 33
Social Sciences 33
Economics Curriculum 87
Education Curriculum 90
Educational Opportunity Grants 17
Engineering, Cooperative Program 36
English Curriculum 94
English Requirement 32
Entrance Examination (CEEB) 24
Environmental Science Minor 68
Environmental Studies 37
Established Interdisciplinary Major (EIM). . 35
Faculty 169
Financial Aid/Assistance 16
Fine Arts Requirements 32
Foreign Language Requirement 32
Foreign Languages and
Literatures Curriculum 99
Forestry, Cooperative Program 37
French Curriculum 100
German Curriculum 101
Grading System 26
Graduation Requirements 30
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
INDEX
Greek Curriculum 147
Health Professions, Preparation 44
Health Services 20
Hebrew Curriculum 147
History Curriculum 104
Honor Societies 29
Humanities Requirement 32
Independent Study 46
Institute for Management Studies 108
Interdisciplinary Majors 35
Established Majors (EIM) 35
Individual Majors (IIM) 35
International Studies 110
Internship Programs 47
Legal Professions, Preparation 44
Literature (EIM) 112
Loans 18
London Semester 48
Lycoming Scholar Program 40
Major 34
Admission to 34
Departmental 35
Interdisciplinary (EIM, IIM) 35
Management Scholars Program 108
Mathematical Sciences 112
Mathematic Requirements 32
Mathematics Curriculum 114
May Term 46
Medical School, Preparation 44
Medical Technology 38
Military Science Curriculum 118
Minor 35
Music Curriculum 120
National Direct Student Loans (NDSL) 18
Natural Science Requirement 33
Near East Culture and Archaeology (EIM). . 1 24
Non-degree Students 28
Nursing 125
Optometry 38
Optometry School, Preparation 44
Osteopathy School, Preparation 44
Payment of Fees 13
Philadelphia Semester 47
Philosophy Curriculum 131
Physical Activity, Wellness
& Community Service Program 136
Physical Activity Curriculum 136
Physics Curriculum 63
Placement Services 20
Podiatric Medicine,
Cooperative Program 38
Political Science Curriculum 137
Pre-Medicine 38
Prizes and Awards 160
Psychology Curriculum 141
Readmission 12
Refunds 14
Registration 24
Religion Curriculum 144
Repeated Courses 27
Reserve Officer Training
Corps Program (ROTC) 39
Residence and Residence Halls 21
Scholarships/Grants 17
Scholarships (ROTC) 19
Scholar Seminar 148
Social Science Requirement 33
Sociology- Anthropology Curriculum 149
Spanish Curriculum 103
Staff 166, 179
State Grants and Loans 18
Student Records 24
Study Abroad 48
Supplemental Educational
Opportunity Grant (SEOG) 18
Theatre Curriculum 154
Theological Professions, Advising 44
Unit Course System 23
United Nations Semester 48
Veterinary School, Preparation 44
Washington Semester 47
Wellness Curriculum 136
Westminster Oxford Semester 48
Withdrawal from College 25
Withdrawal of Admissions Offer 12
Women's Studies 159
Work-Study Grants 18
Writing Across The Curriculum Program. . . 33
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
Communicating with lycoming college
Please address specific
inquiries as follows:
Director of Admissions:
Admissions; requests for publications
Treasurer:
Payment of bills; expenses
Director of Financial Aid:
Scholarships and loan fund;
financial assistance
Dean of the College:
Academic programs; faculty;
faculty activities; academic support
services
Assistant Dean for Freshmen:
Freshman Seminar; freshman
academic concerns
Dean of Student Affairs:
Student activities; residence halls;
religious life; health services
Registrar:
Student records; transcript requests;
academic policies
Career Development Center:
Career counseling; employment
opportunities
Vice President for Development:
Institutional relations; annual fund;
gift programs
Athletic Director:
Varsity Sports
Director of Alumni and
Parent Programs:
Alumni information; Homecoming;
Family Weekend activities
Director of College Relations:
Public information; publications;
sports information; media relations
All correspondence
should be addressed to:
Lycoming College
700 College Place
Williamsport, P A 1 770 1 -5 1 92
The College telephone number
is (717) 321-4000
Http ://w ww.lycoming.edu
Visitors
Lycoming welcomes visitors to the
campus. If you would like a guided tour,
call the Office of Admissions
(717) 321-4026 before your visit to
arrange a mutually convenient time.
Toll Free Number 1-800-345-3920
e-mail: admissions@lycoming.edu
Lycoming College welcomes applications
from prospective students regardless of age,
sex, race, religion, handicap, finances,
national or ethnic origin, or color. Lycoming
does not discriminate on the basis of age, sex,
race, religion, handicap, finances, national
or ethnic origin, or color in the administra-
tion of any of its policies and programs.
1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^ ^
> o
i o
> ffl
o 2
^
>
C
? a
TVNews
OpenLibrary